Web Research Links for the Week of 2/5/24

Fair Use Notice: This site may contain some copyrighted material the use of which has not always been specifically authorized by the copyright owner. We are making such material available in our efforts to advance understanding of vital issues which already exist in the public domain. – Note: These links are posted at the top of the page as the week progresses. Links from previous weeks can be found under the “Current Quicklinx” button.

9th Circuit: FBI Illegally Raided Hundreds of Safe Deposit Boxes – by Ken Silva – https://www.activistpost.com/2024/02/9th-circuit-fbi-illegally-raided-hundreds-of-safe-deposit-boxes.html – “The 9th Circuit Court of Appeals ruled Tuesday that the FBI acted unlawfully in March 2021, when it raided hundreds of renters’ safe deposit boxes in Beverly Hills, conducted criminal searches of them all, and attempted to permanently keep everything in the boxes worth more than $5,000—all without charging any box renter with a crime… The 9th Circuit’s Tuesday decision stems from an investigation the FBI opened into US Private Vaults, or USPV—a company that, unlike typical banks, provided safe deposit boxes to customers without requiring identification. The FBI had been investigating individual USPV customers, but determined the “real problem” was USPV, which they believed served as a “money laundering facilitator.”.. Accordingly, the FBI raided the entire USPV vault in 2021… Even though the warrant authorizing the raid only permitted the FBI to open boxes to identify their owners and safeguard the contents, agents rummaged through hundreds of boxes, ran currency they found in front of drug-sniffing dogs, and made copies of people’s most personal records, according to the Institute for Justice, which filed a lawsuit on behalf of multiple non-criminal USPV customers… The Justice Department then filed a massive administrative forfeiture claim to take more than $100 million in cash and other valuables, again, without charging any individual with a crime, the IJ added… Among the FBI’s victims were Paul and Jennifer Snitko, who used their USPV box to store legal documents, watches with sentimental value, hard-drive backups, coins, and gold jewelry. The Snitkos used USPV because there was a waiting list to obtain a safe deposit box at their local bank… Another FBI victim was Joseph Ruiz, who stored $57,000 in cash in his box and used USPV because he was concerned that ‘the COVID pandemic would make it impossible for [him] to withdraw [his] funds from a bank account.’.. Initially refusing to give the victims their property back, the FBI changed course and returned the stolen valuables after the plaintiffs filed a lawsuit in June 2021… A district court initially ruled that the FBI didn’t violate the Fourth Amendment with the conduct described above, but the 9th Circuit reversed that ruling on Tuesday… Judge Milan D. Smith, writing for the court, likened the FBI’s actions to the abuses that motivated the Bill of Rights… ‘The government failed to explain why applying the inventory exception to this case would not open the door to the kinds of “writs of assistance” the British authorities used prior to the Founding to conduct limitless searches of an individual’s personal belongings,’ he said… ‘It was those very abuses of power, after all, that led to adoption of the Fourth Amendment in the first place.’.. Jennifer Snitko said she felt validated by the court’s decision… ‘We knew that what the FBI did to us and so many others was wrong and today’s decision is a validation,’ she said in a press release from IJ… ‘It took courage for Paul and I to be among the first people to stand up publicly and call out the government but we are proud to have fought for our rights. This is a good day for our country and the principle that the government’s power to search our property has limits’.”The border deal is out. What now? – It’s not even clear the border deal can pass the Senate – by Theodoric Meyer and Leigh Ann Caldwell – https://s2.washingtonpost.com/camp-rw/ – “Good morning, Early Birds. We wonder whether the reaction to the border security bill would’ve been different if Tracy Chapman and Luke Combs had written it. Tips: earlytips@washpost.com. Was this forwarded to you? Sign up here. Thanks for waking up with us… The bipartisan border security bill is finally out, and Senate Majority Leader Chuck Schumer (D-N.Y.) has scheduled the first procedural vote for Wednesday… But the bill immediately ran into a wall of opposition from top House Republicans and some senators in both parties… Senators released the bill — which would be the most significant immigration package in decades if it passed — last night after months of negotiations between Sens. James Lankford (R-Okla.), Kyrsten Sinema (I-Ariz.) and Chris Murphy (D-Conn.). Republicans had demanded policy changes to make it harder for migrants to enter the United States in exchange for supporting more aid to Ukraine, along with military aid for Israel and Taiwan and humanitarian aid for Gaza… House Speaker Mike Johnson (R-La.) has been under tremendous pressure from his fractured and unruly conference to reject it, especially since former president Donald Trump started pushing for the bill to fail. Members on the right immediately derided the bill, calling it “a sell-out,” “TRASH,” an “amnesty bill” and a “complete betrayal.”  – Republican leadership followed suit, all but killing the bill’s chances in the House… If this bill reaches the House, it will be dead on arrival,” Johnson wrote on X on Sunday, claiming it was “even worse than we expected.” – Rep. Elise Stefanik (N.Y.), the No. 4 House Republican, slammed the bill as “an absolute non-starter.” – “Let me be clear: The Senate Border Bill will NOT receive a vote in the House,” Majority Leader Steve Scalise (R-La.) wrote on X… “I, for one, think it is a mistake to send this bill to the House without a majority of the Republican conference,” Sen. Thom Tillis (R-N.C.), who was supportive of the border negotiations, told our colleague Liz Goodwin and Leigh Ann… Schumer called the bill “one of the most necessary and important pieces of legislation Congress has put forward in years.” President Biden said he strongly supported it… Senate Minority Leader Mitch McConnell (R-Ky.), a top supporter of sending more aid to Ukraine, signaled support for the deal Sunday, but few other Republicans backed it publicly. (The $118 billion bill includes $14 billion for Israel and $60 billion for Ukraine.) – “The Senate must carefully consider the opportunity in front of us and prepare to act,” McConnell said… What’s in the bill – The 370-page bill includes a variety of changes to the immigration system… It would raise “the standard for migrants to qualify to apply for asylum and increases the capacity for detaining them,” Liz and Leigh Ann write… It “also encourages quicker resolutions to asylum cases at the border and creates a new expedited removal authority to speedily remove migrants who don’t qualify for asylum.”
“The bill includes a trigger mechanism that would allow the border to be effectively shut down to migrants if crossings have been particularly high for several days in a row. (A number of migrants would still be able to qualify for asylum at ports of entry.)”
“That ‘border emergency’ provision, which expires in three years, would automatically kick in when crossings reached 5,000 per day for several days, but a president could choose to use the tool at a lower number, 4,000 per day. The legislation also scales back the Biden administration’s use of parole at the ports of entry and provides for the hiring of new Border Patrol and asylum officers.” – “This is a very comprehensive attempt to deal with the reality we are seeing today at the border,” Theresa Cardinal Brown, senior adviser for immigration and border policy at the Bipartisan Policy Center, wrote in an email to The Early after reviewing the text. “It tries to balance a lot of things while managing the system a lot better. It puts the processes in the hands of the experts — asylum officers — a​nd hopefully that means getting Border Patrol back to doing its job of protecting the border from threats.” – Some Republican lawmakers have focused their attacks on the threshold of 5,000 migrants per day, arguing that the bill would effectively greenlight that many unauthorized arrivals. Lankford called the idea “absurd and untrue” on Sunday night… Doris Meissner, a senior fellow at the Migration Policy Institute who led the U.S. Immigration and Naturalization Service during the Clinton administration, said setting the threshold at 5,000 per day was rooted in the capabilities of the current immigration system… The system “can capably process 5,000 people a day and make decisions on [which migrants] should pass the screening to be able to come into the country and finish a claim for asylum and also screen out those who are ineligible,” Meissner said… Attacks from both sides – Republicans aren’t the only ones deriding the bill… While it would enact many policy changes favored by Republicans and doesn’t include top Democratic immigration priorities such as the Dream Act, most Senate Democrats are expected to support it… But even a handful of Democratic defections could matter. As the number of Democratic senators who support the bill falls, more Republicans would need to vote for it to overcome a filibuster.”Targeting Iran (Here we go again… and again) – from Mickey Z – https://mickeyz.substack.com/p/targeting-iran-here-we-go-again-and

“As soon as I heard the details of Hamas’s attack on Oct. 7, 2023, I started to connect the dots as to how the U.S. would use these developments as a pretext to attack Iran soon. (The Home of the Brave™ loves a good pretext.) – Now that things have moved further in that direction, I’d like to once again remind readers to PLEASE be wary of ALL media narratives — even when they seem to “prove” you right… I’d also like to share an article I wrote way back in 2007 when the U.S. was (wait for it) threatening Iran because it was allegedly manufacturing nuclear weapons. My 17-year-old article was called “Targeting Iran (Here We Go Again)” and is reprinted directly below: Since quoting Marx makes a radical writer appear more serious, I’ll start this piece about Iran with a bit of Marxism — from Duck SoupAmbassador Trentino: “I am willing to do anything to prevent this war.” – President Rufus T. Firefly (Groucho): “It’s too late. I’ve already paid a month’s rent on the battlefield.” – Now I’m not trying to imply the reasons America goes to war are this frivolous but, um… WMDs? Saddam Hussein connected to 9/11? Spreading democracy?  – Even Harpo would be laughing out loud… The U.S. has a long history of conjuring up dubious rationales to wage war — and this goes for those on both sides of the proverbial aisle. During the 2004 presidential campaign, for example, Senator Kerry declared: “The United States of America never goes to war because we want to; we only go to war because we have to.” – Can someone ask Harpo to quiet down? – “He started it” or “She hit me first.” It’s an excuse we all learn in childhood. By portraying oneself as the target — or potential target — of an unprovoked sneak attack; all bases are covered… As George W. Bush explained on March 17, 2003, the night he gave Hussein a final ultimatum, “The United States and other nations did nothing to deserve or invite this threat, but we will do everything to defeat it.” – More (Groucho) Marx: “Who are you going to believe, me or your own eyes?” – Our history books and newspaper headlines portray an ever-benevolent [sic] U.S. as minding its own business yet incessantly aroused by surprise events and unprovoked threats that test its celebrated patience, e.g. the sinking of the Maine, the attack on Pearl Harbor, and too many others to detail here… Now we have Iran — a nation with the audacity to make decisions without first asking for U.S. permission. We are faced with the spectacle of America — the only nation to have used nuclear weapons on civilians — warning the world about how nuclear weapons might, well, be used on civilians… We can’t allow just anyone (except maybe our allies) to acquire such technology. Right? We can’t let the Chinese arm men so evil they might, well, use nuclear weapons on civilians. Right? – Before you know it, Iran will be using depleted uranium and white phosphorous, abusing prisoners, setting up interrogation centers in Eastern Europe, spying on its own people, fixing elections at home and abroad, and all that evil stuff. Right?As (Groucho) Marx explained:  Reminder #1: All of the above was written SEVENTEEN YEARS AGO. The parasites keep using the same playbook… Reminder #2: Every single government on earth is run by diabolical liars who use relentless propaganda to manipulate the masses. They love it when we voluntarily restrict ourselves to hive minds… Stop convincing yourself that the “side” you’ve been conditioned to prefer is somehow the only trustworthy player on the planet… In other words, keep yer guard up…”Why the US sent the CIA chief to handle Israel-Hamas negotiations – William Burns’ trip says something about how the competence of Antony Blinken and his State Department is viewed – by Bradley Blankenship – https://www.rt.com/news/591485-cia-israel-hamas-burns/ – “US President Joe Biden has deployed overseas his CIA Director William Burns, who served as secretary of state and deputy secretary of state under President Barack Obama, to try and broker a deal between Israel and Hamas… Details of what exactly Burns discussed with high-level diplomatic and intelligence officials from Egypt, Qatar, and Israel are unknown at this time. It is reported, however, that Israel’s latest proposal would see a 60-day pause in combat in return for the staggered release of more than 100 captives still held by Hamas, with women and children first, then civilian men, military members, and the remains of hostages who died in captivity… While, indeed, the CIA chief’s met with peers from the intelligence community, his attendance displays something that reflects poorly on the state of US diplomacy, and implies a lack of savoir faire at the State Department… It should be noted that the US government has many different offices, bureaus, and departments that compete against one another for funding and clout. For decades, the CIA and the State Department had tried to stay apart. It has been noted, for example, by CIA founding member Miles Copeland Jr. that the State Department was originally averse to some of its covert activities, such as agents using diplomatic credentials as cover. During the Cold War, Copeland said, the State Department not only refused to take part in CIA activities but did not even want to be informed about them, as in the case of the coup d’etat in Syria in the 1960s… In modern times there has been a convergence between these two agencies, and others, too, which reflects the priorities of successive administrations. Under President George W. Bush, Colin Powell, a military man, became the first Secretary of State to serve on the Joint Chiefs of Staff while in that role. This showed that Powell, Washington’s head diplomat, was to be intimately involved in the American war effort in Iraq and Afghanistan… During the administration of former President Donald Trump, he promoted Mike Pompeo from CIA director to Secretary of State. The Trump administration’s foreign policy style thus shifted to a much more aggressive and subversive approach, emulating how the CIA conducts its business. This was particularly aimed at undermining the resurgence of China, as well as ratcheting up tensions with Russia… In contrast, President Joe Biden enlisted William Burns, a long-time diplomat, as his CIA director. According to Colonel Lawrence Wilkerson, Colin Powell’s former chief of staff, this pick was because of Burns’ reliability, experience, and honesty – traits becoming of a diplomat. Biden apparently did not want someone who’d gained their professional experience from the CIA to head the spy agency, probably because such people are prone to what Pompeo described as lying, cheating, and stealing... The fact that the director of the CIA is getting so intimately involved in negotiations between Israel and Hamas, having already been a part of the November agreement that led to the release of Palestinian and Israeli hostages and to a week-long ceasefire, may perhaps be worrying. It could be interpreted that the US is not actually interested in real diplomacy but rather in trying to threaten Hamas leaders into surrendering on behalf of West Jerusalem… While that may indeed be the case, since the Israeli government is committed to a total military victory in Gaza and the Biden administration is backing West Jerusalem almost unconditionally, it says more about the fact that the State Department lacks the requisite leadership and know-how to handle this situation… As Burns has been managing negotiations between Israel and Hamas, Secretary of State Antony Blinken wrapped up a West Africa trip that analysts believe was an attempt by Washington to shore up transatlantic trade in light of instability in the Middle East. He also stuck to the same tired script with regard to China, invoking ‘debt-trap diplomacy’ and unfair labor and trade practices. Meanwhile, protesters sat outside Blinken’s Arlington, Virginia home demanding a ceasefire in Gaza – apparently unaware that he’s not even the one leading diplomatic efforts currently… A lack of leadership on behalf of Blinken at this defining moment in the conflict in Gaza, as American soldiers die in the Middle East and international trade is threatened by Houthi attacks on ships that use the Suez Canal, is apparent. The fact that the CIA has had to step in at this juncture demonstrates the sorry state of US diplomacy, underscoring the gradual but inevitable decline of American soft power.”

Posted in Uncategorized | Leave a comment

Web Research Links for the Week of 1/29/24

Fair Use Notice: This site may contain some copyrighted material the use of which has not always been specifically authorized by the copyright owner. We are making such material available in our efforts to advance understanding of vital issues which already exist in the public domain. – Note: These links are posted at the top of the page as the week progresses. Links from previous weeks can be found under the “Current Quicklinx” button.WEF Caught Orchestrating U.S. Border Crisis From Military Bases in Panama – The World Economic Forum (WEF) has taken control of several American military bases in Panama and is orchestrating the invasion of migrants that are flooding the U.S. southern border. – by Sean Adl-Tabatabai – https://thepeoplesvoice.tv/wef-caught-orchestrating-u-s-border-crisis-from-military-bases-in-panama/ – “The WEF operation was exposed by political commentator Ann Vandersteel during her show “Right Now with Ann Vandersteel.” Vandersteel recently visited the former site of Fort Clayton near the former Panama Canal Zone, once a heavy base of operations for the United States… During her visit, she found out that the WEF had taken control of the area… Newsaddicts.com reports: She took a picture of the WEF flag flying side-by-side with the Panamanian flag… ‘I want you to take a good hard look right now, America,’ she said… ‘These flags you see? That’s right, the World Economic Forum flag flying overhead of the old SOUTHCOM (U.S. Southern Command) base, which was Fort Clayton in Panama… That’s right, next to the Panamanian flag… The U.S. government has abandoned Panama, which is the American crown jewel of Latin America… The United States military compounds are either totally rundown, or worse occupied by, as I said, globalist psychopaths.’.. ‘We the Americans built the canal and we – our government, I should say – gave it away,’ she added… ‘Panamanians love Americans, and they’re asking: “Where are the Americans?”.. ‘So just remember that the old SOUTHCOM base known as Fort Clayton today flies the World Economic Forum flag on top of it.’..  The revelation that the WEF is taking over parts of Panama comes as reports indicate that the number of South American migrants arriving in Panama through the near-inhospitable environments of the Darien Gap on their journey to the U.S. will surpass the 400,000 mark before October… These figures come from Panama’s National Migration Service, which reported that as of 6 a.m. on Wednesday, Sept. 27, 399,606 South American migrants had entered the country through the Darien Gap… The crisis for Panama has especially worsened in September, with the daily number of migrants pouring in through the jungles of the Darien Gap exceeding 2,000 people… The unprecedented number of migrants crossing through Panama beat the record of 248,000 migrants set last year and 2021’s similarly record-breaking number of 133,000… Of the 400,000 migrants that have already crossed Panama’s southern border this year, over 324,000 were from South America, including 252,000 Venezuelans, nearly 48,000 Ecuadorians and more than 13,000 Colombians… Nearly 40,000 migrants are from the Caribbean, around 28,000 are Asians and a little under 8,000 are Africans… Panamanian officials warn that, despite the slew of new measures the government has implemented in an attempt to curb record migration, the number of migrants and so-called asylum seekers that could enter the country through the Darien Gap could reach more than half a million before the year ends.”UN Budgets Millions for U.S.-Bound Migrants in 2024 – Public docs show cash handouts to help feed, transport, and house people headed for the U.S. border – by Todd Bensman – https://cis.org/Bensman/UN-Budgets-Millions-USBound-Migrants-2024“(AUSTIN, Texas — Early on in America’s historic border crisis, now entering its fourth record-smashing year, some Republican lawmakers named a significant enabling culprit other than the usual Mexican cartel smugglers. They named the U.S. taxpayer-funded United Nations as essentially a co-smuggler after seeing my reports that the UN was handing out debit cards and cash vouchers to aspiring illegal border crossers on their way north… One outraged group of 21 border-security-minded lawmakers even pitched a bill that would require the United States, the UN’s largest donor, to turn off the taxpayer money spigot. H.R. 6155 never caught fire, though, in no small part because “fact checks” claiming to debunk other reports like mine in the conservative press dissuaded broader media interest and left the American public in the dark… But now the UN’s 2024 update to the “Regional Refugee and Migrant Response Plan” (RMRP for short), a planning and budget document for handing out nearly $1.6 billion in 17 Latin America countries, can cast a broad confirming light on the cash giveaways and much more aid for 2024 ahead — with the helping hands of 248 named non-governmental organizations. Despite the RMRP plan title naming Venezuelans as recipients of this aid operation, the document’s fine print (footnote on p. 14 and paragraph on p. 43, for instance) says the largesse goes to “all nationalities” and “multiple other nationalities”… The documents clear up any mystery about what the UN and NGOs are doing on the migrant trails and leave no room for supposedly debunking “fact checks”… In a nutshell, the UN and its advocacy partners are planning to spread $372 million in “Cash and Voucher Assistance (CVA)”, and “Multipurpose Cash Assistance (MCA)” to some 624,000 immigrants in-transit to the United States during 2024. That money is most often handed out, other UN documents show, as pre-paid, rechargeable debit cards, but also hard “cash in envelopes”, bank transfers, and mobile transfers the U.S. border-bound travelers can use for whatever they want… The $372 million in planned cash giveaways to the 624,000 immigrants moving north and illegally crossing national borders “represents a significantly greater share of the financial requirements” for 2024, the RMRP says, but it is still only one part of much broader UN hemisphere-wide vision that aims to spend $1.59 billion assisting about three million people in 17 countries who emigrated from their home nations. Most will be “in-destination” recipients already supposedly settled in third countries, albeit in declining numbers, but a rising share of cash will go to the spiking numbers of “in-transit” immigrants launching journeys from those accommodating countries north to the United States… Without distinction, both populations get access to UN cash but also “humanitarian transportation”, shelter, food, legal advice, personal hygiene products, health care, and “protection” against threats like human smuggling, and much more besides cash in envelopes or debit cards… The cash handouts will be in the mix during 2024 as the UN and its private partners incorporate an “increased use of CVA” in, for instance, the $184 million it plans to provide 1.2 million people, $122 million for rent support and also “temporary collective shelter” for 473,000 people, and $25.8 million for “humanitarian transportation” to 129,000 people crossing borders. There’ll also be “expanded use of multi-purpose cash” for those claiming “gender-based violence”…  The UN’s 2024 Game Plan – The 130-page UN-spearheaded RMRP 2024 update went public in December and is readily accessible online, as is the original 2023-2024 plan it revises — sharply upward. It is the latest since the United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees and the UN’s International Organization for Migration started the program in 2018, originally for Venezuelans but now open to anyone in 17 nations of Latin America and the Caribbean. (For the complete list of involved groups, see p. 268, here, and explore their activities further with this handy interactive tool)… Some 57 international organizations would manage the handouts of $273 million, while 132 “national NGOs” and “civil service organizations” would handle $70 million in aid. Fifteen UN agencies would get the lion’s share at $1.2 billion… The NGOs actively participated in crafting the RMRP 2024 Update, which amends a 2023-2024 plan released back in 2022 that at the time foresaw a decline in illegal immigration after 2023. It increased, instead… ‘Country-level projections of in-transit movements for populations moving north through Central America and Mexico have been revised sharply upwards,’ p. 44 explains in updating the 2024 RMRP update… The reasons given include factors like “xenophobia” leading resettled migrants to leave for the United States. It does, finally, tag the real culprit: U.S. policies that created ‘newly established opportunities for regular pathways to move to the United States of America’ for those who could make their way to northern Mexico… The document makes clear in writing that the UN and these partners know their endeavor aids, abets, and makes possible the “onward movement” of immigrants who intend to illegally cross borders, especially to get into the United States… None of them care. Twenty new groups joined the UN endeavor for 2024 for a total of 248… Their plan frequently acknowledges the illegality, saying for instance, that one in three of the Venezuelan migrants the UN aims to help are in “irregular situations”, including those “who have crossed international borders without complying with all the legal and administrative requirements for entry and may not have the required documentation to do so”, as well as visa overstayers. The original 2023-2024 plan even spelled out that ‘special attention will be given to the use of [cash and voucher assistance] for in-transit populations, including the need for comprehensive solutions throughout the journey’… The only expression of apparent concern about supporting people clearly intending to break U.S. law shows up on a page depicting a map with the thin red line of a migration route leading to the U.S. border at about El Paso. Someone took the trouble to add a footnote on that page noting that the map ‘does not imply official endorsement or acceptance by the UN.’.. Why hand out hundreds of millions of dollars as cash and services to hundreds of thousands planning to illegally follow that red line through UN member states, to include crossing the US border, when those nations don’t like or want it and must bear the political controversies of it?.. ‘To support access to asylum procedures, migratory regularization activities, and socio-economic integration’, the plan says… The money handout program “has taken on increasing importance”, it explains elsewhere, because it gives growing numbers of immigrants “the flexibility to cover their expenses and needs they deem most urgent, increasing their dignity and autonomy”… Where It’ll Be Doled Out – Over the past three years, I have visited UN waystations featuring long lines of U.S.-bound immigrants applying for aid from clipboard-wielding workers handing out cash cards and other goodies, from Reynosa and Monterrey in the north of Mexico to Tapachula in the far south. But the waystations also appear everywhere along the trails much farther south… The RMRP plan calls for distributing most of the cash, cash equivalents, and vouchers to migrants in Colombia and Ecuador, which are launch pads that sent 450,000 people through the Darian Gap jungle passage in Panama. The plan calls for 24 NGO partners to give money to 95,000 in Colombia and 59,000 in Mexico… Some of the so-called transportation assistance is for local cab rides to stores or doctor appointments. But the UN agencies also know that aid will facilitate “increased onward movements” between countries of the “in-transit population” for 105,000 immigrants in Colombia, 25,000 in Brazil, 13,000 in Panama, and 3,700 in Mexico, to name a few places… Likewise for “shelter”, $27.5 million is earmarked for 161,000 travelers in Colombia, $22.5 million for 179,000 in Ecuador, $18 million for 165,000 in Peru, and $4.3 million to help 33,000 in Mexico… Political Fight or Flight – In years one and two of the historic mass migration crisis that President Biden’s let-them-all-in policies triggered, Republicans in the U.S. House of Representatives spoiled for a political fight over UN and NGO activity along the migrant routes because it was funded largely and ironically by the United States. And not just them. In December 2022, Texas Gov. Greg Abbott wrote Attorney General Ken Paxton asking him to investigate whether non-governmental organizations unlawfully assisted mass border crossings that overwhelmed the El Paso region… Recent Congressional Research Service reporting reminds us that they had some legitimate grounds to complain; the United States has been the largest financial contributor to UN entities since the UN was established in 1945. Congress and the executive branch play key roles; Congress appropriates U.S. funding, while the executive branch shapes where the money will go through the State Department and the U.S. Mission to the United Nations in New York City… Complaints, questions, and proposed legislation about the UN’s role in all of this may have gone cold, but as the latest RMRP plan reveals, the world body is as hot on the trail as ever.”False Flag Warnings For Martial Law in the USA and War with Russia – We do not warn of false flags to try to predict horrible events. We warn of false flags to try and prevent them. Hard hitting Video by Greg Reese (5 min) -Very important information at this time. – https://gregreese.substack.com/p/false-flag-warnings-for-martial-law

Is the Electoral Fix Already In? – The 2024 presidential race increasingly looks like it will be decided by lawyers, not voters, as Democrats unveil plans for America’s first lawfare election – by Matt Taibbi – https://www.racket.news/p/is-the-electoral-fix-already-in – The fix is in. To “protect democracy,” democracy is already being canceled. We just haven’t admitted the implications of this to ourselves yet… On Sunday, January 14th, NBC News ran an eye-catching story: “Fears grow that Trump will use the military in ‘dictatorial ways’ if he returns to the White House.” It described “a loose-knit network of public interest groups and lawmakers” that is “quietly” making plans to “foil any efforts to expand presidential power” on the part of Donald Trump… The piece quoted an array of former high-ranking officials, all insisting Trump will misuse the Department of Defense to execute civilian political aims. Since Joe Biden’s team “leaked” a strategy memo in late December listing “Trump is an existential threat to democracy” as Campaign 2024’s central talking point, surrogates have worked overtime to insert existential or democracy in quotes. This was no different: “We’re about 30 seconds away from the Armageddon clock when it comes to democracy,” said Bill Clinton’s Secretary of Defense, William Cohen, adding that Trump is “a clear and present danger to our democracy.” Skye Perryman of Democracy Forward, one of the advocacy groups organizing the “loose” coalition, said, “We believe this is an existential moment for American democracy.” Declared former CIA and defense chief Leon Panetta: “Like any good dictator, he’s going to try to use the military to basically perform his will.” – Former Acting Assistant Attorney General for National Security at the U.S. Department of Justice and current visiting Georgetown law professor Mary McCord was one of the few coalition participants quoted by name. She said: We’re already starting to put together a team to think through the most damaging types of things that he [Trump] might do so that we’re ready to bring lawsuits if we have to… The group was formed by at least two organizations that have been hyperactive in filing lawsuits against Trump and Trump-related figures over the years: the aforementioned Democracy Forwardchaired by former Perkins Coie and Hillary Clinton campaign attorney Marc Elias, and Protect Democracy, a ubiquitous non-profit run by a phalanx of former Obama administration lawyers like Ian Bassin, and funded at least in part by LinkedIn magnate Reid Hoffman… The article implied a future Trump presidency will necessitate new forms of external control over the military. It cited Connecticut Senator Richard Blumenthal’s bill to “clarify” the Insurrection Act, a 1792 law that empowers the president to deploy the military to quell domestic rebellion. Blumenthal’s act would add a requirement that Congress or courts ratify presidential decisions to deploy the military at home, seeking essentially to attach a congressional breathalyzer to the presidential steering wheel… NBC’s quotes from former high-ranking defense and intelligence officials about possible preemptive mutiny were interesting on their own. However, the really striking twist was that we’d read the story before… For over a year, the Biden administration and its surrogates have dropped hint after hint that the plan for winning in 2024 — against Donald Trump or anyone else — might involve something other than voting. Lawsuits in multiple states have been filed to remove Trump from the ballot; primaries have been canceled or invalidated; an ominous Washington Post editorial by Robert Kagan, husband to senior State official Victoria Nuland, read like an APB to assassins to head off an “inevitable” Trump dictatorship; and on January 11th of this year, leaders of a third party group called “No Labels” sent an amazing letter to the Department of Justice, complaining of a “conspiracy” to stop alternative votes… Authored by former NAACP director Ben Chavis, former Connecticut Senator Joe Lieberman, former Director of National Intelligence Dennis Blair, former North Carolina Governor Pat McCrory, and former Assistant U.S. Attorney and Iran-Contra Special Counsel Dan Webb, the No Labels letter described a meeting of multiple advocacy groups aligned with the Democratic party. In the 80-minute confab, audio of which was obtained by Semafora dire warning was issued to anyone considering a third-party run: Through every channel we have, to their donors, their friends, the press, everyone — everyone — should send the message: If you have one fingernail clipping of a skeleton in your closet, we will find it… If you think you were vetted when you ran for governor, you’re insane. That was nothing. We are going to come at you with every gun we can possibly find. We did not do that with Jill Stein or Gary Johnson, we should have, and we will not make that mistake again… The Semafor piece offered a rare glimpse into the Zoom-politics culture that’s dominated Washington since the arrival of Covid-19. If this is how Beltway insiders talk about how to keep Joe Lieberman or Ben Chavis out of politics, imagine what they say about Trump? – We don’t have to imagine. Three and a half years ago, in June and July of 2020, an almost exactly similar series of features to the recent NBC story began appearing in media, describing another “loose network” of “bipartisan officials,” also meeting “quietly” to war-game scenarios in case “Trump loses and insists he won,” as the Washington Post put it… That group, which called itself the Transition Integrity Project (TIP), involved roughly 100 former officials, think-tankers, and journalists who gathered to “wargame” contested election scenarios. The “loose” network included big names like former Michigan governor and current Energy Secretary Jennifer Granholm, and former Hillary Clinton campaign chief John Podesta, who in his current role as special advisor to President Joe Biden overseeing the handout of roughly $370 billion in “clean energy” investments is one of the most powerful people in Washington… The TIP was hyped like the rollout of a blockbuster horror flick: In a second Trump Term, No One Will Hear You Scream… Stories in NPR, the Financial TimesThe AtlanticThe Washington Post and over a dozen other major outlets outlined apocalyptic predictions about Trump’s unwillingness to leave office, and how this would likely result in mass unrest, even bloodshed. A typical quote was from TIP co-founder, Georgetown law professor, and former Pentagon official Rosa Brooks, who told the Boston Globe that every one of the group’s simulations ended in chaos and violence, because “the law is… almost helpless against a president who’s willing to ignore it.” – Podesta played Joe Biden in one TIP simulation, and in one round refused to accede to a “clear Trump win,” threatening instead to seize a bloc of West Coast states including California (absurdly dubbed “Cascadia”) and secede. Podesta’s “frankly ridiculous move,” as one TIP participant described it, was so over the top that a player leaked it to media writer Ben Smith of the New York Times… The latter in Timesian fashion stuck the seeming front-page tale near the bottom of an otherwise breezy August 2nd story titled, called “How The Media Could Get the Election Story Wrong“: A group of former top government officials called the Transition Integrity Project actually gamed four possible scenarios, including one that doesn’t look that different from 2016: a big popular win for Mr. Biden, and a narrow electoral defeat… They cast John Podesta, who was Hillary Clinton’s campaign chairman, in the role of Mr. Biden. They expected him, when the votes came in, to concede… But Mr. Podesta… shocked the organizers… he persuaded the governors of Wisconsin and Michigan to send pro-Biden electors to the Electoral College. In that scenario, California, Oregon, and Washington then threatened to secede from the United States if Mr. Trump took office… News that Hillary Clinton’s former campaign chief rejected a legal election result, even in a hypothetical simulation, was obvious catnip to conservative media, which took about ten minutes to repackage Smith’s story using the same alarmist headline format marking earlier TIP write-ups. Breitbart published “Democrats’ ‘War Game’ for Election Includes West Coast Secession, Possible Civil War,” and a cascade of further red-state freakouts seemed inevitable… “At that point,” says Nils Gilman, COO and EVP of Programs at the Berggruen Institute think tank, who served alongside Brooks as TIP’s other co-founder, “we decided we needed to be out about having run this exercise, to prevent the allegation that this was a ‘shadowy cabal’ — not that that narrative didn’t take hold anyways.” – The final TIP report was released the next day, August 3rd, 2020. Titled “Preventing a Disrupted Presidential Election and Transition,” the full text was, as any person attempting an objective read will grasp, sensational… The Podesta episode was worse than reported, with the secession proposal coming on “advice from President Obama,” used as leverage to a) secure statehood for Washington, DC and Puerto Rico b) divide California into five states to increase its Senate representation, and c) “eliminate the Electoral College,” among other things. TIP authors also warned Trump’s behavior could “push other actors, including, potentially, some in the Democratic Party, to similarly engage in practices that depart from traditional rule of law norms, out of perceived self-defense.” – More tellingly, there were multiple passages on the subject of abiding by and/or trusting in the law, and how this can be a weakness. TIP authors concluded that “as an incumbent unbounded by norms, President Trump has a huge advantage” in the upcoming election, and chided participants that “planners need to take seriously the notion that this may well be a street fight, not a legal battle.” They added the key observation that “a reliance on elites observing norms are [sic] not the answer here.” – Asked about that passage, Gilman replied that it was “the right question,” i.e. “Why can’t we just rely on elites to observe/enforce norms?” Noting that two-thirds of the GOP caucus voted not to certify the 2020 election, he went on: “If I had had total confidence in the solidity of the institutions, I wouldn’t have felt the need to run the exercises.” – This answer makes some sense in the abstract, but ignores the years-long campaign of norm-breaking in the other direction leading up to the TIP simulation. In the eight-plus years since Donald Trump entered the national political scene, we’ve seen the same cast of characters appear and reappear in dirty tricks schemes, many of which began before he was even elected (more on that below). The last time we encountered this “loose-knit group” story, the usual suspects were all there, and the public by lucky accident of the Smith leak gained detailed access to Democratic Party thinking about how to steal an election — if necessary, of course, to “protect the democratic process.” – That incident acquires new significance now in light not only of this NBC story, but also the dismal 2024 poll numbers for Biden, a host of unusually candid calls for preemptive action to prevent Trump from taking office, the bold efforts to remove Trump from the ballot in states like Colorado and Maine, and those lesser-publicized, but equally important campaign to keep third party challengers like No Labels or Robert F. Kennedy from gaining ballot access in key states… The grim reality of Campaign 2024 is that both sides appear convinced the other will violate “norms” first, with Democrats in particular seeming to believe extreme advance action is needed to head off a Trump dictatorship. Such elevated levels of paranoia virtually guarantee that someone is going to cheat before Election Day in November, at which point the court of public opinion will come into play. The key question will be, who abandoned democracy first? – The TIP report provided an answer. It contained long lists of theoretical Trump abuses that sounded suspiciously more like the extralegal maneuvers already deployed against Trump dating back to mid-2016, particularly during the failed effort to prosecute him for collusion with Russia. Interpreted by some as a literal plan to overturn a legal Trump victory, its greater significance was as a historical document, since it read like a year-by-year synopsis of all the home team rule-breaking. In other words, the TIP read like a Team Clinton playbook, only with hero and villain reversed… Bearing in mind that many of the people involved were also Russiagate actors, here’s a abbreviated list of abuses the TIP authors supposedly feared Trump would commit: “The President’s ability… to launch investigations into opponents; and his ability to use Department of Justice and/or the intelligence agencies to cast doubt on election results or discredit his opponents.” – It’s true a president so inclined can do these things, and possible a re-elected Trump might, but they were clearly done first to Trump in this case. The FBI’s road-to-nowhere Crossfire Hurricane probe of Russian collusion, which made use of illegally obtained FISA surveillance authority, began on July 31, 2016. Trump opponents have been “launching investigations” really without interruption ever since, with many (including especially the recent Frankensteinian hush-money prosecution) obviously politicized… Likewise, the office of the Director of National Intelligence published an Intelligence Community Assessment in early January 2017, again before Trump’s inauguration, that used information from the bogus Steele dossier to conclude that “Putin and the Russian Government aspired to help President-elect Trump’s election chances.” If that isn’t using intelligence agencies to “cast doubt on election results,” what is? Worse, the trick would be repeated, over and over: “The President and key members of his administration can also reference classified documents without releasing them, manipulate classified information, or selectively release classified documents for political purposes, fueling manufactured rumors.” – This phenomenon also began before Trump’s election, notably with the story leaked on January 10, 2017, about four “intel chiefs,” including FBI Director James Comey, who presented then-President-elect Trump with “claims of Russian efforts to compromise him,” including the infamous pee tape. “Selective” release of “classified documents” then continued through the Trump presidency. Other incidents involved the “repeated contacts with Russian intelligence” story (February 2017), a Washington Post story about Jeff Sessions speaking to the Russian ambassador (March 2017), the (incorrect) story about Trump lawyer Michael Cohen being in Prague (April 2018), the infamous “Russian bounty” story (June 2020), and many, many, others… Podesta himself participated in one of the first and most damaging “manufactured rumor” episodes, beginning in late 2016, involving the use of the Elias-commissioned Steele dossier to illegally obtain a FISA warrant on former Trump aide Carter Page. Podesta, who of course knew the real source of the story, reacted to it as if it was news generated by government investigators and publicly derided Page as a Russian cutout, before adding that the 2016 election “was distorted by the Russian intervention.” This was a textbook example of using “manufactured rumors” from intelligence agencies to “cast doubt” on election results as you’ll find… “Additional presidential powers subject to misuse include… his ability to restrict internet communications in the name of national security.” – As for restricting internet communications “in the name of national security,” Racket pauses to laugh. The growth of state-aided censorship initiatives like the ones we studied all last year in the Twitter Files began well before Trump’s election, for instance with the creation in Barack Obama’s last year of the State Department’s Global Engagement Center, which later worked with Stanford’s Election Integrity Partnership to focus heavily on posts deemed to be attempts at “delegitimization” in the 2020 election. Stanford’s group even flagged a story about the TIP in its final report as “conspiracy theory.” – Not to say that these bureaucracies couldn’t be abused by a second Trump administration, but so far they’ve been a near-exclusive fixation of Democratic politicians and security officials. There’s a reason Joe Biden is the only candidate slated to enjoy a censorship-free campaign season, while Trump and third-party challenger Robert F. Kennedy have been repeatedly removed or de-amplified from various platforms… “There is considerable room to use foreign interference, real or invented, as a pretext to cast doubt on the election results or more generally to create uncertainty about the legitimacy of the election.” – This may have been the most amazing line in the TIP report, given that the entire Trump presidency was marked by stories like “How Russia Helped Swing the Election for Trump” (New Yorker) “Did Russia Affect the 2016 Election? It’s Now Undeniable” (Wired), “Russia ‘turned’ election for Trump, Clapper believes” (PBS), “Yes, Russian Election Sabotage Helped Trump Win” (Bloomberg), and a personal favorite, “CIA Director Wrongly Says U.S. Found Russia Didn’t Affect Election Result” (NBC). There was so much “Russia hacked the election” messaging between 2016 and 2020, in fact, that our Matt Orfalea made two movies about it. Here’s one: https://youtu.be/uoMfIkz7v6s – In the 2018 midterm elections, officials warned that Russia was going to “attack” the congressional vote. Stories like “U.S. 2018 elections ‘under attack’ by Russia” (Reuters) and “Justice Dept. Accuses Russians of Interfering in Midterm Elections” (New York Times) were constants, until the Democrats retook the House in a “blue wave,” at which point headlines began saying the opposite (“Russians Tried, but Were Unable to Compromise Midterm Elections, U.S. Says” from the Times was a typical take). The TIP was written during a repeat version, as stories like “Lawmakers are Warned that Russia is Meddling to Re-Elect Trump” (New York Times) were near-daily fixtures in 2020 pre-election coverage. After Biden won, headlines like “Putin Failed to Mount Major Election Interference Activities in 2020” again became fixtures in papers like the Washington Post… This brings us to the last and most controversial angle on the TIP report. When the original TIP text came out, Michael Brendan Daugherty in National Review wrote in an offhand tone that he got the feeling “some progressives are steeling themselves for a Color Revolution in the United States,” because winning a normal election “just isn’t cathartic enough.” – To this day, the color revolution idea makes TIP organizers laugh… “The idea that some rando in Los Angeles,” Gilman says, referring to himself, “was secretly planning a color revolution (which he published a report about months in advance, which you gotta admit is a pretty weird move for a guy allegedly plotting a revolution) is a textbook example of Hofstadter’s Paranoid Style.” – Brooks is also incredulous, saying the color revolution thesis is a “profound misunderstanding” of the TIP report. “They aren’t plans or predictions, they’re efforts to understand how things might play out,” she wrote, adding that the TIP participants were merely asking, “What could go wrong?” – They may have asked that. Still, the group’s final report contained a string of references to “plans and predictions,” with entries like “Plan for a contested election,” “Plan for large-scale protests,” and “Make plans now for how to respond in the event of a crisis.” As for the “profound misunderstanding,” Brooks gave a friendly interview to a New York Times writer who was apparently laboring under the same “profound” delusion… Weeks after the National Review piece, Michelle Goldberg in the Times wrote of Daugherty: “He’s right, but not in the way he thinks.” She explained that Democrats don’t relish the thought of an uprising, but look upon it as something to be dreaded, that “must nonetheless be considered.” – She then quoted Brooks. The Georgetown professor, who in her most recent book about life in the Defense Department described getting “a coveted intelligence community ‘blue badge'” to pass into “the sacred precincts of the CIA,” told Goldberg that in the event of a Trump power grab, “the only thing left is what pro-democracy movements and human rights movements around the world have always done, which is sustained, mass peaceful demonstrations.” – That did sound like a description of the Eastern European color revolutions, which generally involved mass street actions, sustained negative press pressure, and calls by NGOs and outside countries for the disfavored leader to step down. A major reason the “color revolution” theme struck commentators in connection with TIP had to do with the presence in the TIP simulation of Barack Obama’s former chief ethics lawyer, Norm Eisen. Eisen wrote a manual called The Democracy Playbook for the Brookings Institution that is often referred to as the unofficial how-to guide for America-backed regime-change operations abroad. Anyone who’s been forced to read a lot of “democracy promotion” literature, as I had to in Russia, will recognize familiar themes in the TIP report… One of the controversial features of “color revolution” episodes is that the U.S. has at times supported ousters of perhaps unsavory, but legally elected, leaders. Was the TIP group contemplating the “sustained” protest scenario only in the event of Trump stealing an election, or if he merely won in an unpleasant way, i.e. via the Electoral College with a popular vote deficit? Brooks at first indicated she didn’t understand the reference… “I am not sure what the question is?” she wrote. “Peaceful protests, mass or otherwise, are constitutionally protected.” – I referred back to the Times piece and the “movements around the world” quote, noting that while those outcomes might arguably have been desirable, it’d be hard to call them strictly democratic… “I am not an expert on the color revolutions,” she replied. “It is certainly true that on both left and right, in both the US and abroad, there are nearly always… I guess I’d say spoilers, or violence entrepreneurs — who try to hijack peaceful protest movements.” – Lastly: one TIP simulation also predicted, with something like remarkable anti-clairvoyance, that Trump would contrive to label Biden supporters guilty of “insurrection” for protesting a “clear Trump win”: The Trump Campaign planted agent provocateurs into the protests throughout the country to ensure these protests turned violent and helped further the narrative of a violent insurrection against a lawfully elected president… That passage was published on August 3, 2020, long before most Americans knew or cared that the word “insurrection” had political significance. We’d be instructed in its use within hours of the riots, when Joe Biden said, “It’s not protest. It’s insurrection,” and everyone from Mitt Romney to Mitch McConnell to media talking heads to the authors of the articles of impeachment like Jamie Raskin fixated on the word. Still, not until December 2021 did a public figure explain how the 14th Amendment might be deployed strategically in the post-January 6th world. The insight came from Elias, who has since deleted the tweet:

We’re of course now seeing that litigation, notably in the form of a Colorado Supreme Court decision to remove Trump from the ballot, which was handed down after complaints filed citing the 14th Amendment provision alluded to by Elias… All this is laid out as background for the coming nine months of campaign chaos, if we even end up having a traditional campaign season. Revolt of the Public author and former CIA analyst Martin Gurri summed up the situation in a piece for The Free Press titled “Trump. Again. The Question is Why?” The money quotes: The malady now exposed is this: the elites have lost faith in representative democracy. To smash the nightmare image of themselves that Trump evokes, they are willing to twist and force our system until it breaks… The implications are clear. Not only Trump, but the nearly 75 million Americans who voted for him, must be silenced and crushed. To save democracy, it must be modified by a possessive: “our democracy.” – The Biden campaign, stuck in a seemingly irreversible poll freefall, has put all its rhetorical chips on the theme of “protecting democracy.” Biden mentions Trump’s “assault on democracy” at every opportunity, and even recently resorted to Apollo Creed-style imagery, campaigning at Valley Forge flanked by a dozen American flags and red, white, and blue lights. (Red-and-white striped trunks can’t be far off.) The DNC’s daily “talkers” memos for months have asked blue-party pols and friendly reporters to stress “the existential threat to freedom and democracy that Donald Trump and MAGA Republicans represent,” while pointing to stories like Vanity Fair’s, “There Is No ‘Both Sides’ to Donald Trump’s Threat to Democracy,” in its CONTENT TO AMPLIFY section… This messaging would likely have worked after January 6th, when Trump’s post-electoral conduct rankled voters, as evidenced by an exit approval rating of 34%. It can’t now, since the word “democracy” has been appropriated to refer exclusively to the party that declared its New Hampshire primary “non-binding” and “meaningless,” canceled its Florida primary, is preparing mass technical challenges against third-party challengers like No Labels or Robert F. Kennedy Jr. (and has a rich history in that area; see accompanying Nader piece), is seeking to kick the GOP front-runner off the ballot, has mass-filed bar complaints against attorneys who represented that candidate, and has piled criminal counts atop its main electoral opposition… Many who couldn’t stand Trump, would never vote for him, and have been willing consumers of the awesome amount of propaganda published on the Trump subject, now need to face the fact that they’ve been had. Transformed into the avatar of all bad things — a crude domestic combo platter of Saddam, Milosevic, Assad, and Putin — this vision of the über-villain, Trump, has been used to distract mass audiences from the erosion of “norms” at home. “Protecting democracy” in the Trump context will be remembered as having served the same purpose as Saddam’s mythical WMDs, the shots fired in the Gulf of Tonkin, or Gaddafi’s fictional Viagra-enhanced army. Those were carefully crafted political lies, used to rally the public behind illegal campaigns of preemption… Voters, by voting, “protect democracy.” A politician who claims to be doing the job for us is up to something. The group in the current White House is trying to steal for themselves a word that belongs to you. Don’t let them.”The Tucker Carlson Encounter: Bret Weinstein at the Darien Gap (Video, 1hr 12min) – https://tuckercarlson.com/the-tucker-carlson-encounter-bret-weinstein-at-the-darien-gap/ – Bret Weinstein, recently returned from a trip to the “Darien Gap” in Panama, reports on the massive foreign migration through the raw, mountainous, and road-less jungle there. Among other things he covers a place called the San Vicente Camp, full of Military Aged Chinese men, a few women, and no children such as are seen in masses elsewhere in the Panama Migration. These Chinese men are secretive, seem to be universally loath to talk about their reasons for migration to the U.S.

Civil War & Shadow Crossings: The UN’s Role in the US Invasion Currently Underway – The global migration masterplan revealed, the UN is at it once again, America’s hometowns are at risk as Americans head south to shore up the US border, and the US enters into civil war. – by Reinette Senum – https://reinettesenumsfoghornexpress.substack.com/p/civil-war-and-shadow-crossings-the – Several days ago, I was sent the video below, “United States Invasion Route Exposed,” and only now have I had a chance to watch it— and it is a must-watch. I can’t stress this enough. Share it with everyone you know, particularly those who think what we are seeing at our southern border is a “humanitarian crisis” of immigrants who simply want a better life… In a staggering revelation, investigative journalists uncovered the hidden players, support, organization, and funding to assist mass migration into the United States’ southern border. In 2023, the US experienced an influx of nearly a quarter million migrants monthly, following a highly organized and funded trail from Quito, Ecuador, directly to the U.S. Two young and what I consider very brave Muckraker (founder) and journalist, Anthony Rubin and his brother, embarked on a perilous journey to expose trail of invasion throughout South America, Central America and Mexico, to the US, uncovering alarming facts about this orchestrated migration… Video (40 min): https://youtu.be/Bk66WyMBjvQ – The journey revealed a meticulously planned route aided by various organizations, including government and non-government bodies. Not surprisingly, this includes the United Nations, which provided maps and guidance to facilitate this migration. This assistance extended to bizarre aids, like instructions on condom usage, underlining a deeper, unnerving objective… One alarming aspect was the discovery of staging points for Chinese nationals, particularly military-aged males. These well-funded migrants contrast starkly with the impoverished Venezuelans trekking on foot. The presence of Chinese nationals, some admitting to espionage intentions, adds a complex geopolitical dimension to this crisis… THE PERILOUS JOURNEY THROUGH THE DARIEN GAP – The path takes these migrants through the Darien Gap, a treacherous stretch known for its lawlessness, where robbery, rape, and murder are rampant. Despite this, the United Nations’ indirect support continues, funneling countless individuals into the clutches of organized crime, turning a humanitarian issue into a lucrative business for criminals… Many never make it out of these routes alive… The journey through the Darien Gap, fraught with danger and human misery, epitomizes the dire circumstances these migrants face. It’s a harrowing testament to the extreme risks undertaken, often resulting in tragic outcomes. This perilous trek, however, is just a fraction of their arduous journey to the United States… Upon reaching Mexico, the migrants encounter further orchestration. The involvement of cartels and organizations like Pueblo Sin Fronteras, which has anti-American sentiments, highlights a concerning collusion. This network facilitates the migrants’ journey, including crossing Mexico and boarding the notorious “Train of Death.” – These migrants have no idea they are being used as UN fodder, and their well-being and lives are meaningless to the UN, NGOs, and cartels along the way… This investigation reveals a multifaceted crisis, combining humanitarian tragedy, geopolitical threats, and undermining U.S. sovereignty. With schools turning into shelters for illegal aliens and cities granting suffrage to non-citizens, the fabric of American society is at risk. The U.N.’s Replacement Migration is clearly underway in Europe, and now throughout the U.S. This deliberate effort to reshape demographic structures threatens the very essence of the American Republic. – THE UN; INVOLVED IN ALL THINGS DESTRUCTIVE – The UN seems to have its hands in all things concerning destroying nations from the inside out… Just today, the United Nations Relief and Works Agency for Palestine Refugees (UNRWA) terminated the contracts of several employees after Israel presented evidence that they participated in the October 7 terrorist attacks. The State Department has temporarily paused additional funding to UNRWA while an investigation is underway. This follows historical scrutiny of UNRWA for alleged anti-Israel and anti-Jewish biases in its educational materials. The incident heightens concerns about the role of international organizations in conflicts and their impact on diplomatic relations. For more detailed information, you can read the full article here… “TAKE OUR BORDER BACK” CONVOY RAMPS UP – The upcoming convoy, “Take Our Border Back,” is in response to growing concerns and frustration over immigration policies (or lack thereof) and border security. Organized by a coalition of groups advocating for stricter immigration controls and enhanced border security measures from January 29th – February 3rd, the convoy aims to draw attention to the massive and deliberate failures in the current government’s approach to managing border crossings and immigration. Participants, including truckers, law enforcement, veterans, activists, concerned citizens, and members of various communities, are planning to travel across several states, culminating in a major rally at a significant border location. – SCOTUS BETRAYS AMERICA – A few days ago, the United States Supreme Court made a ridiculous ruling regarding Texas’ border barriers. The Court ordered Texas to allow federal border agents access to the state’s border with Mexico, specifically addressing the miles of concertina wire (also known as razor wire) that Texas officials had deployed… The Supreme Court’s 5-4 decision vacated a previous injunction from the 5th U.S. Circuit Court of Appeals, which had prevented Border Patrol agents from cutting the concertina wire. The situation, escalating at Shelby Park in Eagle Pass, has become a standoff point between Texas and the federal government over immigration enforcement. Texas Governor Greg Abbott had increased border enforcement in this area by surrounding it with razor wire and limiting access. The Biden Administration, on the other hand, emphasized the necessity of leaving the border wide open to increase the invasion of military-aged men from around the world, including China… IGNORED BY MSM, THE CIVIL WAR HAS BEGUN – What historic times we live in…. and how amazing it is that MSM (mainstream news) is not covering the escalating events much, considering the significance… In response to the SCOTUS decisions, in a significant move, Texas Governor Greg Abbott has announced a collaboration with 25 other states to deploy their respective National Guard units to the Texas-Mexico border… The multi-state initiative involves a large deployment of National Guard troops, aiming to enhance border security and manage the surge in migrant crossings. Governor Abbott, emphasizing the need for robust border control, has framed this action as essential for maintaining state and national security. The collaboration represents a concerted effort by these states to support Texas in addressing the challenges posed by the increased number of migrants. – A CALL FOR VIGILANCE – However, what we are lacking is a serious discussion over the current number of migrants relocated into cities and towns across America. Evidence is building that they are being supplied, trained, and possibly armed for a later date… While those who are able-bodied are heading rightfully to protect the southern border, and service men and women have been called to the Middle East, they are leaving their hometowns and cities vulnerable. Americans across the country need to step up their game and look for unusual activity in their area… As citizens, we must remain vigilant in our communities, recognizing and reporting unusual activities. We must be alert to unusual movements of people and vehicles, including trains and planes. The safety and integrity of our nation depend on our collective awareness and response to these covert threats… The evidence is clear: the United States faces an undeclared war, a covert invasion orchestrated by global and criminal networks. It’s not just an immigration issue; it’s a matter of national security, sovereignty, and the survival of the American Republic as we know it. As Americans, we must stand united in defending our nation, values, and future against this unprecedented threat.”Five Variables Defining Our Future – by Pepe Escobar – https://sputnikglobe.com/20240125/pepe-escobar-five-variables-defining-our-future-1116381887.html
In the late 1930s, with WWII in motion, and only months before his assassination, Leon Trotsky already had a vision of what the future Empire of Chaos would be up to… ‘For Germany it was a question of “organizing Europe”. The United States must ‘organize’ the world. History is bringing mankind face to face with the volcanic eruption of American imperialism…Under one or another pretext and slogan the United States will intervene in the tremendous clash in order to maintain its world dominion.’ – We all know what happened next. Now we are under a new volcano that even Trotsky could not have identified: a declining United States faced with the Russia-China “threat”. And once again the entire planet is affected by major moves in the geopolitical chessboard… The Straussian neocons in charge of US foreign policy could never accept Russia-China leading the way towards a multipolar world. For now we have NATO’s perpetual expansionism as their strategy to debilitate Russia, and Taiwan as their strategy to debilitate China… Yet in these past two years, the vicious proxy war in Ukraine only accelerated the transition towards a multipolar, Eurasia-driven world order… With the indispensable help of Prof. Michael Hudson, let’s briefly recap the 5 key variables that are conditioning the current transition… Losers Don’t Dictate Terms1. The stalemate: That’s the new, obsessive US narrative on Ukraine – on steroids. Confronted with the upcoming, cosmic NATO humiliation in the battlefield, the White House and the State Dept. had to – literally – improvise… Moscow though is unfazed. The Kremlin has set the terms a long time ago: total surrender, and no Ukraine as part of NATO. To “negotiate”, from the Russia point of view, is to accept these terms… And if the deciding powers in Washington opt for turbo-charging the weaponization of Kiev, or to unleash “the most heinous provocations in order to change the course of events”, as asserted this week by the head of the SVR, Sergey Naryshkin, fine… The road ahead will be bloody. In case the usual suspects sideline popular Zaluzhny and install Budanov as the head of the Armed Forces of Ukraine, the AFU will be under total control of the CIA – and not NATO generals, as it’s still the case… This might prevent a military coup against the sweaty sweatshirt puppet in Kiev. Yet things will get much uglier. Ukraine will go Total Guerrilla, with only two objectives: to attack Russian civilians and civilian infrastructure. Moscow, of course, is fully aware of the dangers… Meanwhile, chatterbox overdrive in several latitudes suggest that NATO may even be getting ready for a partition of Ukraine. Whatever form that might take, losers do not dictate conditions: Russia does… As for EU politicos, predictably, they are in total panic, believing that after mopping up Ukraine, Russia will become even more of a “threat” to Europe. Nonsense. Not only Moscow couldn’t give a damn to what Europe “thinks”; the last thing Russia wants or needs is to annex Baltic or Eastern European hysteria. Moreover, even Jens Stoltenberg admitted “NATO sees no threat from Russia toward any of its territories.’2. BRICS: Since the start of 2024, this is The Big Picture: the Russian presidency of BRICS+ – which translates as a particle accelerator towards multipolarity. The Russia-China strategic partnership will be increasing actual production, in several fields, while Europe plunges into depression, unleashed by the Perfect Storm of sanctions blowback against Russia and German de-industrialization. And it’s far from over, as Washington is also ordering Brussels to sanction China across the spectrum… As Prof. Michael Hudson frames it, we are right in the middle of “the whole split of the world and the turning towards China, Russia, Iran, BRICS”, united in “an attempt to reverse, undo, and roll back the whole colonial expansion that’s occurred over the last five centuries.” – Or, as Foreign Minister Sergei Lavrov defined at the UN Security Council this process of BRICS leaving Western bullies behind, the changing world order is like “a playground scuffle – which the West is losing.” – Bye Bye, Soft Power – 3. The Lone Emperor: The “stalemate” – actually losing a war – is directly linked to its compensation: the Empire squeezing and shrinking a vassalized Europe. But even as you exercise nearly total control over all these relatively wealthy vassals, you lose the Global South, for good: if not all their leaders, certainly the overwhelming majority of public opinion. The icing in the toxic cake is to support a genocide followed by the whole planet in real time. Bye bye, soft power. – 4. De-dollarization: All across the Global South, they did the math: if the Empire and its EU vassals can just steal over $300 billion in Russian foreign reserves – from a top nuclear/military power – they can do it to anyone, and they will… The key reason Saudi Arabia, now a BRICS 10 member, is being so meek on the genocide in Gaza is because their hefty US dollar reserves are hostage to the Hegemon… And yet the caravan moving away from the US dollar will only keep growing in 2024: that will depend on crucial crossover deliberations inside the Eurasia Economic Union (EAEU) and BRICS 10. – 5. Garden and jungle: What Putin and Xi have essentially been telling the Global South – including the energy-rich Arab world – is quite simple. If you want improved trade and economic growth, who’re you gonna link to? – So we’re back to the “garden and jungle” syndrome – first coined by imperial Britain orientalist Rudyard Kipling. Both the British concept of “white man’s burden” and the American concept of “Manifest Destiny” derive from the “garden and jungle” metaphor… NATOstan, and hardly all of it, is supposed to be the garden. The Global South is the jungle. Michael Hudson again: as it stands, the jungle is growing, but the garden isn’t growing “because its philosophy is not industrialization. Its philosophy is to make monopoly rents, meaning rents that you make in your sleep without producing value. You just have a privilege of a right to collect money on a monopoly technology that you have.” – The difference now, compared to all those decades ago of an imperial free lunch, is “an immense shift of technological advance”, away from North America and the US, to China, Russia and selected nodes across Asia… Forever Wars. And No Plan B – If we combine all these variants – stalemate; BRICS; the Lone Emperor; de-dollarization; garden and jungle – in search of the most probable scenario ahead, it’s easy to see that the only “way out” for a cornered Empire is, what else, the default modus operandi: Forever Wars… And that brings us to the current American aircraft carrier in West Asia, totally out of control yet always supported by the Hegemon, aiming for a multi-front war against the whole Axis of Resistance: Palestine, Hezbollah, Syria, Iraqi militias, Ansarullah in Yemen, and Iran… In a sense we’re back to the immediate post-9/11, when what the neocons really wanted was not Afghanistan, but the invasion of Iraq: not only to control the oil (which in the end they didn’t) but, in Michael Hudson’s analysis, “to essentially create America’s foreign legion in the form of ISIS and al-Qaeda in Iraq.” Now, “America has two armies that it’s using to fight in the Near East, the ISIS/al-Qaeda foreign legion (Arabic-speaking foreign legion) and the Israelis.” – Hudson’s intuition of ISIS and Israel as parallel armies is priceless: they both fight the Axis of Resistance, and never (italics mine) fight each other. The Straussian neocon plan, as tawdry as it gets, essentially is a variant of the “fight to the last Ukrainian”: to “fight to the last Israeli” on the way to the Holy Grail, which is to bomb, bomb, bomb Iran (copyright John McCain) and provoke regime change… As much as the “plan” did not work in Iraq or Ukraine, it won’t work against the Axis of Resistance… What Putin, Xi and Raisi have been explaining to the Global South, explicitly or in quite subtle ways, is that we are right in the crux of a civilizational war… Michael Hudson has done a lot to bring down such an epic struggle to practical terms. Are we heading towards what I described as techno-feudalism – which is the AI format of rent-seeking turbo-neoliberalism? Or are we heading to something similar to the origins of industrial capitalism? – Michael Hudson characterizes an auspicious horizon as “raising living standards instead of imposing IMF financial austerity on the dollar block”: devising a system that Big Finance, Big Bank, Big Pharma and what Ray McGovern memorably coined as the MICIMATT (military-industrial-congressional-intelligence-media-academia-think tank complex) cannot control. Alea jacta est… * ISIS (also known as ISIL/IS) is a terrorist group banned in Russia… ** A terrorist group outlawed in Russia and many other countries.”NWO SERVICE CORPS & MURDER INC. — Christopher James on SGT Report (Video 1hr)

Biden Gives Green Light for Retaliation Against Iran – by Peter Symonds – https://www.globalresearch.ca/biden-gives-green-light-retaliation-against-iran/5848162?utm_source=substack&utm_medium=email – “In the wake of the drone attack in northern Jordan that killed three American soldiers and wounded dozens more, President Biden affirmed to reporters yesterday that he had decided on the US retaliatory action. Having blamed “radical Iran-backed militant groups” for the deaths, the retaliation could include strikes on such militias anywhere in the Middle East and targets within Iran itself… Asked by reporters if he blamed Iran for the deaths of the US soldiers, Biden declared that he held Tehran responsible ‘in the sense that they’re supplying the weapons to the people who did it.” Pressed to say if Iran was directly responsible, he refused to respond, simply declaring “we’ll have that discussion.’ Iran has denied any responsibility for the attack… Well aware that the US-backed Israeli genocide of Palestinians in Gaza has transformed the Middle East into a powder keg, Biden played down the potential for regional conflict… ‘I don’t think we need a wider war in the Middle East. That’s not what I’m looking for,’ he said… Yet that is exactly what the Biden administration is doing, not only through its political, economic and military support for Israel but its expanding war against Houthi militia in Yemen and strikes in Iraq and Syria. US imperialism is rapidly and recklessly plunging the Middle East into a region-wide war that together with the US-NATO war against Russia in Ukraine threatens to engulf the world… While Biden gave no indication of the nature of US retaliation, National Security Council spokesperson John Kirby told reporters aboard Air Force One that the US intended to strike the militia groups and degrade their capacity to attack US troops while sending a “strong signal to their backers” in Iran’s Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps. Ominously, he declared that Biden’s order would be a “tiered approach” encompassing “potentially multiple actions.”.. Current and former US officials told the Financial Times that the Biden administration would target militia leaders, Iranian personnel in Syria or Iraq and assets outside of Iran… ‘This won’t be a single attack, so there will probably be several rounds. I think it has to be a very robust attack action,’ a former senior US military commander in the Middle East said… Right-wing Republicans, including leading presidential contender Trump, are braying for blood, denouncing Biden’s “weakness” and calling for strikes against Iran, knowing full well that such action would dramatically escalate the simmering war across the Middle East… The Biden administration has not ruled out a direct attack on Iran or on senior Iranian officials in the Middle East. Indeed, the White House undoubtedly gave the go-ahead for the highly provocative Israeli air raid in December outside Damascus that killed Iranian Brigadier General Sayyed Razi Mousavi—the top adviser inside Syria of Iran’s Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps (IRGC). That was followed by a further Israeli air attack on Damascus earlier this month that killed the IRGC intelligence chief for Syria and his deputy as well as two other IRGC officials… Israel, again unquestionably with the full support of Washington, is also preparing to expand its war from Gaza and the West Bank into southern Lebanon. Speaking to Israeli reservists on the border with Gaza on Monday, Defence Minister Yoav Gallant said that Israeli troops will “very soon go into action” on the country’s northern border with Lebanon. The forces close to you, he said, ‘are leaving the field and moving towards the north, and preparing for what comes next.’.. Gallant’s comments are a warning that Israel is planning a dramatic escalation of a conflict with Hezbollah militia in Lebanon that has been underway since its war on Gaza began. Northern Israel already has tens of thousands of regular troops and some 60,000 reservists, an Israeli Defence Forces (IDF) official told ABC News last week… Israeli air raids and artillery barrage attacks inside Lebanon and Hezbollah attacks on Israeli forces in northern Israel have taken place virtually on a daily basis. An estimated 100,000 Israelis have evacuated the country’s northern towns while around 76,000 Lebanese living near the border have fled. Hezbollah has reported that 171 of its members have been killed since October 8, while Israel has said that nine soldiers and six civilians have been killed… Even as the Biden administration uses the deaths of three American soldiers as the pretext for new military aggression in the Middle East, the death toll in Gaza continues to climb in the barbaric Israeli war waged on the Palestinians with the full backing of Washington. According to the Palestinian Health Ministry in Gaza yesterday, the number of dead since October 7 rose to 26,751 with another 65,636 others wounded. The Israeli army killed 114 and wounded 249 others in the previous 24 hours… The ministry’s spokesperson Ashraf Al-Qedra reported that Israel was increasing its siege on the Nasser Medical Complex in Khan Younis in the southern Gaza Strip for the second week, placing “150 medical personnel, 450 wounded, and 3,000 displaced people under targeting.” With only enough fuel to keep the hospital’s generators running for two days, Al-Qedra warned that the situation would become even more dire… Based on reports from the Palestinian news agency Wafa, Al Jazeera yesterday detailed Israeli operations inside the West Bank over the previous 24 hours. These included the killing of three Palestinians inside the Ibn Sina Hospital in Jenin by Israeli special forces; the bombing of the Al-Farouq Mosque in Khan Younis refugee camp; ongoing raids inside the Nur Shams and Tulkarem refugee camps, where Israeli forces bulldozed roads, water, telecommunication and electricity lines… The horrors of the Israeli war inside Gaza and the West Bank are a harbinger of the barbarity that Israel, the US and its allies are preparing to inflict on a far wider scale throughout the Middle East. The US targeting of Iran is not the response to the deaths of three American soldiers but is flows from long-held ambitions for American domination of the energy-rich region and the failure of its previous criminal wars in the Middle East to achieve that end.” John Podesta: Portrait Of A Consummate Technocrat (And Climate Czar) – from Bloomberg article by SaraSilberger, and Technocracy Newshttps://www.technocracy.news/john-podesta-portrait-of-a-consummate-technocrat/ -“Like a bad penny, John Podesta just won’t go away. He is a former member of the Trilateral Commission, the founder of the Center for American Progress (CAP), and the leading architect of America’s deleterious climate change plan, starting in the 1990s when he served as Bill Clinton’s chief of staff… It was President Bill Clinton and Vice President Al Gore, both members of the Trilateral Commission, who ushered in the UN’s Agenda 21 policies. When Clinton was busy reinventing government, he brought his lifetime friend Podesta on in 1998. Podesta created the infamous presidential strategy of “ruling with a pen and a phone” to skirt Congress. Every president since has used and abused this. But, it was essential to cram Agenda 21 and climate change policies down our throats… I have thoroughly documented the Trilateral Commission’s singular role in creating Agenda 21 and advancing sustainable development… Since 2022, Podesta has been listed as a senior advisor to President Biden. His sole function was to disburse the $780 Billion to clean energy authorized under the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022… John Kerry has retired as Climate Czar at age 80; now Podesta assumes that title and function for himself… In 2015, I wrote Rebuilding Babel – Toward The Endgame of Technocracy to explain how the con game works: Take Trilateral Commission member John Podesta for instance. Podesta is Senior Policy Advisor to Obama for Climate Change. In the 1990s under Clinton, Podesta invented and perfected the policy of ruling by Executive Orders, and now he is coaching Obama. Just before he took this position last year, Podesta had just finished up working with a high-level climate-change planning group at the United Nations that called for global reforms and renewed initiatives… Even the New York Times acknowledges, “the architect of Mr. Obama’s climate change plan is none other than his senior counselor, John D. Podesta.” The same NYT article also quoted Speaker of the House John Boehner as saying, “This announcement is yet another sign that the president intends to double-down on his job-crushing policies no matter how devastating the impact for America’s heartland and the country as a whole.” – All complaining and whining aside, Congress remains completely impotent to stop or even slow either Podesta or his protégé Obama. This is how Technocracy works: In the name of (false) science, they tell you what to do and you do it… Please be clear on this – people like John Podesta are not socialists, Marxists, communists or fascists. They are Technocrats who are bent on imposing Technocracy that will ultimately destroy capitalism and install themselves as the unelected and unaccountable leaders of the New International Economic Order… Nothing changes. Like Henry Kissinger and Zbigniew Brzezinski before him, we are stuck with him until he dies; until then, he will push Trilateral Commission policy to flip us into a full-blown Technocracy.”The Rise of Techno-authoritarianism – Silicon Valley has its own ascendant political ideology. It’s past time we call it what it is – by Adrienne LaFrance, Executive Editor, The Atlantic – https://www.theatlantic.com/magazine/archive/2024/03/facebook-meta-silicon-valley-politics/677168/ – “If you had to capture Silicon Valley’s dominant ideology in a single anecdote, you might look first to Mark Zuckerberg, sitting in the blue glow of his computer some 20 years ago, chatting with a friend about how his new website, TheFacebook, had given him access to reams of personal information about his fellow students: Zuckerberg: Yeah so if you ever need info about anyone at Harvard – Zuckerberg: Just ask… Zuckerberg: I have over 4,000 emails, pictures, addresses, SNS – Friend: What? How’d you manage that one? – Zuckerberg: People just submitted it. – Zuckerberg: I don’t know why. – Zuckerberg: They “trust me” – Zuckerberg: Dumb fucks… That conversation—later revealed through leaked chat records—was soon followed by another that was just as telling, if better mannered. At a now-famous Christmas party in 2007, Zuckerberg first met Sheryl Sandberg, his eventual chief operating officer, who with Zuckerberg would transform the platform into a digital imperialist superpower. There, Zuckerberg, who in Facebook’s early days had adopted the mantra “Company over country,” explained to Sandberg that he wanted every American with an internet connection to have a Facebook account. For Sandberg, who once told a colleague that she’d been “put on this planet to scale organizations,” that turned out to be the perfect mission… Facebook (now Meta) has become an avatar of all that is wrong with Silicon Valley. Its self-interested role in spreading global disinformation is an ongoing crisis. Recall, too, the company’s secret mood-manipulation experiment in 2012, which deliberately tinkered with what users saw in their News Feed in order to measure how Facebook could influence people’s emotional states without their knowledge. Or its participation in inciting genocide in Myanmar in 2017. Or its use as a clubhouse for planning and executing the January 6, 2021, insurrection. (In Facebook’s early days, Zuckerberg listed “revolutions” among his interests. This was around the time that he had a business card printed with I’M CEO, BITCH.) – And yet, to a remarkable degree, Facebook’s way of doing business remains the norm for the tech industry as a whole, even as other social platforms (TikTok) and technological developments (artificial intelligence) eclipse Facebook in cultural relevance… The new technocrats claim to embrace Enlightenment values, but in fact they are leading an antidemocratic, illiberal movement… To worship at the altar of mega-scale and to convince yourself that you should be the one making world-historic decisions on behalf of a global citizenry that did not elect you and may not share your values or lack thereof, you have to dispense with numerous inconveniences—humility and nuance among them. Many titans of Silicon Valley have made these trade-offs repeatedly. YouTube (owned by Google), Instagram (owned by Meta), and Twitter (which Elon Musk insists on calling X) have been as damaging to individual rights, civil society, and global democracy as Facebook was and is. Considering the way that generative AI is now being developed throughout Silicon Valley, we should brace for that damage to be multiplied many times over in the years ahead… The behavior of these companies and the people who run them is often hypocritical, greedy, and status-obsessed. But underlying these venalities is something more dangerous, a clear and coherent ideology that is seldom called out for what it is: authoritarian technocracy. As the most powerful companies in Silicon Valley have matured, this ideology has only grown stronger, more self-righteous, more delusional, and—in the face of rising criticism—more aggrieved… he new technocrats are ostentatious in their use of language that appeals to Enlightenment values—reason, progress, freedom—but in fact they are leading an antidemocratic, illiberal movement. Many of them profess unconditional support for free speech, but are vindictive toward those who say things that do not flatter them. They tend to hold eccentric beliefs: that technological progress of any kind is unreservedly and inherently good; that you should always build it, simply because you can; that frictionless information flow is the highest value regardless of the information’s quality; that privacy is an archaic concept; that we should welcome the day when machine intelligence surpasses our own. And above all, that their power should be unconstrained. The systems they’ve built or are building—to rewire communications, remake human social networks, insinuate artificial intelligence into daily life, and more—impose these beliefs on the population, which is neither consulted nor, usually, meaningfully informed. All this, and they still attempt to perpetuate the absurd myth that they are the swashbuckling underdogs… he Shakespearean drama that unfolded late last year at OpenAI underscores the extent to which the worst of Facebook’s “move fast and break things” mentality has been internalized and celebrated in Silicon Valley. OpenAI was founded, in 2015, as a nonprofit dedicated to bringing artificial general intelligence into the world in a way that would serve the public good. Underlying its formation was the belief that the technology was too powerful and too dangerous to be developed with commercial motives alone… But in 2019, as the technology began to startle even the people who were working on it with the speed at which it was advancing, the company added a for-profit arm to raise more capital. Microsoft invested $1 billion at first, then many billions of dollars more. Then, this past fall, the company’s CEO, Sam Altman, was fired then quickly rehired, in a whiplash spectacle that signaled a demolition of OpenAI’s previously established safeguards against putting company over country. Those who wanted Altman out reportedly believed that he was too heavily prioritizing the pace of development over safety. But Microsoft’s response—an offer to bring on Altman and anyone else from OpenAI to re-create his team there—started a game of chicken that led to Altman’s reinstatement. The whole incident was messy, and Altman may well be the right person for the job, but the message was clear: The pursuit of scale and profit won decisively over safety concerns and public accountability… Silicon Valley still attracts many immensely talented people who strive to do good, and who are working to realize the best possible version of a more connected, data-rich global society. Even the most deleterious companies have built some wonderful tools. But these tools, at scale, are also systems of manipulation and control. They promise community but sow division; claim to champion truth but spread lies; wrap themselves in concepts such as empowerment and liberty but surveil us relentlessly. The values that win out tend to be the ones that rob us of agency and keep us addicted to our feeds… The theoretical promise of AI is as hopeful as the promise of social media once was, and as dazzling as its most partisan architects project. AI really could cure numerous diseases. It really could transform scholarship and unearth lost knowledge. Except that Silicon Valley, under the sway of its worst technocratic impulses, is following the playbook established in the mass scaling and monopolization of the social web. OpenAI, Microsoft, Google, and other corporations leading the way in AI development are not focusing on the areas of greatest public or epistemological need, and they are certainly not operating with any degree of transparency or caution. Instead they are engaged in a race to build faster and maximize profit… None of this happens without the underlying technocratic philosophy of inevitability—that is, the idea that if you can build something new, you must. “In a properly functioning world, I think this should be a project of governments,” Altman told my colleague Ross Andersen last year, referring to OpenAI’s attempts to develop artificial general intelligence. But Altman was going to keep building it himself anyway. Or, as Zuckerberg put it to The New Yorker many years ago: “Isn’t it, like, inevitable that there would be a huge social network of people? … If we didn’t do this someone else would have done it.” – Technocracy first blossomed as a political ideology after World War I, among a small group of scientists and engineers in New York City who wanted a new social structure to replace representative democracy, putting the technological elite in charge. Though their movement floundered politically—people ended up liking President Franklin D. Roosevelt’s New Deal better—it had more success intellectually, entering the zeitgeist alongside modernism in art and literature, which shared some of its values. The American poet Ezra Pound’s modernist slogan “Make it new” easily could have doubled as a mantra for the technocrats. A parallel movement was that of the Italian futurists, led by figures such as the poet F. T. Marinetti, who used maxims like “March, don’t molder” and “Creation, not contemplation.” – The ethos for technocrats and futurists alike was action for its own sake. “We are not satisfied to roam in a garden closed in by dark cypresses, bending over ruins and mossy antiques,” Marinetti said in a 1929 speech. “We believe that Italy’s only worthy tradition is never to have had a tradition.” Prominent futurists took their zeal for technology, action, and speed and eventually transformed it into fascism. Marinetti followed his Manifesto of Futurism (1909) with his Fascist Manifesto (1919). His friend Pound was infatuated with Benito Mussolini and collaborated with his regime to host a radio show in which the poet promoted fascism, gushed over Mein Kampf, and praised both Mussolini and Adolf Hitler. The evolution of futurism into fascism wasn’t inevitable—many of Pound’s friends grew to fear him, or thought he had lost his mind—but it does show how, during a time of social unrest, a cultural movement based on the radical rejection of tradition and history, and tinged with aggrievement, can become a political ideology… In October, the venture capitalist and technocrat Marc Andreessen published on his firm’s website a stream-of-consciousness document he called “The Techno-Optimist Manifesto,” a 5,000-word ideological cocktail that eerily recalls, and specifically credits, Italian futurists such as Marinetti. Andreessen is, in addition to being one of Silicon Valley’s most influential billionaire investors, notorious for being thin-skinned and obstreperous, and despite the invocation of optimism in the title, the essay seems driven in part by his sense of resentment that the technologies he and his predecessors have advanced are no longer “properly glorified.” It is a revealing document, representative of the worldview that he and his fellow technocrats are advancing… The world that Silicon Valley elites have brought into being is a world of reckless social  engineering, without consequence for its architects… Andreessen writes that there is “no material problem,” including those caused by technology, that “cannot be solved with more technology.” He writes that technology should not merely be always advancing, but always accelerating in its advancement “to ensure the techno-capital upward spiral continues forever.” And he excoriates what he calls campaigns against technology, under names such as “tech ethics” and “existential risk.” – Or take what might be considered the Apostles’ Creed of his emerging political movement: We believe we should place intelligence and energy in a positive feedback loop, and drive them both to infinity … We believe in adventure. Undertaking the Hero’s Journey, rebelling against the status quo, mapping uncharted territory, conquering dragons, and bringing home the spoils for our community … We believe in nature, but we also believe in overcoming nature. We are not primitives, cowering in fear of the lightning bolt. We are the apex predator; the lightning works for us… Andreessen identifies several “patron saints” of his movement, Marinetti among them. He quotes from the Manifesto of Futurism, swapping out Marinetti’s “poetry” for “technology”: Beauty exists only in struggle. There is no masterpiece that has not an aggressive character. Technology must be a violent assault on the forces of the unknown, to force them to bow before man… To be clear, the Andreessen manifesto is not a fascist document, but it is an extremist one. He takes a reasonable position—that technology, on the whole, has dramatically improved human life—and warps it to reach the absurd conclusion that any attempt to restrain technological development under any circumstances is despicable. This position, if viewed uncynically, makes sense only as a religious conviction, and in practice it serves only to absolve him and the other Silicon Valley giants of any moral or civic duty to do anything but make new things that will enrich them, without consideration of the social costs, or of history. Andreessen also identifies a list of enemies and “zombie ideas” that he calls upon his followers to defeat, among them “institutions” and “tradition.” – “Our enemy,” Andreessen writes, is “the know-it-all credentialed expert worldview, indulging in abstract theories, luxury beliefs, social engineering, disconnected from the real world, delusional, unelected, and unaccountable—playing God with everyone else’s lives, with total insulation from the consequences.” – The irony is that this description very closely fits Andreessen and other Silicon Valley elites. The world that they have brought into being over the past two decades is unquestionably a world of reckless social engineering, without consequence for its architects, who foist their own abstract theories and luxury beliefs on all of us… Some of the individual principles Andreessen advances in his manifesto are anodyne. But its overarching radicalism, given his standing and power, should make you sit up straight. Key figures in Silicon Valley, including Musk, have clearly warmed to illiberal ideas in recent years. In 2020, Donald Trump’s vote share in Silicon Valley was 23 percent—small, but higher than the 20 percent he received in 2016… The main dangers of authoritarian technocracy are not at this point political, at least not in the traditional sense. Still, a select few already have authoritarian control, more or less, to establish the digital world’s rules and cultural norms, which can be as potent as political power… In 1961, in his farewell address, President Dwight Eisenhower warned the nation about the dangers of a coming technocracy. “In holding scientific research and discovery in respect, as we should,” he said, “we must also be alert to the equal and opposite danger that public policy could itself become the captive of a scientific-technological elite. It is the task of statesmanship to mold, to balance, and to integrate these and other forces, new and old, within the principles of our democratic system—ever aiming toward the supreme goals of our free society.” – Eight years later, the country’s first computers were connected to ARPANET, a precursor to the World Wide Web, which became broadly available in 1993. Back then, Silicon Valley was regarded as a utopia for ambitious capitalists and optimistic inventors with original ideas who wanted to change the world, unencumbered by bureaucracy or tradition, working at the speed of the internet (14.4 kilobits per second in those days). This culture had its flaws even at the start, but it was also imaginative in a distinctly American way, and it led to the creation of transformative, sometimes even dumbfoundingly beautiful hardware and software… For a long time, I tended to be more on Andreessen’s end of the spectrum regarding tech regulation. I believed that the social web could still be a net good and that, given enough time, the values that best served the public interest would naturally win out. I resisted the notion that regulating the social web was necessary at all, in part because I was not (and am still not) convinced that the government can do so without itself causing harm (the European model of regulation, including laws such as the so-called right to be forgotten, is deeply inconsistent with free-press protections in America, and poses dangers to the public’s right to know). I’d much prefer to see market competition as a force for technological improvement and the betterment of society… But in recent years, it has become clear that regulation is needed, not least because the rise of technocracy proves that Silicon Valley’s leaders simply will not act in the public’s best interest. Much should be done to protect children from the hazards of social media, and to break up monopolies and oligopolies that damage society, and more. At the same time, I believe that regulation alone will not be enough to meaningfully address the cultural rot that the new technocrats are spreading… Universities should reclaim their proper standing as leaders in developing world-changing technologies for the good of humankind. (Harvard, Stanford, and MIT could invest in creating a consortium for such an effort—their endowments are worth roughly $110 billion combined.) – Individuals will have to lead the way, too. You may not be able to entirely give up social media, or reject your workplace’s surveillance software—you may not even want to opt out of these things. But there is extraordinary power in defining ideals, and we can all begin to do that—for ourselves; for our networks of actual, real-life friends; for our schools; for our places of worship. We would be wise to develop more sophisticated shared norms for debating and deciding how we use invasive technology interpersonally and within our communities. That should include challenging existing norms about the use of apps and YouTube in classrooms, the ubiquity of smartphones in adolescent hands, and widespread disregard for individual privacy. People who believe that we all deserve better will need to step up to lead such efforts… Our children are not data sets waiting to be quantified, tracked, and sold. Our intellectual output is not a mere training manual for the AI that will be used to mimic and plagiarize us. Our lives are meant not to be optimized through a screen, but to be lived—in all of our messy, tree-climbing, night-swimming, adventuresome glory. We are all better versions of ourselves when we are not tweeting or clicking “Like” or scrolling, scrolling, scrolling… Technocrats are right that technology is a key to making the world better. But first we must describe the world as we wish it to be—the problems we wish to solve in the public interest, and in accordance with the values and rights that advance human dignity, equality, freedom, privacy, health, and happiness. And we must insist that the leaders of institutions that represent us—large and small—use technology in ways that reflect what is good for individuals and society, and not just what enriches technocrats… We do not have to live in the world the new technocrats are designing for us. We do not have to acquiesce to their growing project of dehumanization and data mining. Each of us has agency… No more “build it because we can.” No more algorithmic feedbags. N”Russia Begins Building 15-Minute Cities – by Mac Slavo –https://www.activistpost.com/2024/02/russia-begins-building-15-minute-cities.html – “A new Russian city called Dobrograd is being built in the Vladimir Region of Russia. It is being built according to the concept of a 15-minute city, where everything necessary for a person to survive is within a 15-minute walking distance… Judging by the information on the website, construction of this has been underway for a year already… These cities are nothing short of enslavement. And yet the public at large still hasn’t figured out what the ruling classes are doing to them and Dobrograd is not the only one, according to a Substack article by Redko Da Metko... Dobrograd is not the only one. On Sberbank’s website, you can find a detailed presentation of another “smart city,” and the title of the article hints at the same 15-minute city model from the World Economic Forum… In August 2021, the 15-minute triangle project of the Moscow city plan came in the top 30 of the 15-minute city international ‘Urban Design Competition’. The size of the “15-minute area” is 3 by 3 kilometers… The Moscow city plan is a triangular modulus city in the form of a polycentric urban planning system. The main transport networks are located underground, above ground there are only bicycle and pedestrian routes, and the buildings are raised on supports. Much attention is paid to energy efficiency: it is planned to use renewable energy sources (solar, water, wind). –The Daily Exposé – One such city called Sber City was developed by Herman Gref. Apparently, what you do after you create “a whole universe of services for human life”, like cattle-tag systems for schoolchildren and surveillance cameras that can face-recognize muzzled wage slaves and even stray dogs, is you figure out how to enslave humanity even more... As a public service, your correspondent created a one-minute summary of Gref’s Door to the Future: https://youtu.be/Y94Jbd5l1_k … People living in these cities are going to have every convenience at the tips of their fingers, that is, if the ruling class allows them to use that convenience. What could possibly go wrong when a few have total control over the many?”

Posted in Uncategorized | Leave a comment

Web Research Links for the Week of 1/22/24

Fair Use Notice: This site may contain some copyrighted material the use of which has not always been specifically authorized by the copyright owner. We are making such material available in our efforts to advance understanding of vital issues which already exist in the public domain. – Note: These links are posted at the top of the page as the week progresses. Links from previous weeks can be found under the “Current Quicklinx” button.

Is Zelensky Really Out of Control? With the Endorsement of Washington. What is The End Game? The Privatization of Ukraine? – by Drago Bosnic and Prof Michel Chossudovsky – https://www.globalresearch.ca/zelensky-really-out-control/5846803 – “On January 18, Russian Foreign Minister Sergei Lavrov stated that the political West is trying to exert greater control over the increasingly unhinged Kiev regime frontman Volodymyr Zelensky. According to Lavrov’s assessment, the US-led power pole’s puppet is trying to expand his grip on power by eliminating any form of dissent, including canceling this year’s presidential election. The increasingly out-of-control Zelensky has become a nuisance for the United States, prompting it to insist on “more flexibility” from him, Lavrov said, adding that “all the latest rhetoric coming from [Zelensky’s] office only reflects the wish of that individual and his associates… to keep power as much as they can”. Russia’s top-ranking diplomat also stated that ‘having Zelensky run a re-election campaign would put him more in line with Western interests’… Lavrov’s comments come at a time when the puppet of the belligerent US-led power pole is indeed coming off as a “proxy” dictator. Terrified of the prospect of becoming (geo)politically obsolete, Zelensky is trying to stay relevant for as long as possible. From a purely logical point of view, this is rather understandable, as Washington DC has a long history of abandoning its puppets whenever they outlive their purpose. Needless to say, Zelensky wants to avoid this unflattering fate. In the initial stages of the special military operation (SMO), he and his entourage, amply aided by the mainstream propaganda machine, fought bitterly to ensure that the image of “united Ukraine standing in the face of Russian aggression” is spread across the world. The illusion held initially, but it was only a matter of time before this false sense of unity faded away for good… Zelensky’s effort to seize his “Churchill moment” by using the ongoing conflict as a way to “legally” stay in power and continue hoarding whatever’s left of Western funds is slowly coming to an unceremonious end. Battlefield failures led to the plummeting of the already low morale, leading to even more factionalism and fault lines within the Neo-Nazi junta, amplifying its troubles both at home and abroad. Zelensky’s publicly declared “optimism” is being pushed only by his most loyal propagandists, while any attempt to criticize him is decried as supposedly “unpatriotic”, stifling any chance to get accurate information about the situation on the frontlines and in the country itself. Alternative sources are the only way to get bits and pieces of the truth, but using them can be quite dangerous and even deadly nowadays… And yet, even in such a political climate, Zelensky is still afraid to allow elections to be held. By keeping only those unequivocally loyal to him, he became accustomed to having no competitors or critics. This sort of grip on power has made him increasingly delusional and unable to process the Kiev regime’s grim reality. In recent times, Zelensky even turned on some of his closest backers, as evidenced by Igor Kolomoisky’s arrest back in early September. Before that, the pompously announced counteroffensive resulted in complete failure. Disappointed, the political West increased pressure on Zelensky who was already in an unflattering position as he previously pledged to “liberate the whole country (including Crimea)”. Giving such grossly unrealistic promises is yet another confirmation of Lavrov’s claims… All this also drew a wider wedge between the Kiev regime and the military, particularly between Zelensky and General Valery Zaluzhny. Thus, the Neo-Nazi junta frontman managed not only to antagonize the top military leader, but also got another strong political opponent, as Zaluzhny has repeatedly hinted at his presidential ambitions. In addition, Zelensky’s old rivals are still very much active, prompting him to start using the state apparatus against them, usually by prosecuting them for corruption, a fact recently revealed by former Ukrainian parliamentarian Andrii Derkach who is also actively being hunted by the Kiev regime’s special services. However, it’s important to note that Zelensky still hasn’t outlived his usefulness for the political West, at least until the belligerent power pole finds an “adequate” successor… This is evidenced by the mainstream propaganda machine’s effort to justify the repeated postponing of elections, insisting that it would be impractical and even logistically impossible due to ongoing hostilities. Simultaneously, the political West is trying to keep the Neo-Nazi junta geopolitically relevant by organizing historically unprecedented unilateral “peace talks” that are completely inconsequential to the actual strategic situation. Zelensky himself is still at the center of this PR show, particularly when taking into account that he refuses to give up on his absurd “peace plan” that effectively amounts to Russia’s unconditional capitulation. On the other hand, while Zelensky and his backers keep shooting their mouths off about supposed “peace”, there are talks of delivering ever more advanced NATO weapons to the Kiev regime… Namely, NATO countries are actively breaking international arms control agreements by supplying long-range missiles and even nuclear-capable fighter jets, a fact that Lavrov has been warning about for months at this point… When taking into account the Neo-Nazi junta’s disastrous policies, worthy of an international war crimes tribunal (which immediately disqualifies the so-called ICC in Hague), as well as the fact that the political West wants to continue supporting this monstrosity (despite the political crisis in the US), it can easily be argued that Zelensky is indeed out of control. However, the same applies to his entire entourage and the rest of the Kiev regime. On the other hand, its US/NATO overlords are in no way better. Terrified of the multipolar world, they’re actively pushing for destabilization on a global scaleWhat is the End Game? The Neo-Colonial Privatization of Ukraine – by Prof Michel Chossudovsky – As outlined in Drago Bosnic‘s careful documented article, Zelensky is “Out of Control” with the full Support of U.S.-NATO… What is the Hidden Agenda?.. This “Engineered Chaos” –which consists in deliberately prolonging an unwinable war, to the detriment of the people of Ukraine–, creates conditions which favour the Neo-Colonial Privatization of An Entire countryThe Privatization of Ukraine was launched in November 2022 in liaison  with BlackRock’s  consulting company  McKinsey, a public relations firm which has largely been responsible for co-opting corrupt politicians and officials Worldwide not to mention scientists and intellectuals on behalf of powerful financial interests… For  details see: The NeoCons’ Proxy War “Against Ukraine”: Nuclear War is On the Table. The Privatization of UkraineBy Prof Michel Chossudovsky, September 30, 2023 – BlackRock, which is the World’s largest portfolio investment company together with JPMorgan ‘has come to the rescue of Ukraine’. The Ukraine Reconstruction Bank. was set up. The stated objective was ‘to attract billions of dollars in private investment to assist rebuilding projects in a war-torn country’. (FT, June 19, 2023)… … BlackRock, JP Morgan and private investors, aim to profit from the country’s reconstruction along with 400 global companies, including Citi, Sanofi and Philips. … JP Morgan’s Stefan Weiler sees a “tremendous opportunity” for private investors. (Colin Todhunter, Global Research June 28, 2023)… The Kiev Neo-Nazi regime is a partner in this endeavour. War is Good for Business. The greater the destruction, the greater the stranglehold on Ukraine by “private investors”: ‘BlackRock and JPMorgan Chase are helping the Ukrainian government set up a reconstruction bank to steer public seed capital into rebuilding projects that can attract hundreds of billions of dollars in private investment.’ (FT, op cit)… ‘The Kyiv government engaged BlackRock’s consulting arm in November to determine how best to attract that kind of capital, and then added JPMorgan in February 2023.’  Ukraine president Volodymyr Zelenskyy announced last month that the country was working with the two financial groups and consultants at McKinsey… BlackRock and Ukraine’s Ministry of Economy signed a Memorandum of Understanding in November 2022… In late December 2022, president Zelensky and BlackRock’s CEO Larry Fink agreed on an investment strategy.”Reinette Senum’s Foghorn Express – 2024 Davos Summit: The Essential Recap (1 hour, 4 minutes) – https://reinettesenumsfoghornexpress.substack.com/p/2024-davos-summit-the-essential-recapEbola Vaccine That ‘Sheds’ Onto/Infects Others 31% of the Time Given to Colorado Healthcare Workers Just Down the Road from New Ebola Bat Lab – by Jon Fleetwood – https://jonfleetwood.substack.com/p/ebola-vaccine-that-sheds-onto-infectsIn November of last year, Colorado healthcare workers at Denver Health received doses of the live Ebola vaccine… Hospital officials said the Regional Emerging Special Pathogen Treatment Center team became some of the first to receive Merck’s ‘ERVEBO’ Ebola jab, for “preventative measures in case of a future outbreak.” – ERVEBO Ebola Vaccine’s ‘Shedding’ Problem – The U.S. Food and Drug Administration’s (FDA) package insert for ERVEBO states that the vaccine “shed[s]” onto others 31.7% of the time and for up to 20 days after vaccination.Screenshot from fda.gov taken January 16, 2024… This means that vaccinated individuals can spread the disease to those around them… “Vaccine virus RNA has been detected in blood, saliva, urine, and fluid from skin vesicles of vaccinated individuals,” the insert reads. “In Study 6, 31.7% (19/60) of participants 12 months through 17 years of age enrolled in a substudy shed vaccine virus in saliva following vaccination.”… This shedding problem could explain why Africa’s 2016, 2018, 2020, 2021, and 2022 Ebola outbreaks occurred after vaccination campaigns were carried out in those areas… Given the established record of Ebola outbreaks following earlier vaccination campaigns in the same regions, concerns are raised about a future outbreak in Colorado—situated in the central U.S.—spreading across the country and perhaps the world.”

“Dean Henderson: Discusses Ukraine-Russia SMO & Israel-Hamas War” – Actually, Dean lays out basically his entire world view in 56 minutes – https://youtu.be/ltfFgXAn5I0 – “Substack link: https://deanhenderson.substack.com/p/dean-henderson-war-and-the-bloodline


Dean, Juan, and James discuss current events and take a whack at the global oligarchy. Topics include the history of the Royal Crown, City of London Bankers, the wars in Gaza and Ukraine and much more. Check out more videos and interviews by Juan at RealTruthTalk, and James at Angry Warhawk… Dean Henderson is the author of seven books, including, Big Oil & Their Bankers in the Persian GulfIlluminati Agenda 21Nephilim Crown 5G Apocalypse and Royal Bloodline Wetiko & The Great Remembering. Subscribe free to his Left Hook column at deanhenderson.substack.comHitler, flying saucers and the fourth reich of the rich – by Chris Everard – https://chriseverard.gumroad.com/p/hitler-flying-saucers-and-the-fourth-reich-of-the-rich – “In December 1919, the Vril Society met at a house near Berchtesgaden, Germany. An Austrian psychic-medium named Maria Orsitsch transmitted a series of messages allegedly from the ‘Secret Chiefs’. Maria was an Austrian – like Hitler and his multi-billionaire school chum, Herr Wittgenstein… This séance made the announcement that the ‘saviour’ of Germany would soon come… The medium declared that the new Nazi ‘Messiah’ was ‘hard by the door’ and that he would be the next owner of the Spear of Destiny – part of the Imperial Regalia of Austria currently housed in the Hofburg Museum in Vienna.

That ‘messiah/saviour’ turned out to be the grandson of Madame Schicklegruber – otherwise known as Adolf Hitler. His side-kick was to be a chicken farmer and god son of Prince Heinrich – psychopath Heinrich Himmler – this was the curious and weird beginnings of the Third Reich…However, the mystics and psychics of the Veil society who recommended the development of ‘flying saucer’ weapons dubbed the ‘HANEBU’ did not have sufficient funding – the millions of Reich Marks were eventually provided by a network of ROYAL PRINCES & DUKES throughout Germany and even from Britain – CLONING CHRIST is the first in a series of films investigating the occult, supernatural and extraterrestrial aspects to the ‘Third Reich’.A sequel to CLONING CHRIST is already streaming entitled FOURTH REICH OF THE RICH which traces the Nazis and their death squads to Latin America, and another related sequel is our film THE TOXIC KINGDOM… More episodes in our Third Reich CLONING CHRIST series are coming for the Enigma Channel’s autumn/fall/Christmas season to keep all our viewers around the world entertained on the dark northern hemisphere winter nights…
The Spear of Destiny was a very important relic/symbol to the occultists who groomed Hitler. And in our film CLONING CHRIST we reveal why. Now streaming direct from our Gumroad platform. Just click your Gumroad receipt to start watching our series of films investigating the Third Reich – frankly there is NOTHING on the mainstream media, nor YouTube which goes as deep as our investigative documentaries.Way back in 1917, during the first engineered world war, In Vienna’s Schopenhauer cafè, occultist Karl Haushofer, Baron Rudolf von Sebottendorf, WWI ace pilot Lothar Waiz, bishop Gernot of the secret “Societas Templi Marcioni” (The Inheritors of the Knights Templar), and Maria Orsitsch met. Maria believed that her long blonde hair was a ‘cosmic antenna’, allowing communication with aliens from beyond…They were all associates of the Golden Dawn cult. Their conversation whirled around Karl Haushofer, who had formed relations with the Tibetan ‘Yellow Hats’, considered to be ‘black yogis’… But that’s just the beginning of our film series which starts with CLONING CHRIST… Here is the subscription link to the Enigma Channel’s Gumroad streaming and membership platform:  https://chriseverard.gumroad.com/l/zzBZyFrom Alexander Dugin’s Twitter/X feed : The Events in Texas: A New Civil War? https://twitter.com/Agdchan/status/1750919009602572449  – “In America, the birthplace of pragmatism, pragmatism has vanished. The globalists, especially under the Biden regime, represent an extreme form of a globalist dictatorship, severing ties with the typically American tradition established by Charles Peirce and William James. The tradition of pragmatism was based on a complete indifference to the prescription of normative content for both the subject and object. For a true pragmatist, the perceptions of the subject about itself, the object, or another subject are irrelevant — what matters is that everything functions effectively upon interaction. However, globalists differ significantly, aligning more closely with British positivists and French fervent materialists. They persist with totalitarian brutality, dictating who and what should conform to their prescriptions… To a pragmatist, it is inconsequential whether one changes their gender or remains the same, as long as it works for them. In contrast, globalists mandate gender changes, enforcing this through law and promoting it as a universal, progressive value. Anyone who opposes this view is labelled a ‘fascist’, or likened to Trump or Putin. They will insist on this approach, irrespective of its efficacy or self-defeating nature. Surprisingly, globalists share many traits with Ukrainians — an unsettling resemblance… When globalists decide to increase illegal immigration, they relentlessly pursue this agenda, branding those advocating regulated immigration or border control as ‘fascists’, Trump supporters, or Putin agents. They press on with their prescriptive policies to the extreme, even if they prove utterly ineffective. For a globalist, anyone who disagrees with their viewpoint effectively does not — and should not — exist… Hence, one can be certain that the progressives from the Democratic Party and the neoconservatives from both parties — just as obstinate and disconnected from pragmatism, realism, or traditional conservatism, thus alienating America’s true essence – are steering the country towards an inevitable civil war. They refuse to engage in meaningful dialogue, disregarding whether their policies work or not. Their focus remains fixated on enforcing their ideals: transgender rights, illegal immigration, pro-choice stances, open borders, green energy, and artificial intelligence. This represents a profound philosophical contradiction within the American system. Today, America is governed by those deeply out of touch with its identity, and thus, a new civil war in the USA seems inevitable. The globalists are set to ensure its outbreak.”
Posted in Uncategorized | Leave a comment

Web Research Links for the Week of 1/15/24

Fair Use Notice: This site may contain some copyrighted material the use of which has not always been specifically authorized by the copyright owner. We are making such material available in our efforts to advance understanding of vital issues which already exist in the public domain. – Note: These links are posted at the top of the page as the week progresses. Links from previous weeks can be found under the “Current Quicklinx” button.

Grant Ellman – Sing and Pray – Music for these times (3 min) – https://youtu.be/ZjTksb0O0Hg

Is Vivek Ramaswamy A BioTech Ponzi Schemer & Deep State Asset? – by The 2nd Smartest Guy in the World – https://www.2ndsmartestguyintheworld.com/p/is-vivek-ramaswamy-a-biotech-ponzi – “Biotech entrepreneur and Republican presidential candidate Vivek Ramaswamy has made all of the right promises to his conservative base. With a seemingly solid grasp of the Constitution, a deft ability to articulate current nationalistic grievances, and as author of the book ‘Woke, Inc.: Inside Corporate America’s Social Justice Scam,’ Ramaswamy represents the future of America’s right-wing political movement… Admitting that the last presidential election was clearly stolen, that J6 was a government entrapment operation as run by FBI assets on the ground, that the Democrats are Marxists that want to destroy America via open borders, welfare, and identity politics must surely sound like the most mellifluous music to the average conservative voter’s ears… End affirmative action … close down the Education Department, limit the power of the Federal Reserve, send U.S. armed forces to the Mexican border… As a staunch critic of the environmental, social and corporate governance (E.S.G.) grift, he has been slamming firms like BlackRock, Vanguard, and State Street. He considers these corporate entities and their “socially conscious investing” the single greatest threat to America’s existence. He is not wrong, given how this pernicious partnership between the private sector and an illegitimate Federal government serves to, ‘do through the back door what our government couldn’t directly get done through the front door.’.. After working in Silicon Valley and Wall Street, Ramaswamy founded biotech company Roivant Sciences in 2014. The following year he raised $360 million for the Roivant subsidiary Axovant Sciences in order to market an Alzheimer’s drug that had previously failed four separate clinical trials. He then raised another $315 million in the IPO. Shortly thereafter, the company’s market value reached almost $3 billion. Two years later, their drug failed its fifth clinical trial. The company cratered, losing over 70% of its value in a single day. Ramaswamy’s investors would be the quintessential bag-holders, while he made out with windfall profits at their expense… And yet in 2017, Roivant partnered with the private equity arm of the CCP’s CITIC Group to form yet another fraudulent company called Sinovant. Shortly thereafter, SoftBank invested $1.1 billion in Roivant. In 2019, Roivant sold its stake in five subsidiaries, and Ramaswamy pocketed $175 million from the deal… Roivant has never produced a single viable product, and has never turned a profit; in other words, Roivant was always nothing more than a Ponzi Scheme, and an egregious one at that… Despite never having created anything in his life other than a series of companies engaged in various blatant scams, Forbes recently estimated Ramaswamy’s net worth to be more than $950 million… But it gets worse, because as it turns out the very corporations such as BlackRock and Vanguard that Ramaswamy has been vehemently denouncing were doing business with him all along… Popular podcaster Matt Kim does an excellent job of exposing Ramaswamy in (part of) this short clip (from a debunking video by Elevator Charles (1 minute): https://youtu.be/1PncKp7iXEQ… But it gets even worse, because in 2017 Roivant invested $116 million in nanoparticle delivery systems. When the PSYOP-19 “pandemic” was foisted on the world three years later, Ramaswamy would stand to earn profits from each and every serving of the slow kill bioweapon “vaccines.”.. From the Forbes article entitled, Roivant Makes $116 Million Investment In Arbutus, Backing Battle With Moderna: ‘Roivant Sciences and Moderna Therapeutics, two of the most highly-funded and controversial companies in the biotechnology world, are headed for a collision course over medical technology.’.. On Monday, Roivant said it had agreed to invest $116 million in Arbutus Biopharma, a small biotech company focusing on hepatitis B that is locked in a proxy war with Moderna over a liquid nanoparticle delivery system… […] Led by Stephane Bancel, Moderna has raised $1.9 billion from deals it has made with big companies like Merck, Alexion an AstraZeneca and investor cash raised at valuations as high as $5 billion. Moderna is trying to develop a new class of mRNA drugs that would turn the body into a drug factory by directing cells to produce therapeutic proteins. But creating these so-called mRNA drugs is highly complicated and many scientists are skeptical Moderna’s effort will ever work… Basically, the intellectual property of the LNP delivery system used in Moderna’s DEATHVAX™ belongs to Arbutus. As part owner of Arbutus, Ramaswamy extracts a cut from these poisonous Modified mRNA experimental drugs… The great irony of ironies is that none of the COVID “vaccines” actually prevents viral infection, or attenuates symptoms, which means that Ramaswamy has an absolutely perfect track record of being involved in dangerous drugs that do not work as advertised. To date, not a single drug that Ramaswamy has been associated with has ever legitimately passed a single human trial… According to Dr. David Martin, ‘he (Ramaswamy) has a not-so-publicly-disclosed interest in every shot that was delivered.’.. Would president Ramaswamy run America any differently than he did his various biotech companies?.. They want you dead.”A Tale of a Journalist and a Spy: Unveiling the Stark Contrasts in the Fates of Whelan and Lira – A Reflection of Geopolitical Hypocrisy – The Paradox of Persecution: How Lira’s Tragic End Exposes the West’s Double Standards – by Gerry Nolan – https://islanderreports.substack.com/p/a-tale-of-a-journalist-and-a-spy – “In a world where truth often wears the mask of political agendas, the stories of two men, Gonzalo Lira and Paul Whelan, stand as a stark testament to the duplicity of international justice. Lira, an outspoken critic of the Ukrainian regime, met a tragic end in a Kharkov jail, a victim not of overt villainy, but of the more insidious crime of telling inconvenient truths. A US-Chilean journalist, Lira was ensnared by the Ukrainian government for merely daring to report the reality as he saw it, unfiltered and unaligned with the Western narrative… His ‘crime’ was his courage to voice the unspeakable – the grim reality of a conflict that has torn Ukraine apart, a narrative unpalatable to the Kiev authorities and their Western backers. Lira, branded a pariah for refusing to toe the line, suffered inhumane treatment, with allegations of torture and medical neglect leading to his untimely death. His demise is not just a personal tragedy but a glaring symbol of the West’s selective blindness towards the abuses perpetrated by its vassals… Lira’s journey, from a Hollywood filmmaker to a vilified truth-teller in a Ukrainian prison, exposes the hypocrisy at the heart of the West’s complicity in Ukraine. His observations on the conflict, insightful yet uncomfortable for some, highlighted rampant corruption in Kiev and the suppression of dissent. This portrayal painted him as a target for those intent on maintaining a sanitized, West-centric image of the conflict. Contradicting the Western narrative of Ukraine heroically fighting against an aggressor – Russia – and purportedly ‘winning,’ Lira illuminated a more complex reality. He bravely spoke of the war’s brutal inception in 2014, initiated by Ukraine under Washington’s influence, which led to tragic ethnic cleansing against its own citizens, especially ethnic Russians fighting to preserve their culture and identity. His candid reports, challenging the West’s narrative and unmasking the true aggressors, became a thorn in the side of the Zelensky administration, ultimately costing him his freedom and, tragically, his life… Meanwhile, thousands of miles away, in Russia’s Mordovia region, sits Paul Whelan, a former US Marine entangled in a web of espionage. Unlike Lira, Whelan’s guilt is not in question – even by Western standards. Arrested in Moscow for receiving classified documents, Whelan’s case is clear-cut espionage. Yet, in a revealing contrast, Whelan’s treatment in Russian custody paints a different picture – one of due process and human rights. Despite being a convicted spy, Whelan received medical attention promptly after an altercation with another inmate, showcasing a standard of care and adherence to legal norms starkly missing in Lira’s case… This juxtaposition is jarring. Lira, an independent journalist, was essentially condemned for his audacity to challenge the dominant narrative, while Whelan, an admitted spy, is accorded the rights and protections befitting a prisoner. The disparity in their treatment raises uncomfortable questions about the so-called democratic values espoused by the West. In Ukraine, a country hailed as a beacon of freedom and democracy by its Western patrons, a journalist can be imprisoned and allegedly tortured for merely speaking out against the government. Yet in Russia, often painted as the epitome of authoritarianism, a convicted spy receives fair treatment… These contrasting narratives unravel a broader geopolitical truth – the selective outrage and moral posturing of the West. While the US government and its allies vociferously advocate for Whelan’s release, their silence on Lira’s plight is deafening. It’s a tale of two American citizens, both entangled in the complexities of international politics, but receiving vastly different treatments based on their alignment with the authorized Western narrative… The stark difference in how these two cases are handled speaks volumes about the realpolitik driving international relations. It’s a world where the rules are malleable, bent and twisted to suit the interests of Western nations. The West’s selective advocacy for human rights, choosing to champion the cause of one while turning a blind eye to the suffering of another, exposes a deep-seated hypocrisy. It’s a narrative of convenience, where human values are subordinated to geopolitical objectives… Lira’s death is more than just a personal tragedy; it’s a scathing indictment of the Western rhetoric on democracy and human rights. Here lies a man who, despite his US citizenship, was forsaken by his own country, left to languish in a foreign jail for the ‘crime’ of seeking truth in a war-torn land. His story is a sombre reminder that in the geopolitical chess game, individuals like Lira are mere pawns, sacrificed on the altar of diplomatic expediency… In stark contrast, Whelan’s case, with its prompt medical attention and diplomatic lobbying, underscores the double standards in international diplomacy. It vividly illustrates that justice and human rights are not universal constants but variables dependent on one’s utility to the prevailing power narratives. This scenario reveals the irony of the U.S., which frequently projects human rights abuses onto Russia and brands Putin a dictator, yet ironically overlooks the fact that Whelan, in the heart of Russia, receives fair treatment with his rights upheld. Meanwhile, the U.S., in its portrayal as a bastion of human rights, stands exposed, devoid of the moral fabric it claims to wear – a classic case of the emperor having no clothes. This stark disparity not only highlights the inherent biases in international relations but also challenges the credibility of the narratives spun by the West and its client media… As we reflect on the tales of Lira and Whelan, we are compelled to question the narratives fed to us. In a world where the truth is often the first casualty of war, their stories urge us to look beyond the smokescreen of diplomatic rhetoric. They challenge us to see the world not as it is portrayed in neatly packaged media soundbites, but as it truly is – complex, multifaceted, and often unjust… In this tale of a journalist and a bonafide spy, we find not just a story of individuals caught in the crossfire of international intrigue, but a mirror reflecting the flawed and fractured nature of our global order. It’s a poignant reminder of the need for a multipolar world where diverse narratives coexist, where truth is not monopolized by the powerful, and where justice is not a privilege but a right for all.”Twenty-six Things About the Islamic State (ISIS-ISIL-Daesh) that the U.S. Government Does Not Want You to Know About – “In 2014 President Obama launched  a “counter-terrorism campaign” allegedly directed against The Islamic State (ISIS-Daesh). The operation consisted  in providing a justification for the extensive bombing of Iraq and Syria, largely targeting residential areas and civilians… In turn, ISIS-Daesh was covertly supported and funded by the U.S. and its allies including Israel… Israel was directly involved in President Obama’s “counter-terrorism” bombing raids directed against Syria, while also supporting Al Qaeda and ISIS mercenaries out of the Golan Heights. (See 13 below)”. – by Michel Chossudovsky, January 14, 2023  – https://www.globalresearch.ca/twenty-six-things-about-the-islamic-state-isil-that-obama-does-not-want-you-to-know-about/5414735 – “(Originally published November 2014) – Going after ” Islamic terrorists”, carrying out a worldwide pre-emptive war to “Protect the American Homeland” are used to justify a military agenda.The Islamic State of Iraq and the Levant (ISIL) is a creation of US intelligence. Washington’s “Counter-terrorism Agenda” in Iraq and Syria consists in Supporting the Terrorists… The incursion of the Islamic State (IS) brigades into Iraq starting in June 2014 was part of a carefully planned military-intelligence operation supported covertly by the US, NATO and Israel…  The counter-terrorism mandate is a fiction. America is the Number One “State Sponsor of Terrorism.”..  The Islamic State is protected by the US and its allies. If they had wanted to eliminate the Islamic State brigades, they could have “carpet” bombed their convoys of Toyota pickup trucks when they crossed the desert from Syria into Iraq in June…  The  Syro-Arabian Desert is open territory (see map below). With state of the art jet fighter aircraft (F15, F22 Raptor, CF-18) it would have been  -from a military standpoint-  a rapid and expedient surgical operation… It could not have been undertaken without the unbending support of  the Western media which has upheld Obama’s initiative as a counter-terrorism operation.

Twenty Six Things 

THE HISTORICAL ORIGINS OF AL QAEDA

1. The US has supported Al Qaeda and its affiliated organizations for almost half a century since the heyday of the Soviet Afghan war.  2. CIA training camps were set up in Pakistan.  In the ten year period from 1982 to 1992, some 35,000 jihadists from 43 Islamic countries were recruited by the CIA to fight in the Afghan jihad… ‘Advertisements, paid for from CIA funds, were placed in newspapers and newsletters around the world offering inducements and motivations to join the Jihad.’..  3. Since the Reagan Administration, Washington has supported the Islamic terror network – Ronald Reagan called the terrorists “freedom fighters”. The US supplied weapons to the Islamic brigades.  It was all for “a good cause”: fighting the Soviet Union and regime change, leading to the demise of a secular government in Afghanistan…  4. Jihadist textbooks  were  published by the University of Nebraska.- “. “The United States spent millions of dollars to supply Afghan schoolchildren with textbooks filled with violent images and militant Islamic teachings.”..  5. Osama bin Laden, America’s bogyman and founder of Al Qaeda was recruited by the CIA in 1979 at the very outset of the US sponsored jihadist war against Afghanistan . He was 22 years old and was trained in a CIA sponsored guerilla training camp…  Al Qaeda was not behind the 9/11 Attacks. – September 11, 2001 provided a justification for waging a war against Afghanistan on the grounds that Afghanistan was a state sponsor of terrorism, supportive of Al Qaeda. The 9/11 attacks were instrumental in the formulation of the “Global War on Terrorism”… THE ISLAMIC STATE (ISIL) – 6. The Islamic State (ISIL) was originally an Al Qaeda affiliated entity created by US intelligence with the support of Britain’s MI6, Israel’s Mossad, Pakistan’s Inter-Services Intelligence (ISI) and Saudi Arabia’s General Intelligence Presidency (GIP), Ri’āsat Al-Istikhbārāt Al-’Āmah ( رئاسة الاستخبارات العامة‎)…  7. The ISIL brigades were involved in the US-NATO supported insurgency in Syria directed against the government of  Bashar al Assad…  8.  NATO and the Turkish High Command were responsible for the recruitment of ISIL and Al Nusrah mercenaries from the outset of the Syrian insurgency in March 2011. According to Israeli intelligence sources, this initiative consisted in: ‘a campaign to enlist thousands of Muslim volunteers in Middle East countries and the Muslim world to fight alongside the Syrian rebels. The Turkish army would house these volunteers, train them and secure their passage into Syria.‘ (DEBKAfile, NATO to give rebels anti-tank weapons, August 14, 2011.).. 9.There are Western Special Forces and Western intelligence operatives within the ranks of the ISIL. British Special Forces and MI6 have been involved in training jihadist rebels in Syria… 10. Western military specialists on contract to the Pentagon have trained the terrorists in the use of chemical weapons. – ‘The United States and some European allies are using defense contractors to train Syrian rebels on how to secure chemical weapons stockpiles in Syria, a senior U.S. official and several senior diplomats told CNN Sunday.’ ( CNN Report, December 9, 2012)…11. The ISIL’s practice of beheadings is part of the US sponsored terrorist training programs implemented in Saudi Arabia and Qatar…  12. Recruited by America’s ally, a large number of ISIL mercenaries are convicted criminals released from Saudi prisons on condition they join the ISIL. Saudi death row inmates were recruited to join the terror brigades...  13. Israel  has supported  the ISIL and Al Nusrah brigades out of the Golan Heights. – Jihadist fighters have met Israeli IDF officers as well as Prime Minister Netanyahu. The IDF top brass tacitly acknowledges that “global jihad elements inside Syria” [ISIL and Al Nusrah] are supported by Israel. See image below: Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu and Defence Minister Moshe Ya’alon next to a wounded mercenary, Israeli military field hospital at the occupied Golan Heights’ border with Syria, 18 February 2014…  SYRIA AND IRAQ – 14. The ISIL are the foot soldiers  of the Western military alliance. Their unspoken mandate is to wreck havoc and destruction in Syria and Iraq, acting on behalf of their US sponsors…  15. US Senator John McCain has met up with jihadist terrorist leaders in Syria… 16.  The Islamic State (IS) militia, which is currently the alleged target of  a US-NATO bombing campaign under a “counter-terrorism” mandate, continues to be supported covertly by the US.  Washington and its allies continue to provide military aid to the Islamic State… 17. US and allied bombings are not targeting the ISIL, they are bombing the economic infrastructure of Iraq and Syria including factories and oil refineries… 18. The IS caliphate project is part of a longstanding US foreign policy agenda to carve up Iraq and Syria into separate territories: A Sunni Islamist Caliphate, an Arab Shia Republic, a Republic of Kurdistan… THE GLOBAL WAR ON TERRORISM (GWOT) – 19. “The Global War on Terrorism” (GWOT) is presented as a “Clash of Civilizations”, a war between competing values and religions, when in reality it is an outright war of conquest, guided by strategic and economic objectives… 20. U.S. sponsored Al Qaeda terror brigades (covertly supported by Western intelligence) have been deployed in Mali, Niger, Nigeria, the Central African Republic, Somalia and Yemen… These various affiliated Al Qaeda entities in the Middle East, sub-Saharan Africa  and Asia are CIA sponsored “intelligence assets”. They are used by Washington to wreck havoc,  create internal conflicts and destabilize sovereign countries… 21. Boko Haram in Nigeria, Al Shabab in Somalia, the Libya Islamic Fighting Group (LIFG) (supported by NATO in 2011),  Al Qaeda in the Islamic Maghreb (AQIM),  Jemaah Islamiah (JI) in Indonesia,  among other Al Qaeda affiliated groups are supported covertly by Western intelligence… 22. The US is also supporting Al Qaeda affiliated terrorist organizations in the Xinjiang Uighur autonomous region of China. The underlying objective is to trigger political instability in Western China… Chinese jihadists are reported to have received “terrorist training” from the Islamic State ‘in order to conduct attacks in China’. The declared objective of these Chinese-based jihadist entities (which serves the interests of the US)  is to establish a Islamic caliphate extending into Western China.  (Michel Chossudovsky, America’s War on Terrorism, Global Research, Montreal, 2005, Chapter 2)…  HOMEGROWN TERRORISTS – 23. The Terrorists R Us:  While the US is the unspoken architect of the Islamic State,  Obama’s holy mandate is to protect America against ISIL attacks… 24. The homegrown terrorist threat is a fabrication.  It is promoted by Western governments and the media with a view to repealing civil liberties and installing a police state. The terror attacks by alleged jihadists and terror warnings are invariably staged events. They are used to create an atmosphere of fear and intimidation. In turn, the arrests, trials and sentences of “Islamic terrorists” sustain the legitimacy of America’s Homeland Security State and law enforcement apparatus, which has become increasingly militarized. The ultimate objective is to instill in the minds of millions of Americans that the enemy is real and the U.S. Administration will protect the lives of its citizens… 25. The “counter-terrorism” campaign against the Islamic State has contributed to the demonization of Muslims, who in the eyes of Western public opinion are increasingly  associated with the jihadists… 26. Anybody who dares to question the validity of the “Global War on Terrorism” is branded a terrorist and subjected to the anti-terrorist laws… The ultimate objective of the “Global War on Terrorism” is to subdue the citizens, totally depoliticize social life in America, prevent people from thinking and conceptualizing, from analyzing facts and challenging the legitimacy of the inquisitorial social order which rules America… The Obama Administration has imposed a diabolical consensus with the support of its allies, not to mention the complicit role of the United Nations Security Council.  The Western media has embraced the consensus; it has described the Islamic State as an independent entity, an outside enemy which threatens the Western World. The Big Lie has become the Truth. Say no to the “Big Lie”. Spread the message. The truth is ultimately a powerful weapon… Please help us continue. We rely on the support of our readers… Consider donating to Global Research. For Peace and Truth in Media, Michel ChossudovskyWorld Economic Forum Declares “Disinformation” to be the World’s Greatest Threat – by Jonathan Turley – https://jonathanturley.org/2024/01/12/world-economic-forum-declares-disinformation-to-be-the-worlds-greatest-threat/ – “The World Economic Forum has surveyed the world’s experts and issued its 2024 “Global Risks Report.” The international elite of experts have declared that the number one threat to humanity is not terrorism or pandemic or even climate change (which is second), but “misinformation and disinformation.” Of course, that means that the only hope for humanity is censorship and speech controls. The report shows just how engrained this anti-free speech movement has become among the world elite from media to business to politics… The absurd finding is consistent with the warning of other international figures and groups. We previously discussed how WHO Director-General Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus has supported censorship to combat what he calls the “infodemic.”.. So “1,490 experts across academia, business, government, the international community and civil society” looked at all of the world’s military, economic, and environmental threats and concluded that the greatest threat to humanity is too much free speech. A “global risk” is defined as “the possibility of the occurrence of an event or condition which, if it occurs, would negatively impact a significant proportion of global GDP, population or natural resources.”.. We have seen how during the Covid crisis “experts” supported censorship and blacklisting when their views were challenged by colleagues and the public. Earlier positions treated as gospel in the press have been discredited. For example, a recent scientific review by  12 researchers from leading universities found little support for the claims that masks reduced Covid exposures… The Centers for Disease and Control Prevention (CDC) initially rejected the use of a mask mandate. However, the issue became a political weapon as politicians and the press claimed that questioning masks was anti-science and even unhinged. In April 2020, the CDC reversed its position and called for the masking of the entire population, including children as young as 2 years old.  The mask mandate and other pandemic measures like the closing of schools are now cited as fueling emotional and developmental problems in children… The closing of schools and businesses was also challenged by some critics as unnecessary. Many of those critics were also censored. It now appears that they may have been right. Many countries did not close schools and did not experience increases in Covid. However, we are now facing alarming drops in testing scores and alarming rises in medical illness among the young… Masks became a major social and political dividing line in politics and the media. Maskless people were chased from stores and denounced in Congress. Then-CDC Director Dr. Robert Redfield said during a Senate hearing that ‘face masks are the most important powerful health tool we have.’.. For years, scientists faced censorship for even raising the lab theory as a possible explanation for the virus. Their reputations and careers were shredded by a media flash mob. The Washington Post declared this a “debunked” coronavirus “conspiracy theory.” The New York Times’ Science and Health reporter Apoorva Mandavilli was calling any mention of the lab theory “racist.”.. When a Chinese researcher told Fox News that this was man-made, the network was attacked and the left-leaning PolitiFact slammed her with a “pants on fire rating.”.. The extensive censorship and blacklisting that has occurred over the last four years protected such experts from scrutiny and criticism. Many of those same experts are now listing what they deem disinformation to be the world’s greatest threat. The obvious solution to this existential threat is, of course, to allow “experts” to control or regulate what people read or hear to eliminate harmful disinformation. The question is whether the public can be, again, spooked into surrendering this core human right by world elite.”Bill Gates Set Up 20 Shell Companies to Hide Purchase of $113 Million of Nebraska Farmland – The limited liability companies, buried under layers of business names, overlapping employees and addresses in at least three states, form a network more tangled and opaque than the one created by The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints, which is buying a giant amount of Nebraska ranch land. – by Destiny Herbers, Flatwater Free Press –https://childrenshealthdefense.org/defender/bill-gates-hide-purchase-nebraska-farmland/ – A glance at federal records shows the series of Nebraska farms listed as foreign-owned, though there’s no country attached and no hint that these farms with unassuming names might be related… Willowdale Farms, Merrick County Farms, Dove Haven Ranch, Champion Valley Farm, Schroder Family Farms and many more are concentrated in northeast Nebraska but spread to the southeast corner and west nearly to Wyoming… In Nebraska’s business records, they have one similarity: Each farm’s office address leads to a single-story brick building in the St. Louis suburbs, an office park housing a dentist, lawyers and, until recently, a farmland investment startup called AgCoA… For years, AgCoA was owned by the Canada Pension Plan Investment Board, a government-owned group managing the retirement funds of 21 million Canadians… But in 2017, the Canadian board decided to offload a half-billion dollar chunk of its American farmland portfolio — including all 22,830 acres of its Nebraska land… The buyer of those unassuming-sounding Nebraska farms wasn’t publicly listed. Until now, the financial details of the transaction and the gargantuan loan he’s taken out against it have remained publicly unknown… The buyer’s name: Bill GatesTangled web of Gates – The billionaire who co-founded Microsoft has, in the past six years, spent more than $113 million buying Nebraska farmland… The Flatwater Free Press analyzed five years of land sales data, between 2018 and 2022, originally gathered by a University of Nebraska-Lincoln College of Journalism and Mass Communications data journalism class… If that data had included the year 2017 — when Mt. Edna Farms, the Gates-owned company that made that massive purchase from the Canadian pension board — then Gates would have been the top buyer of Nebraska ag land by money spent. Since 2017, he has spent more than double the second-place buyer…    Gates’ farmland is held by more than 20 shell companies spread across the country… Some lead back to a P.O. Box in Kirkland, Washington, the city where Cascade Asset Management, which manages all Gates’ investments, is headquartered… Others are linked to Lenexa, Kansas and Monterey, Louisiana, population 371, where reporters have previously traced Gates’ operations… These limited liability companies, buried under layers of business names, overlapping employees and addresses in at least three states, form a network more tangled and opaque than the one created by The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints, which is buying a giant amount of Nebraska ranch land… Because it’s hidden, Nebraskans living and farming in communities where Gates is among the largest landowners are often unaware that one of the world’s richest men owns the cornfield down the road… Gates now owns around 20,000 acres of farmland across 19 counties in Nebraska after selling some land in recent years. He owns the largest chunk of land, about 8,500 acres, in Holt County… ‘I think if you ask on the street, who owns Mt. Edna Farms, nobody’d even know what it was,’ said Bill Tielke, chair of the Holt County board. ‘So it’s not like people realize that he does own that much land in Holt County.’.. Mt. Edna has a farm manager in Holt County, Tielke said, and local people work for the farm and rent the ground. Tielke has worked as a crop adjuster for local farmers who rented Mt. Edna’s land, and said that if they hadn’t told Tielke that Gates bought the land, he wouldn’t have known… ‘I don’t remember it throwing up any bells or whistles or anybody even saying anything about it,’ Tielke said… The Nebraska Farm Bureau, through spokesperson Cassie Hoebelheinrich, declined to comment on Gates’ farmland ownership… ‘This is an issue we really don’t follow and isn’t a priority for us,’ Hoebelheinrich said in an email… Gates’ land ownership has been the source of much rumor, and some concern, in Nebraska, partly because of his connections to the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation, which runs programs addressing issues of global public health, sustainability and climate change… If Gates’ land was given to a nonprofit — potentially making it exempt from property taxes — it would “decimate” the counties involved, state Sen. Tom Brewer, a Republican whose district covers 11 rural counties in central and northern Nebraska, said in an email… ‘It would force action from the Legislature to protect the counties,’ Brewer wrote… But the farmland is one of Bill Gates’ financial investments, said the company that manages those investments, not part of the Gates Foundation’s portfolio… ‘The investments that Cascade makes in Nebraska farmland are not connected with the agricultural or climate initiatives of the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation,’ a Cascade spokesperson said in an email… Cascade Asset Management declined to answer further questions about its Nebraska farmland purchases and the structure of the affiliated limited liability companies (LLCs)… Gates himself recently publicly reinforced the idea that his farmland purchases are investments… ‘The decision to buy this land was made by people who help manage my money so that we get a good return so that the Foundation can buy more vaccines,’ Gates said on a November episode of Trevor Noah’s podcast. ‘And they saw that if we could invest in land and (improve) the productivity of that land, that it would have a good return.’.. Buy, borrow, die – Gates doesn’t simply receive rent checks from his Nebraska farmland. He’s also using it to borrow staggering sums of money… Three days before Christmas 2021, Mt. Edna Farms filed paperwork with Dawson County, clearing the path to use a part of Gates’ land as collateral. Gates’ LLC then took out two loans against his Nebraska farmland… The total of those loans: $700 million… The obvious question: Why is Gates, who Forbes deemed the world’s richest man 18 different times between 1995 and 2017, using Nebraska farmland to take out a $700 million loan?.. Using IRS data, the news outlet ProPublica estimated Gates’ total average annual income between 2013 and 2018 was $2.85 billion, with an average federal income tax rate of 18.4%. That income primarily came from sales of Microsoft stock, which is taxable…But extremely high net-worth individuals like Gates often use a strategy of borrowing against their assets — like land — if they want spendable money… Selling those same assets would generate taxable income, said Adam Thimmesch, a University of Nebraska College of Law professor specializing in business and tax law… ‘If you can hold those assets until you die, all of that taxable gain goes away, so the ideal tax planning technique, if you’re wealthy enough to be able to do it, is to invest in those appreciating assets,’ Thimmesch said… If certain conditions are met, tax law allows someone to inherit the land and avoid paying taxes on the long-term appreciated value if they sell it, Thimmesch said… In the meantime, ultra-rich Americans can borrow against their assets to fund their lifestyles or make other investments. Banks are happy to lend money for something like farmland, the law professor said, because there’s security in the value… ‘Then on your death, your heirs can sell the property if they need to, to pay back the debt, and there’s just no tax liability anymore,’ Thimmesch said. ‘So you can eliminate that entire layer of tax, while still kind of enjoying the benefits of being wealthy while you’re alive.’.. To use this so-called “buy-borrow-die” method, Gates would need to place his Nebraska farmland in his own name before he dies or be the sole owner of Mt. Edna Farms LLC… The corporate structure and official ownership of Gates’ various shell companies have never been publicly explained. It’s impossible to know now if his land would be eligible for the tax provision, Thimmesch said… Cascade Investment declined to answer questions about the loan, and the management of Gates’ investments beyond confirming that they are not connected to the activities of the Gates Foundation… Below the surface – Gates’ land ownership in Nebraska includes the valuable water beneath that land… He has access through 191 existing wells, which add to the value of the land for farmers and investors alike by providing crop irrigation… Gaining access to groundwater is often a priority for potential farmland buyers. If you own land in Nebraska, you have the possibility of accessing the underlying groundwater, but natural resource districts regulate how water is used… ‘I’m sure that the NRD [Natural Resources District] is well aware (of Gates), and that every one of those wells is no doubt permitted and has associated certified acres and probably does some annual reporting to the NRD as well,’ said Don Blankenau, a lawyer who provides water-related legal counsel to Nebraska NRDs… Gates’ existing wells were transferred to Mt. Edna with the lump sum purchase of land in 2017, public records from the Nebraska Department of Natural Resources show… ‘We don’t treat Bill Gates any different than Dean Edson or anybody else. They can have that land, but they don’t own the water,’ said Dean Edson, director of the Nebraska Association of Resource Districts. ‘If they want to use the water, Bill Gates is gonna have to come get a permit.’.. If you buy land in Nebraska without a well, there’s no guarantee your local NRD will grant a permit to dig one. But if the land already has a well, the NRD has likely already certified its use. The landowner, be it Bill Gates or Bill Jones, can continue to use that water so long as the use follows existing rules, Blankenau said… ‘I’ve heard over the decades I’ve done this, people are always concerned that somebody’s gonna go out and buy a big tract of land in the Sandhills, and then transport that water away,’ Blankenau said… That’s nearly impossible, he said, because Nebraska has tight limitations on the transportation of groundwater, especially outside of state borders or as a commodity… An investor like Gates moving large quantities of groundwater via pipeline or trucking operation would attract the attention of neighbors and the local NRD… ‘If you extract groundwater out of the ground, carbonate it and add sugar to it, you’ve got soda pop, and you can move that all over the place. Same thing with beer, one of my law partners started brewing, and I always tease him that he’s exporting groundwater in the form of beer,’ Blankenau said… In Holt County, Gates’ operation has gone mostly unnoticed by neighbors and county officials. And the actual farming of that land has barely changed… But Gates’ land buys still matter, said Tielke, chair of the Holt County board. The purchases of any large outside investor limit the opportunities for small farmers to break into the industry… ‘I think it’s going to cause a lot of problems for future generations to get young people started,’ Tielke said. ‘It’s getting pretty hard to compete with these guys that are coming here buying this land now’.” – Originally published by Investigate Midwest.World Economic Forum Declares “Disinformation” to be the World’s Greatest Threat – by Jonathan Turley – https://jonathanturley.org/2024/01/12/world-economic-forum-declares-disinformation-to-be-the-worlds-greatest-threat/ – The World Economic Forum has surveyed the world’s experts and issued its 2024 “Global Risks Report.” The international elite of experts have declared that the number one threat to humanity is not terrorism or pandemic or even climate change (which is second), but “misinformation and disinformation.” Of course, that means that the only hope for humanity is censorship and speech controls. The report shows just how engrained this anti-free speech movement has become among the world elite from media to business to politics… The absurd finding is consistent with the warning of other international figures and groups. We previously discussed how WHO Director-General Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus has supported censorship to combat what he calls the “infodemic.” – So “1,490 experts across academia, business, government, the international community and civil society” looked at all of the world’s military, economic, and environmental threats and concluded that the greatest threat to humanity is too much free speech. A “global risk” is defined as “the possibility of the occurrence of an event or condition which, if it occurs, would negatively impact a significant proportion of global GDP, population or natural resources.” – We have seen how during the Covid crisis “experts” supported censorship and blacklisting when their views were challenged by colleagues and the public. Earlier positions treated as gospel in the press have been discredited. For example, a recent scientific review by  12 researchers from leading universities found little support for the claims that masks reduced Covid exposures… The Centers for Disease and Control Prevention (CDC) initially rejected the use of a mask mandate. However, the issue became a political weapon as politicians and the press claimed that questioning masks was anti-science and even unhinged. In April 2020, the CDC reversed its position and called for the masking of the entire population, including children as young as 2 years old.  The mask mandate and other pandemic measures like the closing of schools are now cited as fueling emotional and developmental problems in children… The closing of schools and businesses was also challenged by some critics as unnecessary. Many of those critics were also censored. It now appears that they may have been right. Many countries did not close schools and did not experience increases in Covid. However, we are now facing alarming drops in testing scores and alarming rises in medical illness among the young… Masks became a major social and political dividing line in politics and the media. Maskless people were chased from stores and denounced in Congress. Then-CDC Director Dr. Robert Redfield said during a Senate hearing that “face masks are the most important powerful health tool we have.” – For years, scientists faced censorship for even raising the lab theory as a possible explanation for the virus. Their reputations and careers were shredded by a media flash mob. The Washington Post declared this a “debunked” coronavirus “conspiracy theory.” The New York Times’ Science and Health reporter Apoorva Mandavilli was calling any mention of the lab theory “racist.” – When a Chinese researcher told Fox News that this was man-made, the network was attacked and the left-leaning PolitiFact slammed her with a “pants on fire rating.” – The extensive censorship and blacklisting that has occurred over the last four years protected such experts from scrutiny and criticism. Many of those same experts are now listing what they deem disinformation to be the world’s greatest threat. The obvious solution to this existential threat is, of course, to allow “experts” to control or regulate what people read or hear to eliminate harmful disinformation. The question is whether the public can be, again, spooked into surrendering this core human right by world elite.”

Posted in Uncategorized | Leave a comment

Web Research Links for the Week of 1/8/24

Fair Use Notice: This site may contain some copyrighted material the use of which has not always been specifically authorized by the copyright owner. We are making such material available in our efforts to advance understanding of vital issues which already exist in the public domain. – Note: These links are posted at the top of the page as the week progresses. Links from previous weeks can be found under the “Current Quicklinx” button.Covered Up: mRNA Shedding, Transmissibility and Cancer – by Amanda Morrison – https://tomrenz.substack.com/p/covered-up-mrna-shedding-transmissibility – “Recently, I found myself down a rabbit hole of FDA documents and holy smokes, guys – what I found is a real barn burner. I’m going to try and keep this as brief as possible so that the gravity of what I’m about to share isn’t lost in too many details. In my opinion, what I’ve discovered is nothing less than premeditated murder… It’s crazy to even say that, but there’s no other conclusion that I can draw after reviewing these FDA ‘Guidance for Industry’ documents, published years before the Covid fiasco. This is the smoking gun evidence that proves they knew that the gene therapy products they masqueraded as ‘vaccines’ had the ability to shed, cause cancer and kill…  It’s Gene Therapy – Not a Vaccine. – It’s critical that people understand that the Covid-19 injections are gene therapy. The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention currently defines a “vaccine” as a preparation used to stimulate the body’s immune response against diseases. However, that definition changed in 2021 because it didn’t apply to the COVID-19 vaccines. A vaccine must contain an antigen to trigger the body’s natural immune response. Pfizer and Moderna’s mRNA vaccines do not contain antigens. The active substance used to elicit an immune response in these vaccines is the mRNA—a form of nucleic acid and the genetic material of the SARS-CoV-2 virus that provides instructions to the body for producing antigens—spike proteins (actually it is modRNA – see my previous posts – and also contaminated with DNA)…  Moreso, Moderna and Pfizer’s own SEC filings admit that they are gene therapy products. On pages 148 & 149 of Moderna’s 2019 SEC filing there is a legally mandated discussion of “risk factors” that reads as follows: ‘No mRNA drug has been approved in this new potential class of medicines and may never be approved as a result of efforts by others or us. mRNA drug development has substantial clinical development and regulatory risk due to the novel and unprecedented nature of this new class of medicines…  As a potential new class of medicines, no mRNA medicines have been approved to date by the FDA or other regulatory agency… currently mRNA is considered a gene therapy product by the FDA.’..  In March 2015 the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, the FDA and the Center for Biologics Evaluation and Research published a ‘guide for industry’ entitled: ‘Determining the Need for and Content of Environmental Assessments for Gene Therapies, Vectored Vaccines, and Related Recombinant Viral or Microbial Products’ from which I pulled the following definition of ‘gene therapy’:


It defines gene therapies as ‘products that mediate their effects by transcription and/or translation of transferred genetic material and/or by integrating into the host genome and that are administered as nucleic acids, viruses or genetically engineered microorganisms. The products may be used to modify cells in vivo or transferred to cells ex vivo prior to administration to the recipient.’..  ‘For purposes of this guidance, a vectored vaccine is one that uses a virus or microbe (typically a bacterium), or a DNA plasmid to introduce DNA/RNA encoding for antigens to cells of the body. “Vector” refers to the virus microbe or DNA plasmid used as the carrier.’..  So, what does that mean in English? It means the Covid vaccines are gene products…  Shedding: They Knew It Was Possible – We were called ‘conspiracy theorists’ and gaslit and censored when we warned about shedding and questioned why unvaccinated females were bleeding abnormally after being exposed to the jabbed. These documents prove they knew these products could shed and harm those who never consented to gene therapy… In August 2015 they published “Design and Analysis of Shedding Studies for Virus or Bacteria-Based Gene Therapy and Oncolytic Products” in which they admit that these gene therapy products can shed in multiple ways.

Clear as day, it indicates the term ‘shedding’ means ‘release of VBGT or oncolytic products from the patient through one or all of the following ways: excreta (feces) secreta (urine, saliva, nasopharyngeal fluids, etc.) or through the skin (pustules, sores, wounds).’.. The document goes on to reveal they identified safety risks to untreated (unvaccinated) individuals from these products.

Shedding raises the possibility of transmission of VBGT or oncolytic products from treated to untreated individuals (e.g. close contacts and health care professionals).”

“The possibility that the shed VBGT or on oncolytic product may be infectious raises safety concerns related to the risk of transmission to untreated individuals.”

They knew about the potential for this to transfer (shed) from those injected with the Covid-19 gene therapy product to those who did not consent. They identified multiple vectors in which a non-consenting person could be affected and harmed through the body fluid or excretions of a treated person. This is an open admission and a clear violation of the Nuremburg Code’s first principle of voluntary consent…  Cancer & Delayed Adverse Events – I wish I could tell you that’s the worst of it, but there’s more. They knew these gene therapy products could cause cancer, even years after injection. The November 2006 publication of “Gene Therapy Clinical Trials: Observing Subjects for Delayed Adverse Events” revealed the following:

This document warns that these gene therapy products carry the risk of adverse effects on normal cell function and could delay adverse events for months or even years. Even more alarming is the disclaimer about the ‘integration of genetic material into the host genome’ and ‘altered expression’ of the host’s genes. The fact checkers will tell you until they’re blue in the face that the jabs do not affect or change your DNA and clearly, that is false… A 2023 study analyzed the cellular DNA of humans suffering from Long Covid. The authors found genes uniquely specific to the Pfizer COVID BNT162b2 vaccine in those human blood cells. Their findings prove that mRNA COVID vaccines permanently integrate into the DNA of some COVID-vaccinated people…  Simply put, the regulatory agencies knew that these products could integrate into the host genome, cause cancer (malignant transformation), autoimmune disorders and adverse events years after the fact. Also, consider that even when these products do not integrate into the genome, the continual exposure due to the shedding (discussed above) may increase the risk of cancer.

In 2021 I said that in 3-5 years we were going to see the true extent of the damage from the Covid vaccines. What are we seeing now? Turbo cancers and an onslaught of ‘died suddenly’ headlines amongst the otherwise young and healthy. Oncologists are reporting an alarming increase in aggressive, fast-growing cancers that don’t respond to the normal treatment protocols…  The Panic & The Pill: Sold by the Same People – These jabs are designed killing machines and were distributed knowing that they would shed and kill people. They created a gene therapy product, marketed it as a ‘vaccine’ then schemed, coerced, bribed and lied to get it into as many arms as possible… The Hegelian Dialectic ‘problem, reaction, solution’ is at play here. They knew it could cause cancer – years after injection and now that there is an epidemic of cancer, amazingly they have a ‘solution’ ready to go.

This is beyond lack of informed consent, folks. This shows a conspiracy. This is a RICO action that should be filed… Please consider donating at the links below so that we have more resources to take legal action against those who perpetrated this egregious crime on the world.”Update on Palestine: IDF Claims Gaza City Victory – by Simplicius The Thinker – https://simplicius76.substack.com/p/update-on-palestine-idf-claims-gaza – “Today Israel announced that they have finally taken “full control” over Gaza City—the northern and most populous portion of the Gaza Strip. Naturally, they erected a giant menorah and Israeli flag in the center (short video of installation)… I remain skeptical of their claims, but we’ll indulge them at face value for the sake of the report. Even if they did manage to fully secure it, keep in mind it has now taken nearly three months to capture a territory the size of the small red speck inside the Gaza Strip seen below juxtaposed within Ukraine for comparison (map showing miniscule area)… The “world’s most advanced military” took three months to manage a claimed capture of that while fighting a completely technologically outmatched foe who they outnumber 500k to ~10k… The IDF also has now used this capture as excuse to explain the dismissal of several top brigades to the rear for reconstitution. Instead of being made combat ineffective, the line is now that they have valiantly completed their mission and are taking a rest. They claim that in capturing Gaza City, they have eliminated 8000 Hamas fighters. However, John Kirby himself appears dubious regarding this, as he implies that Hamas has not been measurably attrited (video of Kirby equivocating as usual)… Netanyahu is again agitating for war with Lebanon next. In the meantime, radical Israeli politicians continue pushing for the total ethnic cleansing of Palestinians. Most alarming is the fact that they are basing their policies on the alleged popular support amongst Israeli society for same. Here’s Likud party and Knesset member Moshe Saada openly stating that the people in the streets, the Kibbutz-dwellers, etc., are all shouting in unision: “Annihilate them (Gazans).” – And here is the Israeli ambassador to the UK just nonchalantly admitting that all of Gaza must be destroyed (charming video)… Where does such inhuman barbarity stem from, you wonder? I believe it is a case of simple unrestrained human nature. Those who’ve read books like Lord of the Flies know that humans can very quickly devolve into quite immoral, depraved, and Machiavellian brutes if there are no checks in place to restrain some of human nature’s darker impulses. You see, it’s not that all humans are necessarily mindlessly depraved by nature per se, but rather that it’s very easy to set off a cascade event of unethical behavior when only a small pilot group initiates it… Think of baseball, boxing, or any sport in general. It takes only one guy to be juiced up on steroids to create a cascade that sees the entire league begin juicing due to the power creep nature of the realization that if you don’t do this too, you won’t be able to compete. Likewise, in an environment where there are no restraints, a small ‘contagion’ of bad behavior can set off a chain reaction as it spreads to others by a variety of vectors… How does all this pertain to the utterly breathtaking criminality and inhumanly racist hatred seen in the Israeli society toward the Palestinians? For a long time now criticism of anything remotely related to Israel or Jewish-ness was highly verboten due to the black mark of “anti-Semitism” being cast against anyone who dared criticize their actions. In the same sort of way that the modern liberal movement has created blowback in the form of liberal fragility and the complete inability to debate or face facts, nor take any criticism whatsoever—a fact we see often, as liberals melt down into fits of feral screaming or crying when refuted by reality—the modern Israeli state, its inhabitants, and proponents likewise have never had to deal with genuine structured criticism because the West has generally been so obsequiously permissive toward it. Most importantly: they’ve never had to deal with accountability… Israel can be viewed like one of those overly-pampered babies—the golden calf of the family—which never hears the word ‘no’ and whose every squall brings mommy dashing over to immediately coddle it. Israel has carried out terror and crimes for decades that any other country in the world would have been immediately reproached, condemned, and sanctioned for. This has created a sense of unparalleled historical entitlement and exceptionalism in Israeli society such that they feel no qualms whatsoever about glibly and openly calling for genocide. In any other society, it would not only make instant headlines but would make the top docket at the UN human rights council meetings. But in Israel, you can call for genocide, you can demean the Palestinians with open racism as Israeli TV so often does, and it doesn’t get so much as a passing glance or shrug… Some consider such a viewpoint to be “anti-Semitic”, but there are two things to consider: The Palestinians are the original Semitic people of the region. There is in fact nothing in the world more pro-Semitic than such views… Most worldwide Jews appear to be in support of Palestine and are becoming increasingly anti-Zionist. I don’t know what the actual statistics are, and would be interested to see them. But even much of Israeli society is now openly rebuking the IDF, thus making the hateful portion of the population the true anti-Semites… The last point obviously goes to show that not all of Israel can be characterized in such a negatively broad stroke. But of course the highly vocal and radicalized segment of it which are the bad seeds still account for such a staunch amount of violent racism and pro-genocide views that it still justifies the earlier characterizations… As I said, when left to their devices, when a people’s most cruel and malign inclinations are left totally unchecked without any pushback or repudiation, it creates an enabling effect that essentially communicates to those people: “Keep going, what you’re doing is totally normal and acceptable.” Israel has been the favored son for so long, its most transgressive acts ignored and tacitly allowed for such a length of time, that it has simply developed a natural sense of entitlement and divine exceptionalism. Now, when the world suddenly stands up to it for the first time, Israel is dumbstruck with feigned shock like a child caught with its hand in the cookie jar… This is not to say Israeli people are somehow bad by nature or genetically. No, just like the current Ukrainians, Israelis are to an extent being used by western colonialist powers. And in order for their colonialist-outpost to thrive, the powers that be must ensure that the puppet state has full immunity from any sort of accusations of wrongdoing or prosecutorial blowback. This is why Ukrainians are given full sanction to be Nazis and commit mass murder and genocide on Donbass, and it is why Israelis get the same allowance. It has nothing to do with race and everything to do with great power politics and how colonialist outposts are conditioned and molded in order to further the geopolitical ends and interests of their sponsors… Now, the coordinated narrative has turned to finding a new home for ethnically cleansed Gazans, as we long predicted here from the literal outset of the conflict. They are couching this with standard imperial terminology, calling it “humanitarian emigration”… Here the Israeli finance minister underlines how Gaza must be cleansed (video of the adamant and effusive Bezalel Smotrich)… Did you catch that at the end? – Once again in totally choreographed fashion, he states this “humanitarian solution” must be enacted to save Gazans. Yes, the Israeli “final solution” but in “humanitarian” robes…On cue, Nikki Haley follows the directive in her new interview, shockingly openly calling for ethnic cleansing (Nikki works on removing any confusion about where her loyalties lie)… In fact, her statement is extremely anti-Semitic against Palestinians because she uses subtly coded pre-genocide language to dehumanize Palestinian civilians as ‘Hamas’ operatives and, by extension, “terrorists”—eligible for legal elimination, it is to be inferred. This is a highly dangerous anti-Semitic trope used by racist Zionists in recent videos where they have attributed “all Palestinians” to be either Hamas or Hamas-“affiliated” in order to justify their calls for genocide against them… For instance from today (American woman saying she doesn’t think the children of Gaza are innocent)… Note how the anti-Semite above considers all Palestinian children to be guilty by association in order to excuse her warped genocidal fantasies… In the same vein, Nikki Haley’s call to relocate all Gazans into “Hamas” countries is clearly an attempt to subconsciously link innocent civilians to ‘terrorism’. And that’s of course besides the fact that she’s openly calling for ethnic cleansing of an entire population, which is a crime against humanity, and goes against every international law—except the western Luciferian “Rule of Law”…Now it’s been reported that Israel is attempting to force friendly countries to pressure South Africa’s judges who have filed a genocide case in the international court at the Hague against Israel: “Israel accused of ‘Effort to Intimidate the Judges Ahead of Genocide Hearing.” – According to a cable obtained by Axios, the Israeli Foreign Ministry is calling on the country’s embassies to pressure host country diplomats and political leaders to swiftly issue an “immediate and unequivocal statement along the following lines: To publicly and clearly state that YOUR COUNTRY rejects the outrage[ous], absurd, and baseless allegations made against Israel.”.. The cable warns that “a ruling by the court could have significant potential implications that are not only in the legal world but have practical bilateral, multilateral, economic, security ramifications.” Israel is seeking to prevent an injunction ordering the country to suspend its attack on Gaza… That’s not to mention the fact that members of Israeli Knesset’s own pro-Arab Hadash-Ta’al political party have joined in on the lawsuit for the Hague, according to Jerusalem Post: But Israel’s plan appears to amount to this: slow-roll the operation while desperately searching the globe for a place willing to have Gazans offloaded onto it. We’ve seen Congo in discussion, with Haley bringing up Qatar, Iran, Turkey, etc.—all prima facie non-serious suggestions… Israel officials have clearly signaled that they intend to occupy Gaza, and Netanyahu just this week reiterated that they will “not stop the war” until all objectives are reached… By the way, as a slightly tangential note, here’s Israeli ambassador Mark Regev openly admitting that we haven’t seen a single killed Hamas fighter—yet preposterously attributing this to the fact that “Hamas controls all images out of Gaza” (right)… How does that make any sense? Does Hamas control all the IDF bodycams and endless videos that Israeli soldiers have released of themselves romping through Gaza? How is Hamas behind the fact that the IDF itself has not shown us a single eliminated Hamas militant? What does this really tell us about how many “Hamas fighters” the inept IDF has actually “eliminated”? – This is the same individual who said with a straight face that it’s a lie to claim Israel has killed a single Palestinian child (obviously well-versed in the Facts on the Ground…) – This is how immorally and reprehensibly sick a government can become when it is given unfettered moral license to act as it pleases without any international accountability whatsoever… Headline: Ex Israeli Pilot: Our Army is a Terrorist Organization Run by War Criminals… You don’t say? – One of the consequences of all this is the Biden administration has become divided like never before. Yesterday we learned that Raytheon Lloyd was hospitalized in intensive care for days without the president’s knowledge… The United States of America, at a time of historic international upheaval and danger to ‘American interests’ abroad, was functionally without a Secretary of Defense for almost a week without the commander-in-chief’s knowledge. Some assumed Austen’s deputy Kathleen Hicks would take over—except she was on ‘vacation’ in Puerto Rico at the time. How convenient! – It ties into the Israeli situation because rumors have it disgruntled White House staffers were responsible for hiding the information from Biden over his contentious stance on Palestine—another case of open rebellion, if true. It once more highlights the deepening rifts within the corrupt and beleaguered Biden administration… As to Lloyd’s “minor elective procedure”—which appeared to leave him comatose for nearly an entire week—there’s no definitive word. But some suspect it may have been an emergency surgical extraction of an uncashed Raytheon kickback from his netherside.””The long history of Zionist proposals to ethnically cleanse the Gaza Strip – Ethnic cleansing or “transfer” is an intrinsic part of Zionism’s early history, and has remained an essential feature of Israeli political life. More recently, “transfer” has been mainstreamed by billing it as encouraging “voluntary emigration.”- by Mouin Rabbani – https://mondoweiss.net/2023/12/the-long-history-of-zionist-proposals-to-ethnically-cleanse-the-gaza-strip/ – “Senior Israeli leaders, including Prime Minister Binyamin Netanyahu, are again publicly advocating the ethnic cleansing of the Gaza Strip. Their proposals are being presented as voluntary emigration schemes, in which Israel is merely playing the role of Good Samaritan, selflessly mediating with foreign governments to find new homes for destitute and desperate Palestinians. But it is ethnic cleansing all the same… Alarm bells should have started ringing in early November when U.S. Secretary of State Antony Blinken and other Western politicians began insisting there could be “no forcible displacement of Palestinians from Gaza.” Rather than rejecting any mass removal of Palestinians, Blinken and colleagues objected only to optically challenging expulsions at gunpoint. The option of “voluntary” displacement by leaving residents of the Gaza Strip with no choice but departure was pointedly left open… Ethnic cleansing, or “transfer” as it is known in Israeli parlance, has a long pedigree that goes back to the late-nineteenth-century beginnings of the Zionist movement. While the early Zionists adopted the slogan, “A Land Without a People for a People Without a Land,” the evidence demonstrates that, from the very outset, their leaders knew better. More to the point, they clearly understood that the Palestinians formed the main obstacle to the establishment of a Jewish state in Palestine. This is for the simple reason that, to them, a “Jewish state” denotes one in which its Jewish population acquires and maintains unchallenged demographic, territorial, and political supremacy… Enter “transfer.” As early as 1895, Theodor Herzl, the founder of the contemporary Zionist movement, identified the necessity of removing the inhabitants of Palestine in the following terms: We shall try to spirit the penniless population across the border by procuring employment for it in the transit countries, while denying it any employment in our own country … expropriation and the removal of the poor must be carried out discreetly and circumspectly.” David Ben-Gurion (née Grün), Chairman of the Executive Committee of the Jewish Agency for Palestine, and later Israel’s first prime minister, was more blunt. In a 1937 letter to his son, he wrote: “We must expel the Arabs and take their place.” – Writing in his diary in 1940, Yosef Weitz, a senior Jewish National Fund official who chaired the influential Transfer Committee before and during the Nakba (“Catastrophe”), and became known as the Architect of Transfer, put it thus: “The only solution is a Land of Israel devoid of Arabs. There is no room here for compromise. They must all be moved. Not one village, not one tribe, can remain. Only through this transfer of the Arabs living in the Land of Israel will redemption come.” His diaries are littered with similar sentiments… The point of the above is not to demonstrate that individual Zionist leaders held such views, but that the senior leadership of the Zionist movement consistently considered the ethnic cleansing of Palestine an objective and priority. Initiatives such as the Transfer Committee, and Plan Dalet, initially formulated in 1944 and described by the pre-eminent Palestinian historian Walid Khalidi as the “Master Plan for the Conquest of Palestine,” additionally demonstrate that the Zionist movement actively planned for it. The 1948 Nakba, during which more than four-fifths of Palestinians residing in territory that came under Israeli rule were ethnically cleansed, should, therefore, be seen as the fulfillment of a longstanding ambition and implementation of a key policy. A product of design, not of war (historical Christmas footnote: the Palestinian town of Nazareth was spared a similar fate only because the commander of Israeli forces that seized the city, a Canadian Jew named Ben Dunkelman, disobeyed orders to expel the population, and was relieved of his command the following day)… That the Nakba was a product of design is further substantiated by the Transfer Committee’s terms of reference. These comprised not only proposals for the expulsion of the Palestinians but, just as importantly, active measures to prevent their return, destroy their homes and villages, expropriate their property, and resettle those territories with Jewish immigrants. Weitz, together with fellow Committee members Eliahu Sassoon and Ezra Danin, on June 5, 1948, presented a three-page blueprint, entitled “Scheme for the Solution of the Arab Problem in the State of Israel,” to Prime Minister Ben-Gurion to achieve these goals. According to leading Israeli historian Benny Morris, “there is no doubt Ben-Gurion agreed to Weitz’s scheme,” which included “what amounted to an enormous project of destruction” that saw more than 450 Palestinian villages razed to the ground… The understandable focus on the expulsions of 1948 often overlooks the fact that ethnic cleansing remains incomplete unless its victims are barred from returning to their homes by a combination of armed force and legislation, and thereafter replaced by others. It is Israel’s determination to make Palestinian dispossession permanent that distinguishes Palestinian refugees from many other war refugees… After 1948, Israel put out a whole series of fabrications to shift responsibility for the transformation of the Palestinians into dispossessed and stateless refugees onto the Arab states and the refugees themselves. These included claims that the refugees voluntarily left (they were either expelled or fled in justified terror); that Arab radio broadcasts ordered the Palestinians to flee (in fact, they were encouraged to stay put); that Israel conducted a population exchange with Arab states (there was nothing of the sort); and the bizarre argument that because they’re Arabs, Palestinians had numerous other states while Jews have only Israel (by the same logic, Sikhs would be entitled to seize British Columbia and deport its population to either the rest of Canada or the United States). More importantly, even if uniformly substantiated, none of these pretexts entitles Israel to prohibit the right of Palestinian refugees to return to their homes at the conclusion of hostilities. It is, furthermore, a right that was consecrated in United Nations General Assembly resolution 194 of December 11, 1948, which has been reaffirmed repeatedly since… Ethnic cleansing after 1967 – In 1967, Israel seized the remaining 22 percent of Mandatory Palestine — the West Bank (including East Jerusalem) and the Gaza Strip. Depopulation in these territories operated differently than in 1948. Most importantly, Israel, in addition to prohibiting the return of Palestinians who fled hostilities during the 1967 June War, and encouraging others to leave (by, for example, providing a daily bus service from Gaza City to the Allenby Bridge connecting the West Bank to Jordan), conducted a census during the summer of 1967 . Any resident who was not present during the census was ineligible for an Israeli identity document and automatically lost their right of residency… As a result, the population of these territories declined by more than twenty percent overnight. Many of those thus displaced were already refugees from 1948. Aqbat Jabr Refugee Camp near Jericho, for example — until 1967, the West Bank’s largest — became a virtual ghost town after almost all its inhabitants became refugees once again in Jordan. So many Palestinians from the Gaza Strip ended up in Jordan that a new refugee camp, Gaza Camp, was established on the outskirts of Jerash. The occupied Palestinian territories would not recover their 1967 population levels until the early 1980s… Within the West Bank, there were also cases of mass expulsion. These included the town of Qalqilya, which was additionally slated for demolition but to which its residents were later permitted to return. Those of ‘Imwas (the Biblical Emmaus), Bayt Nuba, and Yalu in Jerusalem’s Latrun salient were less fortunate. They were summarily expelled (many today live in Ramallah’s Qaddura Refugee Camp), their villages demolished and annexed to Israel, and replaced by Canada Park, so named because the project was completed with donations from the Canadian Jewish community. Within Jerusalem’s Old City, the historic Mughrabi Quarter, abutting the Haram al-Sharif, was summarily razed to make way for a plaza astride the Wailing Wall. With many residents given only minutes to evacuate their homes, several were killed when the bulldozers went to work. According to Eitan Ben-Moshe, an engineer who oversaw the atrocity, “We threw out the wreckage of houses together with the Arab corpses.” – Depopulation through administrative rule – In subsequent years, Israel employed all kinds of administrative shenanigans to further reduce the Palestinian population of the West Bank and Gaza Strip. Until the 1993 Oslo Accords, for example, an exit permit from Israel’s military government was required to leave the occupied territory. It was valid for only three years and thereafter renewable annually for a maximum of three additional years (for a fee) at an Israeli consulate. If a Palestinian lost an exit permit or failed to renew an exit permit prior to its expiration for any reason (including bureaucratic foot-dragging), or couldn’t pay the renewal fee, or failed to return to Palestine prior to its expiration, that Palestinian automatically lost residency rights. Separately, Israel, over the years, deported numerous activists and community leaders, primarily to Jordan and Lebanon. During the late 1960s and 1970s, it also exiled Gaza Palestinians accused of resisting the occupation, along with their families, to prison camps in the occupied Sinai Peninsula. Among those who spent time there was the iconic Palestinian leader Haidar Abdel-Shafi… A particularly notable case of administrative deportations occurred in 1992 after Israeli special forces botched an operation to rescue an Israeli soldier who had been seized by Hamas to exchange him for their imprisoned leader, Shaikh Ahmad Yasin. Israeli Prime Minister Yitzhak Rabin ordered the summary deportation of approximately 400 Palestinians, many of them prisoners affiliated with Hamas and Islamic Jihad (PIJ), none accused of involvement in the incident that led to Rabin’s frenzied rage… In contrast to previous deportations, which were considered permanent, these were for one- and two-year terms. In its rush to carry out the deportations under cover of night, Israel expelled a number of Palestinians who were not on its list and left behind others who were. Needless to say, the mass expulsion was, as always in such matters, approved by Israel’s High Court of Justice after minor modifications. It ruled, among other things, that this was not a collective deportation but rather a collection of individual deportations. Perhaps more significantly, the deportees were stuck in an inhospitable no-man’s land, Marj al-Zuhur, because Lebanon refused to facilitate the deportations by receiving them. During their involuntary residence in Marj al-Zuhur, assistance came primarily from Hezbollah, and it was during this period that relations between Hamas, PIJ, and Hezbollah were solidified… Israel’s strategies to ‘thin’ Gaza’s population – With the focus in recent years on the intensified campaigns of ethnic cleansing in the West Bank, it is often forgotten that, for decades, the primary target for depopulation was the Gaza Strip, particularly its refugee population, which accounts for approximately three-quarters of the territory’s residents. Even before it occupied Gaza in 1967, Israel regularly promoted initiatives to achieve the “thinning” of its refugee population, with destinations as far afield as Libya and Iraq. Not without reason, Israel’s leaders felt uncomfortable with the presence of so many ethnically cleansed Palestinians within walking distance of their former homes. After 1967, it encouraged Palestinian emigration from the Gaza Strip to not only foreign countries but also the West Bank.

“Transfer,” often presented as the encouragement
 of voluntary emigration either by providing
 material incentives or making the conditions of life
 impossible, has become increasingly mainstreamed
in Israeli political life.

In 1969, Israel even devised a scheme to send 60,000 Palestinians from the Gaza Strip to Paraguay with offers of lucrative employment. The plan was negotiated between Paraguay’s military dictator Alfredo Stroessner and Mossad, the Israeli foreign intelligence agency. It was, of course, purely coincidental that, shortly thereafter, Mossad discovered it no longer had the resources to hunt Nazi fugitives in Paraguay, which had been one of their destinations of choice. The scheme was discontinued when several of its victims, upon realizing the promise of a new life of comfort was all a sham, shot up the Israeli embassy in Asuncion, killing one of its staff… ‘Transfer’ and Gaza today – In the decades since, “transfer,” often presented as the encouragement of voluntary emigration either by providing material incentives or making the conditions of life impossible, has become increasingly mainstreamed in Israeli political life. In 2019, for example, a “senior government official,” quoted in the Israeli newspaper Ha’aretz, expressed a willingness to help Palestinians emigrate from the Gaza Strip… Mass expulsion has been gaining its share of adherents as well, and it is a position that is today represented within Israel’s coalition government. As has the idea that “transfer” should include Palestinian citizens of Israel — Avigdor Lieberman, for example, who was Israel’s Minister of Defense several years ago, is an advocate of not only emptying the West Bank and Gaza Strip of Palestinians but of getting rid of Palestinian citizens of Israel as well. As one might expect from a minister who was in charge of the Israeli military, he is also an advocate of “beheading” disloyal Palestinian citizens of Israel with “an axe.” – Against this background, Israel saw the attacks of October 7 as not only a threat but also as an opportunity. Fortified with unconditional U.S. and European support, Israeli political and military leaders immediately began promoting the transfer of Gaza’s Palestinian population to the Sinai desert. The proposal was enthusiastically embraced by the United States and by Secretary of State Antony Blinken in particular. Hopelessly out of his depth when it comes to the Middle East, as ever, he appears to have genuinely believed he could recruit or pressure Washington’s Arab client regimes to make Israel’s wish a reality. Given Egyptian strongman Abdelfattah al-Sisi’s economic troubles, the fallout of the Menendez scandal, and the looming Egyptian presidential elections, it was suggested to him by the Washington echo chamber that it would take only an IMF loan, debt relief, and a promise to file away Menendez to bring Cairo on board. As so often when it comes to the Middle East, Blinken, armed only with Israel’s latest wish list, didn’t have a clue his indecent proposal would be categorically rejected, first and foremost by Egypt… ‘Transfer’ as ‘voluntary emigration’ – The fallback position is opposition to “forcible displacement” at the point of a gun, while anything else is fair game. This includes reducing the Gaza Strip to rubble in what may well be the most intensive bombing campaign in history; a genocidal assault on an entire society that has killed civilians at an unprecedentedly rapid pace; the deliberate destruction of an entire civilian infrastructure, including the targeted obliteration of its health and education sectors; the highest proportion of households in hunger crisis ever recorded globally and the real prospect of pre-meditated famine; severance of the water and electricity supply leading to acute thirst, widespread consumption of non-potable water, and termination of sewage treatment; and promotion of a sharp rise in infectious disease. One Israeli soldier has already died of a fungal infection resulting from the collapse in sanitation he helped bring about in the Gaza Strip. How many Palestinians have been consumed by similar illnesses, we do not know, but it is reasonable to assume that children and the elderly are hit particularly hard… In other words, if desperate Palestinians seek to flee this seventh circle of hell to save their skins, that’s considered voluntary emigration — their choice. If they cannot remain in the Gaza Strip because Israel has made it unfit for human habitation with U.S. weapons, that is a voluntary choice that will be respected. And the U.S. and Israel are only here to help, like Mother Theresa, determined to assist every last one of them whether they like it or not… Danny Danon, a member of parliament who was previously Israel’s envoy to the United Nations (the guy who sounds like Elmer Fudd), recently held up the mass displacement of Syrians to multiple shores during the past decade as an example to be emulated. “Even if each country receives ten thousand, twenty thousand Gazans, this is significant.” – Asked about Danon’s proposal at a Likud meeting on Christmas Day, Netanyahu responded, “We are working on it. Our problem is [finding] the countries that are willing to absorb [them].” – As an editorial in the Israeli newspaper Ha’aretz put it on December 27: “Israeli lawmakers keep pushing for transfer under the guise of humanitarian aid.” – Not to be outdone by the politicians, the Jerusalem Post ran an opinion piece entitled “Why Moving to the Sinai Peninsula is The Solution for Gaza’s Palestinians.” – “Sinai,” its author Joel Roskin enthused, “comprises one of the most suitable places on Earth to provide the people of Gaza with hope and a peaceful future.” – Not individual Gazans, but “the people of Gaza.” Notably, such proposals consistently take it as a given that those departing will never return. One waits with bated breath, for the European Union is expected to respond to these calls for mass expulsion with further investigations of Palestinian textbooks… While ethnic cleansing has been intrinsic to Zionist/Israeli ideology and practice from the very outset, it also has a flip side: the 1948 expulsion of the Palestinians expanded what had been a conflict between the Zionist movement and the Palestinians into a regional, Arab-Israeli one. The second Nakba Israel is currently inflicting on the Gaza Strip similarly appears well on its way to instigating the renewal of hostilities across the Middle East…  As importantly, the 1948 Nakba did not defeat the Palestinians, who initiated their struggle from the camps of exile, those in the Gaza Strip most prominently among them. It would take a Blinken level of foolishness to assume the expulsion of Palestinians from the Gaza Strip would produce a different outcome.

The War Racket’s Shadow Over Gaza: Unveiling the Ugly Truth Behind US-Israel Complicity – by Gerry Nolanhttps://islanderreports.substack.com/p/the-war-rackets-shadow-over-gaza“In the shadow of Gaza’s decimation, where over 23,000 Palestinians, primarily women and children, lie dead, US Secretary of State Antony Blinken’s words (Tuesday), ring hollow. Standing amidst the ruins, he decries the civilian toll as ‘far too high,’ yet his actions tell a different tale. The US, with Blinken at its helm, continues to fuel Israel’s war machine, supplying the very arms that enable this mass murder. This chilling dichotomy of empty rhetoric and lethal action unveils a brutal reality: the US, under the guise of diplomacy, is complicit in a ethnic cleansing it could halt with a single stroke of policy change – a ‘radical’ change that upholds the sanctity of human life… As Blinken navigates the Middle East, his platitudes of peace and rejection of permanent displacement in Gaza contrast starkly against the backdrop of ongoing US welfare-warfare payments and arms deliveries to Israel. These weapons are anything but tools of defence but instruments of an appalling onslaught against a besieged population. The US’s veto of any meaningful UN Security Council (UNSC) resolution calling for a ceasefire is not just a political maneuver; it’s an endorsement of the carnage, a clear signal of where its allegiance lies. This is not about security; it’s about perpetuating a war that benefits the few at the cost of tens of thousands of Palestinian lives. The hypocrisy is glaring when Blinken rejects the accusation of genocide at the International Court of Justice. By dismissing these charges as meritless, the US further entrenches its role as an apologist for war crimes. The US accused ethnic Serbs of committing genocide in Srebrenica, where that acknowledged total, though tragic is a fraction of the 23,000 Palestinians killed since October 7th. By its own precedent, the US opens itself up to the genocide label being aptly used here. What is certain? This is mass murder, these are horrific war crimes. This stance is a betrayal not only of Palestinian lives but also of the very principles of human rights and justice the US purports to champion. It’s a grim reminder that for some, war is a lucrative business, with companies like Raytheon and General Dynamics profiting from the endless cycle of violence. For the US, there seems to be only money to be made from the suffering that stems from the countless women and children brutally murdered by the war machine it provides to its glorified forward operating bases, be it in Ukraine or Israel. Palestinians and innocent Slavs are seemingly not considered the ‘chosen ones’ in the US’s ‘rules-based’ lottery, where lives deemed worthy of saving are selectively picked.

INTERACTIVE-LIVE-TRACKER-GAZA-JAN9-2023-1400GMT_1080x1080

In a striking display of this duplicity, the US has continued to supply arms to Israel, even following incidents where these weapons have been used in apparent war crimes. For instance, during the May 2021 hostilities in Gaza, the Israeli military bombed a high-rise building housing international media organizations, a clear violation of international humanitarian law. Yet, in the wake of this, the US authorized an additional $735 million in arms sales of precision-guided weapons to Israel. Similarly, despite the US’s pronouncement to ending certain arms sales to Saudi Arabia and the UAE due to their conduct in the Yemen war, it approved a $500 million military support deal for Saudi Arabia, ignoring the coalition’s numerous violations of the laws of war, including significant harm to Yemeni civilians…  Compounding this hypocrisy, Wall Street has eyed big profits from conflicts such as the war in Gaza. Financial analysts have openly discussed the financial benefits of the genocide of Gaza under the pretext of the “Hamas-Israel war” , with a focus on the boon to the aerospace and weapons sector. The stark and callous calculations of profit from human suffering starkly contrast with corporate “statements on human rights” that purportedly endorse the Universal Declaration of Human Rights and UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights. This blatant profiteering on war, while ignoring the human rights implications, underscores the deep-rooted moral conflicts in the financial and political support systems underpinning these conflicts.

An injured Palestinian woman covered in dust and blood hugs an injured girl child at the hospital following the Israeli bombardment of Khan Yunis in the southern Gaza Strip.

In this bleak landscape, where regional tensions simmer and the spectre of a wider conflict looms, Blinken’s words are but a whisper against the roar of bombs and the silent screams of the fallen. This war, sustained by US arms and diplomatic cover, stands as a stark testament to the world’s failure to protect the vulnerable. It starkly reveals the diminishing veneer of moral authority that once cloaked US hegemonic global leadership. The pressing question remains: How many more lives will be sacrificed at the altar of exceptionalism and corporate greed? The blood of Gaza, it seems, is the price of this unholy alliance… This narrative extends beyond mere political alliances; it reveals the underlying war racket that drives global conflict. The military-media-industrial complex, with its insatiable appetite for profit, finds fertile ground in the ravaged landscapes of Gaza. The arms supplied by the US to Israel are not just weapons of war; they are the lifeblood of a lucrative business model that thrives on human suffering. The devastation in Gaza is not an unfortunate byproduct but a necessary condition for this profit-driven machinery… The role of the US in this equation is pivotal. Without American support, Israel would struggle to sustain its military operations on such a scale and would in fact be forced to peacefully coexist and sew for peace. This support is not a passive gesture; it is an active and strategic choice that aligns with the broader objectives of US foreign policy, that of glorified forward operating bases. Israel, much like Ukraine in its war with Russia, is used as the tip of the spear, a proxy in a larger game of geopolitical chess where human lives are expendable pawns… In the shadow of strategic alliances and cynical geopolitical maneuverings, the US-Israel relationship stands as a paradigm of complexity, codependency and contradiction. This relationship, deeply rooted in 20th century history, is a testament to the intricate interplay of military might, economic prowess, and cynical calculus. Dr. Stephen Zunes, paints a vivid picture of the US’s foreign aid to Israel, highlighting its uniqueness both in terms of magnitude and nature… The sheer scale of the aid – totalling a staggering $124 billion through fiscal year 2023 – marks it as the most substantial foreign-aid program in history between two countries (given how small Israel is)- . Significantly, this aid began to escalate notably after the 1967 War, transitioning from loans to grants (a sort of warfare-welfare) and reflecting a deepening commitment that transcends traditional donor-recipient dynamics. This financial warfare-welfare, funnelled directly into Israel’s government treasury, underscores a relationship of mutual (malignant) dependence and strategic alignment, far removed from the usual strings-attached aid given to other nations… Moreover, the US’s approach to Israel is characterized by a notable exceptionality. Unlike other recipients of American ‘generosity’, Israel enjoys the privilege of receiving aid in lump-sum payments, an arrangement that effectively provides it with financial leverage over the U.S. itself, as it can invest this money back into U.S. treasury bills. The relationship further extends into private realms, with American tax-deductible contributions and bond purchases swelling the flow of funds to Israel. This financial dynamic is not just a mere transactional exchange but a robust endorsement of Israel’s geopolitical and economic stance, cementing its position as a once pivotal player in regional and global affairs… The roots of this policy extend beyond mere financial aid. They are entwined with the strategic interests of the United States, where Israel has emerged as a crucial forward operating base in a volatile (by its own making) region. Its role in serving as a bulwark against perceived American threats has been pivotal. The alliance has a massive military dimensions too, with Israel providing a testing ground for American arms and acting as a conduit for U.S. arms to regimes and armed groups otherwise challenging to support openly… The Clinton administration further bolstered this relationship, viewing Israel not just as a beneficiary/dependent but as a strategic partner, integral to the broader objectives of U.S. foreign policy. This approach has resulted in a paradox: Israel, with its significant gifted economic and military capabilities, continues to receive aid at levels that seem disproportionate to its actual needs. It raises critical questions about the interplay of aid, military dependency, and the broader objectives of U.S. foreign policy in a world on the brink due to such dangerous and cynical policy… This alliance, while short-sightedly serving immediate geopolitical interests, has broader implications and dangers. It shapes the regional tensions in the Middle East, influences (prevents) the peace process, and impacts the socio-economic fabric of both nations. As Dr. Zunes elucidates, the U.S. commitment to maintaining the illusion of Israel’s military superiority and its unwavering financial support, despite the complex realities on the ground, reveals a relationship that is as much about power and politics as it is about mutual benefit and real security. Ironically, as we see playing out, leading to massive insecurity for both countries… Such a relationship, however, is not devoid of controversy or consequence. This high level of aid to Israel, as Dr. Zunes points out, has led to debates within both countries about its impact and sustainability. The paradox lies in the fact that, while this aid secures Israel’s military strength, it also deepens its economic dependence on the United States. This dependence raises critical questions about Israel’s long-term strategic autonomy, economic resilience and ultimately, survival as a sovereign state… In the US, this extensive aid program has not gone without scrutiny or criticism. Critics argue that this financial support, particularly in the form of military aid, has catastrophic consequences for American interests and global perceptions of the U.S., especially when considered in the context of other international conflicts and America’s stance on human rights and international law. The debate extends to the realm of how this aid impacts buys US influence, the dynamics of the Israeli-Palestinian conflict and the broader quest for a just peace in the region… The implications of this relationship are profound and multifaceted. On the one hand, it represents an albeit malignant, strategic partnership that has undoubtedly shaped and scared the geopolitical landscape of the Middle East. On the other hand, it raises significant questions about the nature of such aid, strategic alliances, and the intricate balance between cynical national interests and global responsibilities… As we move forward, understanding the nuances of this relationship remains crucial. It is not merely a question of financial aid but a complex tapestry of cynical interests, historical ties, and codependency. The U.S.-Israel alliance, as it stands, is a powerful signpost on the road where geopolitics and financial aid intersects with strategic objectives, shaping the policies that perpetuate human suffering and destinies of nations. It stands as a cautionary tale for emerging powers and superpowers of how not to do business, when humanity replaces war-fuelled greed… The tragic reality is that there is no profit in peace. The cessation of hostilities in Gaza does not serve the interests of those who profit from war. This is a war racket that thrives on perpetual conflict, where each bomb dropped and each life lost translates into financial gain for the few. The US, in its role as both supplier and enabler, is a key player in this deadly game. The continued support for Israel, despite widespread condemnation and the clear humanitarian crisis, is a testament to the priorities that drive US foreign policy… This leads to the unsettling question: Cui bono? Who benefits from this ongoing tragedy? The answer is starkly clear – the arms manufacturers, the politicians who support them, and the war hawks who advocate for endless conflict. The cost of this benefit is the lives of tens of thousands of Palestinians, the destruction of their homes, and the obliteration of their future… The moral implications of this are profound. The US, a nation that frequently positions itself as a global leader in human rights and democracy, is deeply entrenched in a war racket that blatantly mocks these values. The contradiction between America’s professed ideals and its actions in Gaza starkly highlights an odious hypocrisy within its foreign policy. The US’s support for Israel in this current conflict is not just a political alliance; it is a moral failing, an endorsement of systematic atrocities against an oppressed population. Read MoreSHOP-POCALYPSE ‘You make customers feel like criminals’, shoppers fume as Morrisons unleashes ‘robocop’ cameras in supermarket aisles – by Andrew Robinson – https://www.the-sun.com/news/10049004/morrisons-unleashes-robocop-cameras-in-supermarket-aisles/ – “MORRISONS is using ‘robocop’ cameras in supermarket aisles to stop customers from stealing expensive booze. It installed branded Safer Pod S1s next to alcohol as a deterrent against the shoplifting epidemic plaguing Britain… The stationary four-legged safety devices are equipped with HD cameras and a state-of-the-art 120db siren system to alert against thieves… They are powered by a solar panel battery and can be moved around the store to problem areas while operated by a control room via an app… Morrisons is currently reviewing the results of their trial in “a handful” of stores over the Christmas period… One CCTV monitoring station was seen stationed next to premium whisky on Monday with the warning “we’re keeping an eye on things to keep your store safe”… It was spotted by customer Mark Powlett, of Redditch, Warwickshire, who compared the new security system to the cyborg law enforcer in 1987 film RoboCop… He wrote on X/Twitter: “Wow Morrisons how welcoming Robocop feels. I’m typing this as I wait for the one member of staff covering all the self service tills… “I’m also being filmed there because actually paying staff to work when you can just make customers feel like criminals is lovely isn’t it?” – But Paddy Lillis, general secretary of the Union of Shop, Distributive and Allied Workers (USDAW), said: “There is no doubt that cameras do have a deterrent effect and we are supportive of such measures aimed at reducing violence, threats and abuse at work… Note: A store in San Francisco just priced every item on the shelves at $951, to avoid the city’s policy that police won’t charge shoplifters for stealing anything under $950 total theft. They make coupons at market price available near the door.”Disease X Tabletop Exercises: WEF Prepares for Catastrophic Casualties – 20 Times Deadlier than Covid  – https://countylocalnews.com/article1/2024/01/11/disease-x-tabletop-exercises-wef-prepares-for-catastrophic-casualties-20-times-deadlier-than-covid/Note: One recorded video “Tabletop Exercise” for “Disease X” was already done several months ago. It was extremely similar in appearance and format to the “Event 201” exercise held in Sept. 2019 as a preparation for the “Covid 19” Pandemic… “BREAKING: WEF Holding Urgent ‘Disease X’ Tabletop Exercises: ’20 Times More Casualties Than Covid’ – In a shocking turn of events, Klaus Schwab and the World Economic Forum (WEF) have announced that they are holding urgent tabletop exercises this week to address the looming threat of “Disease X.” According to their claims, this mysterious disease could potentially result in twenty times more casualties than the ongoing Covid-19 pandemic… The Nature of Disease X – Disease X is a term used to describe a hypothetical pathogen that has the potential to cause a global pandemic. While it may seem like something out of a science fiction movie, the concept of Disease X is a sobering reminder of the ever-present risk posed by emerging infectious diseases… The exact nature of Disease X remains shrouded in mystery. However, the WEF is taking this threat seriously enough to organize tabletop exercises, where experts will simulate the response to an outbreak scenario caused by Disease X. This proactive approach aims to strengthen global preparedness and improve response strategies in the face of a potential health crisis… WEF’s Response to Disease X – As the world continues to grapple with the devastating impact of the Covid-19 pandemic, the WEF is determined to stay ahead of the curve when it comes to future health emergencies. The organization believes that Disease X has the potential to surpass the casualties caused by Covid-19, emphasizing the urgency of preparedness and coordination… By conducting tabletop exercises, the WEF aims to bring together experts from various fields, including healthcare, government, and academia, to simulate the response to a Disease X outbreak. This collaborative approach will enable participants to identify gaps in current strategies and develop innovative solutions to effectively mitigate the potential impact of this unknown pathogen… The Importance of Global Preparedness – The emergence of new infectious diseases is an ongoing threat that requires constant vigilance and preparedness. The Covid-19 pandemic has highlighted the devastating consequences of unpreparedness and the need for a coordinated global response… Disease X serves as a wake-up call for policymakers, healthcare professionals, and the general public to take proactive measures to enhance global health security. With the lessons learned from the current pandemic, it is crucial to invest in robust healthcare systems, research and development, and international collaboration to effectively respond to future outbreaks… Conclusion – The WEF’s decision to hold urgent tabletop exercises focusing on Disease X is a testament to their commitment to global health security. By anticipating and preparing for potential future pandemics, they aim to minimize the impact on human lives and the global economy… As the world watches with bated breath, it is hoped that the insights gained from these exercises will lead to improved strategies, better coordination, and ultimately, a safer future for all.”

Posted in Uncategorized | Leave a comment

Web Research Links for the Week of 1/1/24

Fair Use Notice: This site may contain some copyrighted material the use of which has not always been specifically authorized by the copyright owner. We are making such material available in our efforts to advance understanding of vital issues which already exist in the public domain. – Note: These links are posted at the top of the page as the week progresses. Links from previous weeks can be found under the “Current Quicklinx” button.Zionist Internet Propaganda War (Video 14 min) – from Dailymotion –

Israel puts much effort into controlling the narrative to further the Zionist agenda by engaging in what they refer to as ‘hasbara’. This includes a controlled effort of editing Wikipedia and influencing social media. – Article by Alison Weir, ‘How Israel and its partisans work to censor the Internet,’ published March 8, 2018: https://israelpalestinenews.org/israel-partisans-work-censor-internet/ – “Numerous well funded, organized projects by and for Israel work to flood social media with pro-Israel propaganda, while blocking facts Israel dislikes. The projects utilize Israeli soldiers, students, American teens and others, and range from infiltrating Wikipedia to influencing YouTube. Some operate out of Jewish Community Centers in the U.S… Recently, YouTube suddenly shut down the If Americans Knew YouTube channel. This contained 70 videos providing facts-based information about Israel-Palestine… People going to the channel saw a message telling them that the site had been terminated for “violating YouTube guidelines”—implying to the public that we were guilty of wrongdoing. And ensuring they didn’t learn about the information we were trying to disseminate… When we tried to access our channel, we found a message saying our account had been “permanently disabled.” We had received no warning and got no explanation… After five days, we received a generic message saying YouTube had reviewed our content and determined it didn’t violate any guidelines. Our channel became live once more… So why was it shut down in the first place? What happened and why?.. As it turns out, Israel and Israeli institutions employ armies of Internet warriors—from Israeli soldiers to students—to spread propaganda online and try to get content banned that Israel doesn’t want seen… Perhaps like our videos of Palestinians killed by Israeli forces… What happened – A few days before the termination of our channel, we received a form email from YouTube, telling us we had gotten “one strike” for a short video about a Palestinian man killed by Israeli soldiers. The video was part of our series of videos to make Palestinian victims, usually ignored by US media, visible to Americans… It takes three minutes to view the video and see that it contains nothing objectionable, unless revealing cruelty and oppression is objectionable: https://youtu.be/YLeft0e7ul8 – YouTube’s email claimed we had somehow violated their long list of guidelines but did not tell us which one, or how. It simply stated: ‘Your video ‘Ahmad Nasser Jarrar’ was flagged for review. Upon review, we’ve determined that it violates our guidelines. We’ve removed it from YouTube and assigned a Community Guidelines strike, or temporary penalty, to your account.’.. Such a penalty is not public and does not terminate the channel… Three days later, before we’d even had a chance to appeal this strike, YouTube suddenly took down our entire channel. This was done with no additional warnings or explanation… This violated YouTube’s published policies… YouTube policies say there is a “three-strike” system by which it warns people of alleged violations three times before terminating a channel. If a channel is eventually terminated, the policies state that YouTube will send an email “detailing the reason for the suspension.”.. None of this happened in our case… We submitted appeals on YouTube’s online form, but received no response. Attempts to find a phone number for YouTube and/or email addresses by which we could communicate with a human being were futile… YouTube’s power to shut down content without explanation whenever it chooses was acutely apparent. While there are other excellent video hosting sites, YouTube is the largest one, with nearly ten times more views than its closest competitors. It is therefore enormously powerful in shaping which information is available to the public–and which is not… We spent days working to upload our videos elsewhere, update links to the videos, etc. Finally, having received no response or even acknowledgment of our appeal from YouTube, we decided to write an article about the situation. We emailed YouTube’s press department a list of questions about its process. We have yet to receive any answers… Finally that evening we received an email with good news: “After a review of your account, we have confirmed that your YouTube account is not in violation of our Terms of Service. As such, we have unsuspended your account. This means your account is once again active and operational.”.. Our channel was visible once more. And YouTube had now officially confirmed that our content doesn’t violate its guidelines… Ultimately, the YouTube system seems to have worked, in our case. Inappropriate censorship was overruled, perhaps by saner or less biased heads. In fact, we felt that there might at least be one positive result of the situation—additional YouTube employees had viewed our videos and perhaps learned much about Israel-Palestine they had not previously known… But the whole experience was a wakeup call that YouTube can censor information critical of powerful parties at any time, with no explanation or accountability. Israeli soldiers paid to “Tweet, Share, Like and more”.. Israel and partisans of Israel have long had a significant presence on the Internet, working to promote the Israel narrative and block facts about Palestine, the Israel lobby, and other subject matter they wish covered up… Opinionated proponents of Israel post comments, flag content, accuse critics of “antisemitism,” and disseminate misinformation about Palestine and Palestine solidarity activists. Many of these actions are by individuals acting alone who work independently, voluntarily, and relentlessly… In addition to these, however, a number of orchestrated, often well-funded projects sponsored by the Israeli government and others have come to light. These projects work to place pro-Israel content throughout the Internet, and to remove information Israel doesn’t wish people to know… One such Israeli project targeting the Internet came to light when it was lauded in an article by Arutz Sheva, an Israeli news organization headquartered in an Israeli settlement in the West Bank… The report described a new project by Israel’s “New Media desk” that focused on YouTube and other social media sites. The article reported that Israeli soldiers were being employed to “Tweet, Share, Like and more.”.. The article noted, ‘It is well known nowadays that what happens on Facebook, Twitter and YouTube has great influence on events as they occur on the ground. The Internet, too, is a battleground.’ It was “comforting,” the article stated, to learn that the IDF was employing soldiers whose job was specifically to do battle on it.”1984/2024 – the Hidden Hope in Orwell’s Warning – by Paul Cudenec, January1, 2024 – https://truthcomestolight.com/1984-2024-the-hidden-hope-in-orwells-warning/

“Forty years have now passed since the year in which George Orwell situated his imaginary dystopian society… The novel Nineteen Eighty-Four was never meant to be a literal prophecy, of course, but, for the first three-and-a-half decades after its publication in 1949, it held a powerful hold on the public imagination, at least in Britain… When I was growing up in the 1970s, the four figures “1984” were a terrifying byword for the totalitarian future that we all somehow knew was just round the corner, if we didn’t remain vigilant… I think that Orwell’s book, along with Aldous Huxley’s 1931 novel Brave New World, helped stave off the advent of the kind of world they were both warning us against, by making it abundantly clear that nobody, regardless of political affiliation, welcomed such a future… The date lost much of its power, of course, when the year came and went. Suddenly 1984 was just part of everyday life – it was the year that your girlfriend left you, that you passed your driving test or that Everton beat Watford in the FA Cup Final… And although many of us still remained concerned about the prospect of a Big Brother state strengthening its grip, there was no longer the sense of counting grimly down to that fateful year – instead people started looking forward to the bright new future heralded by The Year Two Thousand… Now, however, the date 1984 has passed back into a semi-abstract condition, especially for all those born after that date, and the title of the book seems much less important than the content, which is all too relevant today… Some of the outer form of the story is admittedly now rather dated. Re-reading it for the purposes of this article, I was struck by the way in which Orwell is very much describing a bomb-damaged post-war London that had already disappeared by the time I was born and which he imagines being inhabited by a white working class (the “proles”) that has now been largely displaced… The idea that “one literally never saw” foreigners walking the streets of London [1] would already have sounded a little strange in real-life 1984, let alone today!… I also noticed a bit of a plausibility flaw in the plot, in that Winston Smith, having taken such painstaking care never to be seen talking to his lover Julia in public, merrily brings her with him to meet O’Brien, whom he merely hopes is on his side… He then blurts out, within seconds of arriving at the official’s home: “We are enemies of the Party”! [2] and goes on to agree to “corrupt the minds of children”, “disseminate venereal diseases” and “throw sulphuric acid in a child’s face” [3] if asked to do so by the underground resistance known as the Brotherhood. – Would anyone really do that? – But these are small quibbles in comparison with the uncanny way in which Orwell foresaw so much of the psychological control and manipulation we are enduring today… For instance, we can immediately recognise, in the pages of the novel, those who are currently imposing the Great Reset and its United Nations Sustainable Development Goals… “What kind of people would control this world had been equally obvious. The new aristocracy was made up for the most part of bureaucrats, scientists, technicians, trade-union organisers, publicity experts, sociologists, teachers, journalists, and professional politicians… “These people, whose origins lay in the salaried middle class and the upper grades of the working class, had been shaped and brought together by the barren world of monopoly industry and centralized government”. [4] – Likewise with the extent to which their control is exerted: “Even the Catholic Church of the Middle Ages was tolerant by modern standards. Part of the reason for this was that in the past no government had the power to keep its citizens under constant surveillance… “With the development of television, and the technological advance which made it possible to receive and transmit simultaneously on the same instrument, private life came to an end… “Every citizen, or at least every citizen important enough to be worth watching, could be kept for twenty-four hours a day under the eyes of the police and in the sound of official propaganda… “The possibility of enforcing not only complete obedience, but complete uniformity of opinion on all subjects, now existed for the first time”. [5] – The globalist agenda of the current criminocracy is also clearly depicted: “The two aims of the Party are to conquer the whole surface of the earth and to extinguish once and for all the possibility of independent thought”. [6] – The three warring zone of Orwell’s multipolar world have ideologies that are only superficially different: “In Oceania, the prevailing philosophy is called Ingsoc, in Eurasia it is called Neo-Bolshevism, and in Eastasia it is called by a Chinese name usually translated as Death-Worship… Actually the three philosophies are barely distinguishable, and the social systems which they support are not distinguishable at all”. [7] – Orwell’s fictional tyrants even indulge in the same long-term date-related planning for their ramping up of control, declaring that by 2050: “The whole climate of thought will be different. In fact there will be no thought, as we understand it now. Orthodoxy means not thinking – not needing to think. Orthodoxy is unconsciousness”. [8] – They are out to abolish natural human life – “all children were to be begotten by artificial insemination (artsem, it was called in Newspeak) and brought up in public institutions” [9] – and are proud of the success of their social distancing project – “we have cut the links between child and parent, and between man and man, and between man and woman”. [10] – Alongside this goes the mobilising of indoctrinated youth to impose the official dogma. “It was almost normal for people over thirty to be frightened of their own children. And with good reason, for hardly a week passed in which The Times did not carry a paragraph describing how some eavesdropping little sneak – ‘child hero’ was the phrase generally used – had overheard some compromising remark and denounced its parents to the Thought Police”. [11]

The myth of Progress plays an important part in maintaining social licence for this fictional totalitarian regime… “Day and night the telescreens bruised your ears with statistics proving that people to-day had more food, more clothes, better houses, better recreations – that they lived longer, worked shorter hours, were bigger, healthier, stronger, happier, more intelligent, better educated, than the people of fifty years ago. Not a word of it could ever be proved or disproved”. [12] – Central to Ingsoc’s psychological control over the population is the invention and development of Newspeak, a politically-correct jargon aimed at inserting the Party’s worldview into the very terms needed to think and communicate… To talk and write using words in their original sense was regarded as Oldspeak [13] and thus doubeplusungood [14] and might even lead to an extended stay in a joycamp. [15] – Newspeak serves an important role in the regime’s criminalisation of freedom… Orwell adds: “To do anything that suggested a taste for solitude, even to go for a walk by yourself, was always slightly dangerous. There was a word for it in Newspeak: ownlife, it was called, meaning individualism and eccentricity”. [17] – Alongside the mental techniques of doublethink and crimestop, which I described in a previous article, [18] we find blackwhite – “a loyal willingness to say that black is white when Party discipline demands this” and also “the ability to believe that black is white, and more, to know that black is white, and to forget that one has ever believed the contrary”. [19] – Vaccines are safe and effective. Women can have penises. Critical thinking is dangerous… Even when old words are not actually abolished, they are stripped of their essential meaning… Orwell explains: “The word free still existed in Newspeak, but it could only be used in such statements as ‘This dog is free from lice’ or ‘This field is free from weeds’. It could not be used in its old sense of ‘politically free’ or ‘intellectually free’, since political and intellectual freedom no longer existed even as concepts, and were therefore of necessity nameless”. [20] – This manipulation has a real impact in creating a safer and inclusive social space which is free of disinformation, hate speech or any kind of conspiracy theory or denialism: “In Newspeak the expression of unorthodox opinions, above a very low level, was well-nigh impossible”. [21] – One of the most memorable lines from the novel is the Party’s insistence that “who controls the past controls the future: who controls the present controls the past”. [22] – Any inappropriate content that has previously been published has to be sent into oblivion down the memory hole… “It is intolerable to us that an erroneous thought should exist anywhere in the world”, [23] stresses Inner Party man O’Brien and we learn that no item of news or any expression of opinion which conflicts with the needs of the moment is “ever allowed to remain on record”. [24] – The result is a totally disorientated population. “Everything faded into mist. The past was erased, the erasure was forgotten, the lie became truth”. [25] – “In the end the Party would announce that two and two made five, and you would have to believe it. It was inevitable that they should make that claim sooner or later: the logic of their position demanded it. Not merely the validity of experience, but the very existence of external reality, was tacitly denied by their philosophy. The heresy of heresies was common sense”. [26] – O’Brien’s words take on a certain postmodernist tinge when he insists: “We control matter because we control the mind. Reality is inside the skull… Nothing exists except through human consciousness”. [27] – Above all, the ruling mafia want to conceal the unpalatable reality of their control. “All the beliefs, habits, tastes, emotions, mental attitudes that characterize our time are really designed to sustain the mystique of the Party and prevent the true nature of present-day society from being perceived”. [28] – Fake opposition is another tool used by Ingsoc to trick and crush potential dissidents, in particular the cartoonish figure of arch-subversive Emmanuel Goldstein, author of a book called The Theory and Practice of Oligarchical Collectivism, [29] who has a definite whiff of Karl Marx about him… Rather than being denied the oxygen of publicity by the regime, as one might expect, his face and words are constantly served up on the telescreens as a hated binary opposite of Ingsoc figurehead Big Brother… “Goldstein was delivering his usual venomous attack upon the doctrines of the Party – an attack so exaggerated and perverse that a child should have been able to see through it, and yet just plausible enough to fill one with an alarmed feeling that other people, less level-headed than oneself, might be taken in by it”, [30] writes Orwell… Although Goldstein is “advocating freedom of speech, freedom of the Press, freedom of assembly, freedom of thought”, he does so in “rapid polysyllabic speech which was a sort of parody of the habitual style of the orators of the Party, and even contained Newspeak words: more Newspeak words, indeed, than any Party member would normally use in real life”. [31] – Deliberate and malignant inversion of meaning is as much a part of Orwell’s dystopia as it is of today’s world, most famously with the Party slogan “War is peace. Freedom is slavery. Ignorance is strength”. [32] – Ingsoc and the other similar global ideologies are said to have grown out of philosophies to which they still pay “lip-service”, while reversing their original ideals in “the conscious aim of perpetuating unfreedom and inequality”. [33] – “The Party rejects and vilifies every principle for which the Socialist movement originally stood, and it chooses to do this in the name of Socialism”. [34] – “Even the names of the four Ministries by which we are governed exhibit a sort of impudence in their deliberate reversal of the facts. The Ministry of Peace concerns itself with war, the Ministry of Truth with lies, the Ministry of Love with torture, and the Ministry of Plenty with starvation”. [35] – Combined with this demonic inversion of value comes a malevolent obsession with power, all too familiar to us today… O’Brien declares: “The Party seeks power entirely for its own sake. We are not interested in the good of others; we are interested solely in power… We know that no one ever seizes power with the intention of relinquishing it. Power is not a means it is an end. One does not establish a dictatorship in order to safeguard a revolution; one makes a revolution in order to establish the dictatorship. The object of persecution is persecution. The object of torture is torture. The object of power is power”. [36] – In another of the chilling phrases for which Nineteen Eighty-Four is so renowned, he adds: “If you want a picture of the future, imagine a boot stamping on a human face – for ever”. [37] – It is important to the regime that its control is so complete that it becomes impossible even to imagine that it could one day come to an end… O’Brien tells Winston: “If you have ever cherished any dreams of violent insurrection, you must abandon them. There is no way in which the Party can be overthrown. The rule of the Party is for ever. Make that the starting-point of your thoughts”. [38] – Alongside the well-known Ingsoc concept of thoughtcrime there is also facecrime – “to wear an improper expression on your face (to look incredulous when a victory was announced, for example)”. [16]

The sense of powerlessness imposed by the Party seems to work on Winston, at least with regard to the prospects of his personal micro-rebellion, and he considers it “a law of nature that the individual is always defeated”. [39] – The fact that he ends up betraying his principles under torture in Room 101, denouncing his Julia and conceding that he loves Big Brother, can leave the reader with a heavy and disempowering feeling of defeat and I have long considered this to be a flaw in the book… But a closer look reveals that there is something else going on there as well, a deep counter-current of hope flowing against the tide of totalitarian repression… Some of that hope is seen by Winston in the 85% of the population known as the “proles”, even though their gullibility and lack of imagination frustrate him: “They needed only to rise up and shake themselves like a horse shaking off flies. If they chose they could blow the Party to pieces to-morrow morning. Surely sooner or later it must occur to them to do it? And yet – -!” [40] – He also finds encouragement in the ability of someone such as Julia to see through the lies peddled by the regime, despite the towering wall of deceit it has constructed around its activities… She startles Winston “by saying casually that in her opinion the war was not happening. The rocket bombs which fell daily on London were probably fired by the Government of Oceania itself, ‘just to keep people frightened’.” [41] – The human capacity to see the truth and to remain faithful to it in the most difficult of situations is key to Orwell’s despite-it-all variety of hope… “Being in a minority, even a minority of one, did not make you mad. There was truth and there was untruth, and if you clung to the truth even against the whole world, you were not mad”. [42] – He also describes an innate feeling of right and wrong which enables us to sense that there is something deeply awry with the society in which we are living… Winston, reflecting on his own unease, muses: “Was it not a sign that this was not the natural order of things… Why should one feel it to be intolerable unless one had some kind of ancestral memory that things had once been different?” [43] – It is this source of hope beyond the fallible and mortal individual to which Smith tries to cling during his interrogation… He tells O’Brien: “Somehow you will fail. Something will defeat you. Life will defeat you… I know that you will fail. There is something in the universe – I don’t know, some spirit, some principle – that you will never overcome”. [44] – Orwell, his health fading as he wrote the novel, could project no prospect of immediate change on to his fictional society… However, he has Winston say to Julia: “I don’t imagine that we can alter anything in our lifetime. But one can imagine little knots of resistance springing up here and there – small groups of people banding themselves together, and gradually growing, and even leaving a few records behind, so that the next generation can carry on where we leave off”. [45] – These are not the words of a man who has surrendered to despair… But the most important element in this concealed counter-current of Orwellian optimism is something I only noticed in my most recent re-reading… The appendix, ‘The Principles of Newspeak’, looks back on the Ingsoc period in the past tense, from the vantage point of a more distant future in which the Big Brother nightmare has evidently come to an end and in which some kind of freedom and common sense have been restored… It remarks, for instance: “Only a person thoroughly grounded in Ingsoc could appreciate the full force of the word bellyfeel, which implied a blind, enthusiastic acceptance difficult to imagine to-day”. [46] – So over the horizon there is a “to-day” in which the “blind, enthusiastic acceptance” of totalitarianism is not only a thing of the past, but even “difficult to imagine”… Confirming the point, the unknown writer of this pseudo-historical account notes that “the final adoption of Newspeak had been fixed for so late a date as 2050”. [47] – These are the very last words on the last page of the book and Orwell is telling us here, right at the end of his account, that the Ingsoc regime fell before it was able to achieve its long-term agenda of completely erasing human freedom! – The Party could be overturned! The boot didn’t stamp on a human face for ever! – And how was this possible, in the face of the overwhelming full-spectrum control of people’s lives and minds that Orwell describes to such terrifying effect? – It can only have been by people refusing to let go of the truth and having faith in the spirit of the universe that will eventually prevent death from prevailing over life, slavery over freedom, or power over humanity… Orwell must have written Nineteen Eighty-Four out of desperate, inspired, need to play his part in the struggle against the forces of darkness which lay ahead… He did what he could and, as I said, for many years his warning helped hold back the advance of tyranny… Now it’s up to us to take the baton of deep defiance that he is holding out to us, across the decades… It’s up to us to draw inspiration from our ancestral memory of natural order, to see through the system’s lies, to band together in small groups and form knots of resistance that will keep the tattered flag of freedom flying proudly in the years to come… We have to do so without any hope that victory will necessarily be achieved in our lifetimes, but must simply aim to do all that is needed in order that, in Orwell’s words, “the next generation can carry on where we leave off”… On the other hand, who knows? – Maybe the fall of the system is coming sooner than we might think… Orwell has Winston remark that “the only victory lay in the far future”. [48] – But then he wrote that 75 years ago… Perhaps that far future is now!”How Israel’s Jewishness is overtaking its democracy – by Shibley Telhami – March 11, 2016 – https://www.brookings.edu/articles/how-israels-jewishness-is-overtaking-its-democracy/ – “Editors’ Note: According to a new Pew poll, half of Israeli Jews have come to seek not only a Jewish majority but even Jewish exclusivity in Israel. That doesn’t bode well for Arab-Jewish coexistence in Israel, writes Shibley Telhami—even aside from what happens in the West Bank and Gaza… When U.S. leaders and commentators warn that the absence of a two-state solution to the Israeli-Palestinian conflict will make it impossible for Israel to be both a Jewish and democratic state, they generally mean that a Jewish democracy requires a Jewish majority; if Israel encompasses the West Bank and Gaza, Arabs will become a majority. What they may not have realized is that, in the meantime, half of Israeli Jews have come to seek not only a Jewish majority but even Jewish exclusivity… That is one of the most troubling findings of a new Pew poll in Israel. And it doesn’t bode well for Arab-Jewish coexistence in Israel—even aside from what happens in the West Bank and Gaza… This major study was conducted from October 14, 2014, to May 21, 2015, among 5,601 Israeli adults ages 18 and older. (Disclosure: I served as an adviser to the project). It found that 48 percent of all Israeli Jews agree with the statement “Arabs should be expelled or transferred from Israel,” while 46 percent disagreed. Even more troubling, the majority of every non-secular Jewish group, including 71 percent of Datim (modern orthodox Jews) agreed with the statement.

arabs_expelled – While age is not much of a factor when it comes to attitudes toward expelling Arabs from Israel, younger Israelis are slightly more likely to agree with the statement that Arabs should be expelled than older Israelis.arabs_expelled_age arabs_expelled_age – These attitudes are anchored in a broader view of identity and of the nature of the Israeli state. Overall, only about a third of Israeli Jews say their Israeli identity takes precedence over their Jewish identity, with the overwhelming majority of every group, except for secular Jews, saying their Jewishness comes first.jewishness_first jewishness_first – This view has consequences for citizen rights. Not surprisingly, the overwhelming majority of all Jewish Israelis (98 percent) feel that Jews around the world have a birthright to make aliya (immigration to Israel with automatic Israeli citizenship). But what is striking is that 79 percent of all Jews, including 69 percent of Hilonim (secular Jews) say that Jews deserve “preferential treatment” in Israel—so much for the notion of democracy with full equal rights for all citizens.birthright_preferential_treatment

birthright_preferential_treatment – These attitudes spell trouble for Arab citizens of Israel who constitute 20 percent of Israel’s citizens. It’s true that attitudes are dynamic; they are partly a function of Jewish-Arab relations within Israel itself, but also outside, especially within the broader Palestinian-Israeli conflict. Like their Jewish counterparts, Arab citizens of Israel (mostly Muslim, but also including Christians and Druze), identify themselves with their ethnicity (Palestinian or Arab) or religion above their Israeli citizenship. And these ethnic/religious identities intensify when conflict between Israel and the Palestinians in the West Bank and Gaza intensifies. There is no way to fully divorce the broader Palestinian-Israeli conflict from Arab-Jewish relations within Israel… In recent years, this latter linkage has become central for two reasons: loss of hope for a two-state solution, and the rise of social media that has displayed extremist attitudes that used to be limited to private space. In the era of Facebook and Twitter, Arab and Jewish citizens post attitudes that deeply offend the other: An Arab expresses joy at the death of Israeli soldiers killed by Palestinians, while a Jew posts a sign reading “death to Arabs.” Hardly the stuff of co-existence. Leave it to opportunist politicians, extremists and incitement to do the rest… But there is also an American responsibility—not so much with regard to failure of diplomatic efforts, but with the very positing of the nature of the conflict itself, and the nature of the state of Israel. As President Obama considers steps he could undertake on the Israeli-Palestinian conflict before leaving office, he may contemplate addressing what has become a distorting and detrimental discourse that serves to give a pass to non-democratic attitudes, and diversion of attention from core problems… First, there is something wrong with positing the possibility of Arabs as constituting a demographic problem for Israel. It legitimizes the privileging of Jewishness over democracy. It also distorts the reason why Israel is obligated to end occupation of the West Bank and Gaza; it has nothing to do with the character of Israel as such, but with international law and United Nations resolutions… Second, while states can define themselves as they wish (and are accepted by the international community accordingly), the American embrace of the “Jewishness” of Israel, cannot be decoupled from the Palestinian-Israeli context, or from the overarching American demand that all states must be for all their citizens equally… In part, this is based on the notion that the UN General Assembly (Resolution 181) recommended in 1947 dividing mandatory Palestine into an “Arab” and a “Jewish” State. In part, it’s based on the notion that the Palestinian-Israeli conflict is a political conflict that can be resolved through two states, one manifesting the self-determination of Jews as a people, and one manifesting the right of self-determination of Palestinians as a people. The two were bound together. An embrace of a Jewish state that excludes a Palestinian state defeats the principle… If two states become impossible, America chooses democracy over Jewishness. In fact, this has been consistently reflected in American public attitudes across the political spectrum, most recently in this November 2015poll; in the absence of a two-state solution, 72 percent of Americans would want a democratic Israel, even if it meant that Israel ceases to be a Jewish state with a Jewish majority… More centrally, even with two states—one manifesting Jewish self determination and one Palestinian self-determination—an overarching, principled American position takes precedence: If Israel is a state of the Jewish people, it must also be above all a state of all its citizens equally; (and if Palestine is to be a state of the Palestinian people, it must also be a state of all its citizens equally). This democratic principle, highlighted front and center in a reformulated American position, can help avoid legitimizing undemocratic attitudes in the name of Jewish identity.”Iran says at least 103 killed in ‘terror’ blasts near grave of slain general Soleimani – At least 141 injured in explosions on 4th anniversary of killing of senior Revolutionary Guard terror chief; outlets say blasts caused by suicide bombers or remote detonation – from The Times of Israel – Note: this article is behind a paywall. To access it, click This Link, and put the URL below into the search bar. – Question: Who would want to attack civilians in Iran, who were celebrating the assassination of Soleimani? – https://www.timesofisrael.com/iran-says-at-least-103-killed-in-terror-blasts-near-grave-of-slain-general-soleimani/ – “At least 103 people were said to have been killed on Wednesday in two explosions near the grave of General Qassem Soleimani, the head of Iran’s elite Quds Force who was killed in a US drone strike in Iraq exactly four years ago, in what a local Iranian official claimed was a “terror attack.” – Babak Yektaparast, a spokesperson for Iran’s emergency services, was initially reported as saying 73 people had been killed and 170 injured. State television said later that at least 103 people had been killed and 141 injured. Iran’s state television announced that the government had declared a national day of mourning… Iran has multiple foes who could be behind the assault, including exile groups, armed organizations and state actors. While Israel has carried out attacks in Iran over its nuclear program, it has conducted targeted assassinations, not mass casualty bombings. Sunni extremist groups, including the Islamic State group, have conducted large-scale attacks in the past that killed civilians in Shiite-majority Iran, though not in relatively peaceful Kerman… Iran also has seen mass protests in recent years, including those over the death of 22-year-old Mahsa Amini in 2022. The country also has been targeted by exile groups in attacks dating back to the turmoil surrounding its 1979 Islamic Revolution… Iranian state television said the blasts occurred in the central city of Kerman during a ceremony to mark the fourth anniversary of the death of the Revolutionary Guard Corps’ terror chief Soleimani… The live broadcast had shown thousands of mourners participating in the commemoration… “The blasts were caused by terrorist attacks,” Rahman Jalali, the deputy governor of Kerman province where Soleimani is buried, told state television… The semi-official Nournews had said earlier that “several gas canisters exploded on the road leading to the cemetery.” – State TV showed Red Crescent rescuers attending to wounded people at the ceremony… “Our rapid response teams are evacuating the injured… But there are waves of crowds blocking roads,” Reza Fallah, head of the Kerman province Red Crescent told state TV… Sources on the ground told local media that the explosions came from suicide bombers in two separate locations, but that was not confirmed by an official statement… Other witnesses told the Tasnim news site that the explosions were caused by explosive-laden suitcases, detonated by remote control… Iranian media denied reports on social media that a senior IRGC commander was also killed in the explosions.

Soleimani was the architect of Iran’s regional terror activities and is hailed as a national icon among supporters of Iran’s theocracy.
Soleimani, who led the elite Quds Force of Iran’s Revolutionary Guard, was credited with helping arm, train and lead armed groups across the region, including the Shiite militias in Iraq, fighters in Syria and Yemen, the Lebanese Hezbollah terror group, and Palestinian terror groups in the West Bank and Gaza.
The US held him responsible for the deaths of many of its soldiers in Iraq.

southern Iranian city of Kerman on January 3, 2024. (MEHR NEWS / AFP)

At least 103 people were said to have been killed on Wednesday in two explosions near the grave of General Qassem Soleimani, the head of Iran’s elite Quds Force who was killed in a US drone strike in Iraq exactly four years ago, in what a local Iranian official claimed was a “terror attack.” – Babak Yektaparast, a spokesperson for Iran’s emergency services, was initially reported as saying 73 people had been killed and 170 injured. State television said later that at least 103 people had been killed and 141 injured. Iran’s state television announced that the government had declared a national day of mourning… Iran has multiple foes who could be behind the assault, including exile groups, armed organizations and state actors. While Israel has carried out attacks in Iran over its nuclear program, it has conducted targeted assassinations, not mass casualty bombings. Sunni extremist groups, including the Islamic State group, have conducted large-scale attacks in the past that killed civilians in Shiite-majority Iran, though not in relatively peaceful Kerman… Iran also has seen mass protests in recent years, including those over the death of 22-year-old Mahsa Amini in 2022. The country also has been targeted by exile groups in attacks dating back to the turmoil surrounding its 1979 Islamic Revolution… Iranian state television said the blasts occurred in the central city of Kerman during a ceremony to mark the fourth anniversary of the death of the Revolutionary Guard Corps’ terror chief Soleimani… By signing up, you agree to the terms – The live broadcast had shown thousands of mourners participating in the commemoration… “The blasts were caused by terrorist attacks,” Rahman Jalali, the deputy governor of Kerman province where Soleimani is buried, told state television… The semi-official Nournews had said earlier that “several gas canisters exploded on the road leading to the cemetery.” – Revolutionary Guard Gen. Qassem Soleimani, center, attends a meeting with Supreme Leader Ayatollah Ali Khamenei and Revolutionary Guard commanders in Tehran, Iran, September 18, 2016. (Office of the Iranian Supreme Leader via AP) – State TV showed Red Crescent rescuers attending to wounded people at the ceremony… “Our rapid response teams are evacuating the injured… But there are waves of crowds blocking roads,” Reza Fallah, head of the Kerman province Red Crescent told state TV… Sources on the ground told local media that the explosions came from suicide bombers in two separate locations, but that was not confirmed by an official statement… Other witnesses told the Tasnim news site that the explosions were caused by explosive-laden suitcases, detonated by remote control… Iranian media denied reports on social media that a senior IRGC commander was also killed in the explosions… Soleimani was the architect of Iran’s regional terror activities and is hailed as a national icon among supporters of Iran’s theocracy… Soleimani, who led the elite Quds Force of Iran’s Revolutionary Guard, was credited with helping arm, train and lead armed groups across the region, including the Shiite militias in Iraq, fighters in Syria and Yemen, the Lebanese Hezbollah terror group, and Palestinian terror groups in the West Bank and Gaza… The US held him responsible for the deaths of many of its soldiers in Iraq… Iranian President Ebrahim Raisi vowed to “definitely take revenge on those behind the terrorist attack in Kerman,” the Al Arabiya news outlet reported… sIran’s First Vice President Mohammad Mokhber accused Israel of having a hand in the attack, saying that “the representatives of the Zionist regime” had spilled blood with the blast, the BBC’s Persian-language website reported… Iranian Interior Minister Ahmad Vahidi also promised vengeance, declaring that “this terrorist act will be met with a powerful and crushing response from the security and military apparatuses in the shortest possible time,” according to the outlet. Al Jazeera cited Vahidi, who is also a commander in the IRGC, as saying “the enemy is launching psychological operations.” – He asked the Iranian public to not believe any speculation or rumors about the explosions. Speaking to state media, Vahidi said there was “important information” available about the blasts but that it would only be released later, after a proper review and when it is verified, according to the report… The head of Iran’s judiciary, Gholam-Hossein Mohseni-Eje’i, said that “the agents and perpetrators of this grievous crime will undoubtedly be punished,” Al Jazeera reported in an English translation of a statement he released. “Responsible intelligence, security and law enforcement agencies are obligated to promptly pursue all the evidence and perpetrators and hand them over to the Judiciary,” he said… Iran has in the past blamed Israel for attacks that were apparently carried out by domestic armed groups… “There is no way that Israel would have carried out an attack like this. The attacks [in Iran] that are always blamed on Israel [by the Iranians] are surgical actions in which citizens are not hurt,” Yaron Bloom, a former senior Shin Bet officer, said on Channel 12 news. “This is an attack characteristic of Islamic State.” – Iran’s intelligence ministry claimed in July that it had disbanded a major network allegedly sponsored by Israel’s Mossad spy agency, which it claimed was planning to blow up Soleimani’s tomb. Iran frequently claims to arrest, and execute, individuals it says — without evidence — are involved in Israeli plots… Iran’s Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps said last week that Hamas’s devastating October 7 attack on Israel was in revenge for the killing of Soleimani, a claim swiftly denied by the Gaza-based terror group… In remarks made by IRGC spokesman Ramazan Sharif about the killing of another top officer in an airstrike Iran has blamed on Israel — Brig. Gen. Razi Mousavi, who was close to Soleimani and was killed in a strike on his home in Damascus — he tied the October 7 massacres to Soleimani… Hamas confirmed that seven people in total were killed in the explosion — the others besides Arouri were identified as military commanders Samir Findi and Azzam Al-Aqraa, along with Hamas figures Mahmoud Shaheen, Muhammad Bashasha, Muhammad al-Rayes and Ahmed Hammoud… According to reports, Findi oversaw Hamas military activities in Lebanon — including the firing of rockets at Israel — and was considered the terror group’s point man with the Iran-backed Houthi rebels in Yemen. Al-Aqraa reportedly orchestrated terror activities in the West Bank from overseas.”Hamas deputy leader Saleh al-Arouri killed in alleged Israeli strike in Beirut – Israel mum on blast at Hamas office in Dahiyeh suburb said to kill 7 including terror chief; all eyes on Hezbollah, which said it would respond to any targeting of Hamas in Lebanon – Note: this article may behind a paywall. To access it, click This Link, and put the URL below into the search bar. – from The Times of Israel –https://www.timesofisrael.com/hamas-deputy-leader-saleh-al-arouri-killed-in-alleged-israeli-strike-in-beirut-suburb/ –

Hamas deputy chief Saleh al-Arouri. (Courtesy)“Hamas’s deputy leader abroad Saleh al-Arouri, wanted for years by Israel and seen as the group’s prime orchestrator of West Bank terrorism, was killed Tuesday evening in an Israeli strike in the Beirut suburb of Dahiyeh, officials with Hamas and the Lebanese terror group Hezbollah said.

Lebanon’s state-run National News Agency said the blast was carried out by an Israeli drone… Israeli officials declined to comment. Unnamed US officials told the New York Times and Washington Post that Israel was responsible… The explosion shook the Lebanese capital’s southern suburbs, which are a stronghold of Hezbollah, an ally of Hamas. The explosion caused a fire on Hadi Nasrallah Street, south of Beirut… Hamas confirmed that seven people in total were killed in the explosion, a precision strike on a third-floor apartment said to serve as an office for the terror group. The others besides Arouri were identified as military commanders Samir Findi and Azzam Al-Aqraa, along with Hamas figures Mahmoud Shaheen, Muhammad Bashasha, Muhammad al-Rayes and Ahmed Hammoud… According to reports, Findi oversaw Hamas military activities in Lebanon — including the firing of rockets at Israel — and was considered the terror group’s point man with the Iran-backed Houthi rebels in Yemen. Al-Aqraa reportedly orchestrated terror activities in the West Bank from overseas… Israel has vowed to target all leaders of Hamas after the terror group’s devastating October 7 attack on Israel that killed some 1,200 people, mostly civilians, and saw the abduction of over 240 others… If Israel is behind the attack it could mark an escalation in the regional conflict. Hezbollah has been carrying out attacks against Israel’s north since the war in Gaza began, citing support for Hamas, leading to limited but daily clashes along the border amid concerns of a larger war… Hezbollah leader Hassan Nasrallah has vowed to retaliate against any Israeli targeting of Palestinian officials in Lebanon. Arouri was regarded as close to Nasrallah, and was reportedly scheduled to meet with the Hezbollah leader on Wednesday… Based in Lebanon, Arouri, 57, was one of the founders of Hamas’s military wing, deputy head of the terror group’s political bureau and considered the de facto leader of Hamas’s military wing in the West Bank, though he has long resided elsewhere. He was regarded as the most notorious Hamas figure in orchestrating West Bank terrorism against Israel… “The cowardly assassinations carried out by the Zionist occupation against the leaders and symbols of our Palestinian people inside and outside Palestine will not succeed in breaking the will and steadfastness of our people or in undermining the continuation of their valiant resistance,” senior Hamas official Izzat al-Rishq said in a statement, claiming that the strike “proves once again the abject failure of the enemy to achieve any of its aggressive goals in the Gaza Strip.” – The Ramallah branch of Palestinian Authority President Mahmoud Abbas’s Fatah party announced a general strike for Wednesday in response to the deadly strike… MK Danny Danon (Likud) tweeted on X that he congratulated “the IDF, the Shin Bet, the Mossad and all security forces” for Arouri’s killing. Finance Minister Bezalel Smotrich also tweeted, though more ambivalently, quoting the Book of Judges: “So let all thine enemies perish.” – Channel 12 reported that cabinet secretary Yossi Fuchs sent a directive to ministers ordering them not to speak publicly about the alleged Israeli strike. Neither Danon nor Smotrich deleted their tweets, however… At a November 22 press conference in Tel Aviv held alongside members of the war cabinet, Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu said he had “already instructed” the country’s Mossad spy agency to target the heads of Hamas “wherever they are.” – At the same November press conference, Defense Minister Yoav Gallant weighed in to say all Hamas leaders were walking dead men. “They are living on borrowed time,” Gallant said of the terror chiefs. “The struggle is worldwide: From gunmen in the field to those who are enjoying luxury jets while their emissaries are acting against women and children — they are destined to die.” – A long history of terrorism – Israeli intelligence officials believe that among numerous other attacks, Arouri helped plan the June 2014 kidnapping and murder of three Israeli teens — Gil-ad Shaar, Eyal Yifrach and Naftali Fraenkel… He served several terms in Israeli jails, and was released in March 2010 as part of efforts to reach a larger prisoner swap for Gilad Shalit, an IDF corporal kidnapped by Hamas in 2006. Arouri went on to be involved in sewing up the deal that provided for the release of more than 1,000 Palestinian prisoners from Israeli jails in return for the freeing of Shalit in 2011… He relocated to Istanbul but was later forced to move when Israel briefly patched up ties with Turkey amid years of acrimony (ties have once again soured amid the latest war in Gaza)… After spending time in Syria, Arouri eventually moved to Beirut. From there he managed Hamas operations in the West Bank, pushing terror activities and arranging the transfer of funds to pay for attacks… He was also one of the Hamas officials most closely connected to Iran and the Hezbollah terror group in Lebanon. There, Arouri is believed to have established a local Hamas force from activists in Palestinian refugee camps in Lebanon… On October 7, while watching Hamas terrorists livestream their brutal attack on Israel, Arouri, along with the head of the Hamas political bureau Ismail Haniyeh, and other members of Hamas leadership was seen in a video “prostrating in gratitude,” apparently in Qatar.”200 Servicemembers Demand Military Leadership Be Court-Martialed for Forced “Experimentation” on Troops – At the same time, health insurers begin declining coverage for injuries caused by “declared and undeclared wars…” – by Sasha Latypova – https://sashalatypova.substack.com/p/200-servicemembers-demand-military – “This is a short post with a couple of related pieces of news here: First, information about the open letter by 200+ servicemembers was forwarded to me by one of the signatories, Ted Macie…- Over 200 service members demand Biden’s military leadership be court-martialed and FIRED for forced ‘experimentation’ on troops with COVID-19 vaccine mandate leaving ‘significant’ physical and mental scars: The mandate enacted in August 2021 led to the forced firing of over 8,000 service members who refused the shot on religious or medical grounds; The service members say their ‘suffering continues to be felt financially, emotionally, and physically’; Biden’s military leadership is accused of ‘continuing to ignore’ their pleas to correct the ‘injuries and laws that were broken’; They are threatening to bring Biden’s top leaders out of retirement so they can be court-martialed and held to account;… Full letter with signatures in the linked article by Daily Mail, UK... While implementing the COVID-19 vaccine mandate, military leaders broke the law, trampled constitutional rights, denied informed consent, permitted unwilling medical experimentation, and suppressed the free exercise of religion. Service members and families were significantly harmed by these actions. Their suffering continues to be felt financially, emotionally, and physically. Some service members became part of our ever-growing veteran homeless population, some developed debilitating vaccine injuries, and some even lost their lives. In an apparent attempt to avoid accountability, military leaders are continuing to ignore our communications regarding these injuries and the laws that were broken. For GEN Milley, ADM Grady, GEN McConville, ADM Gilday, ADM Lescher, Gen Brown, Gen Berger, Gen Smith, VADM Kilby, VADM Nowell, VADM Fuller, LTG Martin, Lt Gen Davis, MG Edmonson, GEN Williams, ADM Fagan, VADM Buck, Lt Gen Clark, MG Francis, LTG Dingle, Lt Gen Miller, RADM Gillingham, and numerous others; These individuals enabled lawlessness and the unwilling experimentation on service members. The moral and physical injuries they helped inflict are significant. They betrayed the trust of service members and the American people. Their actions caused irreparable harm to the Armed Forces and the institutions for which we have fought and bled. These leaders refused to resign or take any other action to hold themselves accountable, nor have they attempted to repair the harm their policies and actions have caused. Since there has yet to be any accountability, the undersigned give our word to do everything morally permissible and legally possible to hold our own leadership accountable. We intend to rebuild trust by demonstrating that leaders cannot cast aside constitutional rights or the law for political expediency… Second piece of news – I find this report interesting in this context. Large health insurer in CA – Cigna, is updating their 2024 coverage to disallow injuries from war (declared or undeclared, hm). Changes to health insurance coverage (check your own health plan and post in comments if you see similar language on it)… Link to video on Rumble”New election ordered by judge after voter fraud sways results – from The Horn News – https://thehornnews.com/new-election-ordered-by-federal-judge-after-voter-fraud-sways-results/ – “A judge voided the result of a Louisiana sheriff’s election that was decided by a single vote and ordered a new runoff be held, saying early last month that there is evidence that illegally cast ballots may have changed the results from the Republican candidate to the Democratic candidate… Just before Christmas, an appeals court upheld the order and ruled that evidence of voter fraud was “sufficient to make it legally impossible to determine the result of the election.” – Ruling in early December, specially appointed Judge E. Joseph Bleich ordered a new election for sheriff in Caddo Parish, one of Louisiana’s most populous parishes, in the northwest corner of the state… Democrat Henry Whitehorn had been declared the winner in November after topping Republican John Nickelson by the slimmest of margins, from more than 43,000 ballots cast. A recount produced the same result — a one-vote edge for Whitehorn… It also uncovered something troubling: illegal votes well within the margin to alter the results… Bleich said in his ruling that it was “proven beyond any doubt” that there were at least 11 “illegal votes cast”  and potentially even more — making it “legally impossible to know what the true vote should have been.” – Bleich said at least five absentee mail-in ballots were uncovered that were missing a required witness signature and should not have been counted… In addition, at least two people voted twice and four votes were cast by unqualified people, such as individuals incarcerated for a felony conviction, Mike Spence, the Caddo Parish clerk of court, confirmed to The Associated Press following the recount… In a 3-2 ruling, the Second Circuit Court of Appeal in Shreveport, Louisiana, upheld the order for a new election… The majority, additionally, found no error in the lower court judge’s determination that Nickelson could not have known about the problematic votes before election day… “Considering the one-vote margin between the candidates, the invalidation of these six votes is alone sufficient to make it legally impossible to determine the result of the election,” Judge Jeff Robinson wrote for the majority… It is the country’s second election this year in which a judge has voided the result, after a judge last month ordered a redo of a Democratic mayoral primary in Connecticut’s largest city due to video evidence of ballot stuffing, a case that fueled conspiracy theories pushed on social media… The topic of election integrity has also been at the forefront of national politics after former President Donald Trump’s controversial claims about the 2020 presidential election… The one-vote margin in the Caddo Parish sheriff’s race also put a spotlight on Louisiana’s recount process. It is the only state that continues to use paperless touchscreen voting machines, which do not produce an auditable paper trail that experts say is critical to ensure results are accurate… Louisiana’s mail-in absentee ballots currently constitute the state’s lone auditable paper trail that can be tallied again and checked for errors. Absentee ballots accounted for about 17% of the vote in the Caddo Parish race… Election officials including Louisiana Secretary of State Kyle Ardoin have reiterated that the state’s elections are secure and there are checks and balances to ensure voting integrity… The Horn editorial team and the Associated Press contributed to this article”World War 3 Spreads to Lebanon and Turkey: Hamas Leaders Killed in Beirut by IDF as Turkey Conducts Operations Against Mossad Spies and Aligns with Iran – by Brian Shilhavy, Editor, Health Impact News – https://healthimpactnews.com/2024/world-war-3-spreads-to-lebanon-and-turkey-hamas-leaders-killed-in-beirut-by-idf-as-turkey-conducts-operations-against-mossad-spies-and-aligns-with-iran/ – “World War 3 continued to escalate today, as Israeli forces bombed a Beirut suburb in Lebanon, killing two commanders of the Hamas Al-Qassam Brigades, as well as its deputy leader Saleh al-Arouri… Two Commanders of Hamas’ Military Wing Killed in Beirut Blast as Gaza Conflict Escalates – A suspected drone strike by Israel at the Hamas political office in Beirut killed two commanders of Al-Qassam Brigades, which is the Palestinian group’s military wing, state Lebanese media cited Hamas as saying Tuesday… Florida Congressman Mike Waltz, representing the Zionist Republicans, cheered the assassination: ‘If I were any Hamas leader right now, whether you’re in Turkey, Beirut or elsewhere, I would not sleep well at night,’ Waltz told Fox News. “The Israelis will hunt them down.”.. Apparently the Congressman from Florida is not too well informed on intelligence from Turkey as he clearly displayed his ignorance in this statement, because Turkey has made it very clear that they will NOT allow Israel to “hunt down” Palestinians inside Turkey… In fact, Turkish police and intelligence officers have just reportedly completed operations earlier today to round up dozens of spies working with Israel’s Mossad intelligence agency, to prevent such a thing from happening inside Turkey… 34 nabbed over Mossad’s abduction plot in Türkiye –The Chief Prosecutor’s Office in Istanbul issued arrest warrants for 46 suspects in an investigation into Israeli intelligence service Mossad’s alleged plot targeting foreigners in Türkiye… Thirty-four suspects were detained on Tuesday, authorities announced. Operations are underway to capture the other suspects. Authorities said operations were held in eight provinces against people suspected of involvement in espionage activities for Israel… The investigation found that Israeli intelligence was behind activities targeting foreigners residing in Türkiye, from reconnaissance to assaults and abduction attempts. No other details are available regarding the investigation, but Mossad was implicated in the past in investigations about attempts to kidnap Palestinians living in Türkiye… It was also reported today that Iranian President Ebrahim Raisi will visit Ankara this week to meet with President Recep Tayyip Erdoğan to discuss the war… Iran’s Raisi set to visit Türkiye amid Red Sea tensions – President Recep Tayyip Erdoğan is expected to meet visiting Iranian President Ebrahim Raisi on Thursday in the capital Ankara. The long-delayed visit makes Raisi Erdoğan’s first guest head of state this year. It comes at a time of tensions between the West and Iran over the latter’s stance on heating the Red Sea… Like its neighbor Türkiye, Iran is outspoken on the Palestine-Israel conflict and backs the Houthis of Yemen. It reportedly deployed a warship at the Red Sea, at a time of tensions on the key shipping route. The Houthis have been targeting vessels in the Red Sea, those delivering goods to Israel in particular, in response to Israeli aggression targeting Palestinian civilians in the Gaza Strip since October 2023… Media outlets reported that the agenda of the Erdoğan-Raisi meeting will be the humanitarian crisis unfolding in Gaza after Israel’s attacks and the delivery of aid to Gaza. Since October, Türkiye engaged in a diplomatic blitz to end the conflict, highlighting the need for a lasting solution favoring the rights of Palestinians. Ankara has proposed a guarantorship model to ensure a solution… So American politicians need to wake up and realize that Turkey is not their puppet, and will not hesitate to defy Western nations, even though they are part of NATO, as the British just learned today when Turkey refused to allow two British Navy minehunter ships to pass through to Ukraine… Türkiye to prevent minehunter ships donated by Britain to Ukraine – Türkiye will not let two minehunter ships donated by Britain to Ukraine to pass through its waters en route to the Black Sea in line with the Montreux Convention, a statement by the Presidential Communications Directorate said Tuesday… Britain said last month it would transfer two Royal Navy minehunter ships to the Ukrainian Navy to help strengthen Ukraine’s sea operations in its war with Russia… NATO member Türkiye informed allies that it would not allow the vessels to use its Bosporus and Dardanelles straits as long as the war in Ukraine continues, said the presidency’s communications directorate… ‘Our pertinent allies have been duly apprised that the mine-hunting ships donated to Ukraine by the United Kingdom will not be allowed to pass through the Turkish Straits to the Black Sea as long as the war continues,’ it said in a statement posted on social media platform X… When Russia launched its invasion of Ukraine in February 2022, Türkiye triggered the 1936 Montreux Convention, effectively blocking the passage of military ships of the warring parties… The pact exempts ships returning to home bases, but neither Russia nor Ukraine has expressed an intention to pass their warships through the Turkish straits to the Black Sea since the war started… Türkiye also warned non-Black Sea states at the time not to send warships through the straits… So things are progressing from bad to worse in these early stages of WW III, and as I wrote yesterday, I fear most Americans believe that this war will all stay “over there” as it did in Europe during WW II, falsely believing that this war could never come to the U.S. mainland.”

“We Are Going To See ‘Collisions’ All Over The Planet” – Pushback Against Tyranny & Control Will Accelerate In 2024 – from Greg Hunter’s USA Watchdog.com (w/Video interview of Catherine Austin Fitts – 1hr, link at bottom)https://www.zerohedge.com/geopolitical/we-are-going-see-collisions-all-over-planet-pushback-against-tyranny-control-will – “Just a few of the 2023 stories that documented this massive pushback, according to CAF, are: Stories on Constitutional protections, different litigations on the First Amendment and the Second Amendment, and we have one on information sovereignty and infrastructure. We have stories on all the pushback against the media, including litigation to hold people accountable and stopping emergency powers. We have culture wars about saying no to international organizations. Woke capital controls and ESG (Environmental, Social and Governance investing) is toast. The state AGs have gone after ESG and Larry Fink (BlackRock CEO), and he’s had to publicly backpedal.  They are steamrolling him. We had another story about taking it to the streets and have a whole section on ‘Pushback Heros.’ … In 2023, people started to realize that it is kill or be killed.  We have to push back because there is no going along with this. They are trying to kill us, number one.  Then they are trying to take all of our stuff, and we can’t let them… CAF also talks about what she calls “massive collateral fraud.”  CAF goes on to say, The collateral fraud is enormous, and we have talked about the money (trillions of dollars) that has gone ‘missing’ for years from the federal government… This is what’s been going on in the United States and around the world for years. You issue debt, you get a whole bunch of money, and then the money disappears… So, there is an extraordinarily fraudulent system going on around the debt markets… The reality is if you are going to run a bubble like that, you need very strict control of the collateral… This is what “The Great Taking” is all about… 2024 is the year the pushback can put us over the top.’.. CAF thinks gold is a “must have” investment for the coming years. The US dollar is being weakened, but it is still “dominant and dangerous.”.. In closing, CAF says: ‘I think we are going see collisions at a spiritual, legal, financial and physical level increasing all over the planet.  This is a real war, and we are in World War III now… The US is going to defend the dollar.’.. There is much more in the 1-hour and 2-minute in-depth interview… Join Greg Hunter of USAWatchdog.com as he goes One-on-One with the Publisher of The Solari Report, Catherine Austin Fitts for 12.30.23. – https://rumble.com/v443gri-pushback-to-tyranny-and-control-increases-in-2024-catherine-austin-fitts.htmlJanuary 3, 2024: Personal Message From Reiner Fuellmich – sourced from Reiner Fuellmich telegram channel –
https://truthcomestolight.com/january-3-2024-personal-message-from-reiner-fuellmich/ – “PERSONAL MESSAGE FROM REINER FUELLMICH AT THE BEGINNING OF THE YEAR – Rosdorf, 03.01.2024 – Dear friends, supporters and companions! ❤️ -I wish everyone a Happy New Year and assure everyone that I will continue. We will not let up with our educational work and the subsequent legal investigation into the plandemic… Of course it is very difficult for me to be away from my wife and my dogs and my family and friends. But it helps me a lot that I always receive new information through the many letters and postcards, as well as very personal messages and stories. All this helps me a lot. That’s why I can still say with full conviction and determination: Some crack under pressure, I don’t! – The international colleagues with my friend Dexter and all the others are also still ready to ensure justice for all. This time the broken system will not be able to stand in front of evil… In a somewhat longer communication in the next few days, I will be able to explain important details concerning both the case against me and our international legal work… There is no doubt that things are moving faster and faster in our direction. But there is also no doubt that the other side is fighting for its survival, i.e. remains highly dangerous. Do not be intimidated or even discouraged: We will expose everything that must come to light and we will ensure that the collapse of the system and the transition to a new human coexistence without corruption and without violence is made possible with the help of justice… ❤️ I thank you again for your support, and I thank our ICIC team for their work. ❤️ – I believe that the criminals who are trying to paralyze and financially bleed me and my wife, my family and my friends will not only fail, but each and every one of them will pay. We can be slowed down, but we cannot be stopped… Best regards, Reiner Fuellmich ✳✴✳✴✳✴✳✴ ICIC editor’s addition: Here are the details for 📬POST to Reiner. Please note the following information: 👉 It is NOT ALLOWED to ADD stamps or money to the post in Rosdorf Prison… 👉 The mail will be read and delivery may take two days to two weeks… The address is: JVA Rosdorf Dr. Reiner Fuellmich Am Großen Sieke 8 37124 Rosdorf Germany ✳✴✳✴✳✴✳✴ @icic_law_official  @icic_law_news @ReinerFuellmich @ReinerFuellmichEnglish @ICICommittee22 @ICICommittee”Important Breadcrumb – Pfizer Makes $43 Billion Bet That ‘Turbo Cancers’ Are Going To Explode Around The World – from thaimbc.com – Note: The article text below is protected on the website, and has been converted with OCR… https://www.thaimbc.com/2023/12/18/pfizer-makes-43-billion-bet-that-turbo-cancers-are-going-to-explode-around-the-world/Pfizer has stunned the medical world, completing the $43 billion acquisition of Seagen, a small drug company that treats turbo cancers and barely makes $2 billion per year… The acquisition means Pfizer becomes the largest oncology company in the world, capable of treating most turbo cancers caused by mRNA vaccines… However, the nature of the acquisition has left many people scratching their heads. Why would Pfizer, flush with the enormous profits it has reaped through its mRNA vaccine, overpay $43 billion for a small cancer drug company? – Pfizer does not need the cash. It will also issue $31 billion in debt just to purchase Seagen. Everyone is taking this at face value. But there is something very sinister lurking in the details of this deal… So what is happening here? – First, it must be acknowledged that Pfizer (and Moderna) COVID-19 mRNA vaccines are causing turbo cancers at rates previously unseen in the history of the world… Based on descriptions of turbo cancer cases in over 30 medical articles, here are the Top 5 turbo cancers we are seeing by numbers in those vaccinated with at least one mRNA shot: Lymphoma (various types) -Brain Cancers (mostly glioblastoma) – Breast Cancer (mostly triple negative, Stage 3/4) – Colon Cancer (Stage 4) – Lung Cancer (Stage 4) – Rounding out the Top 10 turbo cancers by the number of people affected (in no particular order): Leukemias (worst prognosis) – Melanomas (Stage 4) – Sarcomas (Stage 3,4) – Testicular/ovarian (rapid progression, Stage 1-4) – Kidney (RCC Stage 4) – Pfizer’s new acquisition takes them from being able to “treat” two of these turbo cancers, to being able to treat seven out of 10. Not bad for a company looking to corner the market in treating the same problems it is causing.
 33% of people WILL get turbo cancer in the future (of this he is certain)
● Entire families WILL be affected (again, he is certain)
 The new cancer treatments are like “missiles” that will target “most” turbo cancers
 Pfizer will produce them AT A SCALE THAT HAS NEVER BEEN SEEN BEFORE
 By 2025 Pfizer will “have a global network”
Will be produced “AT SCALE”, “just like mRNA”
Think about what Bourla is telegraphing with this information. Why would any company need to produce cancer treatments at a scale never before seen? Why would Pfizer, of all companies, be willing to bet tens of billions of dollars on turbo cancer continuing to explode at exponential rates around the world in coming years? – Seeking Alpha analysis theorizes it is going to take Pfizer at least a decade just to break even from this deal. Financially, this $43 billion acquisition makes no sense for Pfizer… Unless Bourla and his cronies know something about the future they are not telling us.”Megyn Kelly Says the World May Soon Hear “Directly” from Jeffrey Epstein (Video 15 seconds) – “We’re gonna hear a lot more about Jeffrey Epstein in the coming year… and you may even be hearing from him directly. More on that, as I’m allowed to tell it.” – https://vigilantnews.com/post/megyn-kelly-says-the-world-may-soon-hear-directly-from-jeffrey-epstein-video/This article originally appeared on The Gateway Pundit and was republished with permission… Guest post by Anthony Scott – Megyn Kelly, during the latest airing of the Megyn Kelly Show, hinted that the world will soon hear directly from Jeffrey Epstein… Kelly stated, “We’re not done with Jeffrey Epstein. I can tell you that for a fact. Can’t tell you how I know, but I can tell you for a fact.” – The former Fox News host continued, “We’re gonna hear a lot more about Jeffrey Epstein in the coming year… and you may even be hearing from him directly. More on that, as I’m allowed to tell it.” – The comments by Kelly automatically caused many users on X to think Epstein is still alive.”

Under the Radar: Major CIA Revelations Expose Secret Agreements and Boundaries in Ukraine – by Simplicius-The-Thinker – https://simplicius76.substack.com/p/under-the-radar-major-cia-revelations – “This past July, one of the most remarkable articles of the entire Ukrainian war flew under the radar. I’ve had it sitting on my tab for weeks now, but could never quite fit the information in. It is so eye-opening, and dispels so many narratives in the West, that I thought it deserving of its own writeup; particularly because it has flown so under the radar for whatever reason, causing most people to miss its many juicy revelations… The article is the following from Newsweek:

Its age does not detract from its significance as the information therein is more pertinent than ever—which is precisely why I chose to do an exposé on it now… The reason is, as the Ukrainian war presently enters a new watershed phase characterized by the slow-acceptance of Ukraine’s now de facto losing position, a proverbial windmill of narratives is churned out from the pro-UA side seeking to somehow reconcile the various cognitive dissonances created by their inability to understand how it is possible that the mighty NATO bloc could be losing to Russia…. This results in their proposing increasingly convoluted theories as to why the US may be “deliberately sabotaging” Ukraine’s otherwise guaranteed “victory”. For instance, a common coping narrative you might hear these days is that the US “fears” Ukraine winning a total and ‘decisive’ victory over Russia because this would cause Russia to “fracture” into many small feudal states, which could precipitate an existential crisis as the warlords of the new states would vie for the now unaccounted for nuclear weapons, etc. Though it is obviously preposterous, this is the type of narrative being floated on pro-UA thinkspaces to try and explain away the US’s perceived weakness and ‘cowardice’ in the face of Russia’s growing dominance… They simply cannot understand how it is possible that the US would not stand up to the putatively “weak” Russia. In their mind, addled by two years of propaganda characterizing Russia as a totally dysfunctional failed state with an unimaginably weak military, it’s simply impossible to reconcile these two quotients. So the only logical inference is that it is an intentional act by the US—the only remaining question being why the US would intentionally condition Ukraine’s loss… But the article dispels such fantasies and reveals some of the real reasons behind US’s seemingly perplexing posture… Firstly, the article revolves around—as per usual—the statements of an anonymous “senior intelligence official” from the Biden administration, who is “directly involved in Ukraine policy planning,” and notes that the topics discussed therein are ‘highly classified matters’… The first significant offering is the following:

That the Ukraine war is a clandestine war, with its own set of clandestine rules, and that one of the CIA’s chief roles is to prevent the war from spiraling too much out of control. This will come into heavier play later… The senior official goes on to clarify the latter position: “Don’t underestimate the Biden administration’s priority to keep Americans out of harm’s way and reassure Russia that it doesn’t need to escalate,” the senior intelligence officer says. “Is the CIA on the ground inside Ukraine?” he asks rhetorically. “Yes, but it’s also not nefarious.” – What he reveals there is likewise significant: the Biden administration has an absolute priority in reassuring Russia to keep Russia from escalating too much. Why would that be? The answer is the broader theme of my entire article… In fact, Newsweek states that the article is the culmination of three long months of intense trail-following and digging into the CIA’s covert operations in Ukraine… Again, they highlight the chief operative pillars: The second official says that while some in the Agency want to speak more openly about its renewed significance, that is not likely to happen. “The corporate CIA worries that too much bravado about its role could provoke Putin,” the intelligence official says… You can see the common theme of the constant prudential tip-toeing around Russia’s redlines so as not to excessively provoke Putin… They go on to express that the CIA is keen to distance itself from any of Ukraine’s more provocative actions, like the Nordstream attack, or strikes on Russian territory… But the key portion of the article, which comes next, is the admission that Biden dispatched CIA director Burns to Russia on the eve of the invasion in late 2021. They had been watching Russia’s troop buildups, and in essence sent Burns to deliver a final warning of consequences should Russia proceed with an invasion. Though Putin ended up “snubbing” the CIA head by staying in a Sochi resort and refusing to meet him in person, he did take his secure phone call from Sochi… What comes next is the heart of the entire article and is one of the most significant and remarkable admissions of the entire war. It is a must read: Read that several times to comprehend the gravity of it, as this one statement alone single handedly explains and encapsulates the entire dynamic of the war… Once again I’m forced to be the bearer of the news that not all is as it seems on the surface. Russia isn’t the 10 foot giant some have built it up to be, nor is it a dwarf. Likewise, the US isn’t some uncompromisingly all-powerful entity that does what it wants at all times with zero qualms or concern for repercussions… This may be a difficult point for some to swallow; after all, how is it possible in actual practice that the US could be fearful of Russia’s reprisal? After all, the US has its vaunted fleets that sail unchallenged through every sea; just the US’s naval air wing alone, believe it or not, makes up the second largest airforce in the entire world. That’s right, just the Navy, which itself pales in comparison to the Airforce, has more planes than the entire Russian airforce. What could such an imposing powerhouse possibly fear from little ol’ Russia? – It stems from the misunderstanding of the actual logistical nuances of the US’s force projection capabilities in the European theater. The people confused by these revelations are those who easily fell prey to a very generalized and caricaturized image of the US military’s operations therein. They’ve developed a blanket image of US forces being able to operate all over Europe, instantly bringing to bear endless stealth craft, unlimited unstoppable missiles, hundreds of thousands of troops, etc… But that’s far from reality. The US is direly overstretched; its most critical bases in Europe—the ones actually capable of fielding the types of platforms that could actually do anything against Russia, are highly vulnerable. The US has further learned from the Ukrainian conflict that its most advanced air defense is virtually helpless against Russia’s top missiles. Reuters recently told us that Ukraine alone has 1/3 of all the air defense of the entire European continent, and yet Russia has no trouble penetrating it… This is not to swing the pendulum too far to the other side and lay unrealistic claim to Russia being able to easily and instantly wipe out all of NATO—no, it’s simply to temper ideas about what US and NATO could realistically do to Russia. At the end of the day, a war between the two could very well be a stalemate but it would come at massive costs to the US/NATO, which is precisely the point that pro-UA supporters have made themselves blind to… But the internal players—the CIA and policy makers—certainly understand this. Which is why they have openly made clear in the above article that a stringent set of ‘rules of the game’ have been laid out between the counterparties. Russia has obviously made it clear that it is willing to strike NATO assets that are assisting Ukraine if things are pushed too far. The US likewise now understands that Russia indisputably has the capability to do so. Thus they have shaken hands and agreed to limit the trampling of each other’s red lines. Russia will allow the US certain clandestine operations within the purview of the gentleman’s agreement, and the US in turn will venture to keep its rabid dog on a short leash and within the narrow bounds of the playpen… We’ve long known and suspected that such rules extend beyond just this locus, and could explain why, for instance, Russia has limited its strikes on Ukrainian rail infrastructure, bridges, etc. We’ve long known the West still receives critical supply deliveries from both Russia and China—particularly of precious metals, rare earths, etc.—by rail through Ukraine. This is simply realpolitik at work, and all wars in history have operated under more or less similar conventions… Just as a final thought experiment to drive the point home for those who remain skeptical or unconvinced. It’s not so much that NATO—in its most “ideal” and purest sense can’t defeat Russia. If we were absolutely certain that NATO could operate under the most ideal circumstances, with full solidarity and a united front, then sure. But the problem is, the real world simply doesn’t operate in “ideals” all the time, or even most of the time. NATO suffers from large internal disputes and friction on critical points… The fear is the following: if Russia were to actually strike NATO territory, what would happen if unity fails, and some members refuse to risk the total annihilation of their state and citizens’ lives to protect another member merely for the sake of something they rationally know was that members’ fault? For instance, if Rzeszow, Poland was struck—why would Hungary and several other states risk being annihilated when they know full well that Poland is acting as a central hub of aggression against Russia, and that Russia could clearly be argued to be justified in protecting itself? – Do the pro-UA people understand what the consequences of a smaller NATO state’s involvement are? It could mean the literal nuclear annihilation of that state if they were to escalate Article 5 and bring NATO vs. Russia to the brink. Why would many of these smaller states want to risk their total erasure from existence for the sake of the scenario above? A single state or two cowing could create a cascade which ripples through the entire alliance. And guess what the implication of that would be? – It could be the total dissolution of NATO as an alliance… Because once the point is reached where Article 5 has been exposed as an irrelevant non-starter, then NATO itself ceases to be—given that the article serves as NATO’s primary existential heart and soul… Arestovich broached this very topic earlier today: So, getting back: knowing the above, why would the US risk such a confrontation that could potentially collapse all of NATO and undo decades of US hegemony over all of Europe? Such a disaster would lead to the US’s entire downfall—the loss of all influence and global power. Is that much of a risk worth it to play brinkmanship games against Russia for mere bragging rights and geopolitical ego? – No, of course not. US elites are smarter than that. Calculated risk is certainly operable in many circumstances, but when the stakes are that high, US planners know when to hedge and when to fold. The loss of Ukraine is not worth risking the loss of their entire global hegemonic order—it’s simply far too much Empire to lose… That means the US is forced to play within the bounds of certain rules set by Russia. The article goes on to emphasize this: “Zelensky has certainly outdone everyone else in getting what he wants, but Kyiv has had to agree to obey certain invisible lines as well,” says the senior defense intelligence official. In secret diplomacy largely led by the CIA, Kyiv pledged not to use the weapons to attack Russia itself. Zelensky has said openly that Ukraine will not attack Russia… Interestingly, we learn not everyone was on board: Behind the scenes, dozens of countries also had to be persuaded to accept the Biden administration’s limits. Some of these countries, including Britain and Poland, are willing to take more risk than the White House is comfortable with. Others—including some of Ukraine’s neighbors—do not entirely share American and Ukrainian zeal for the conflict, do not enjoy unanimous public support in their anti-Russian efforts and do not want to antagonize Putin… Two important points from the above. Firstly, it’s no surprise the UK and Poland are open to “taking more risk” than the US itself. At first glance this appears to imply the US to be the most skittish. But I’ve covered this angle before: the fact remains that the US has the most to lose. Of course the weak Poles would be full of bravado—they know if crap hits the fan, they can run to hide behind the US’s skirts… The UK likewise hasn’t too much to fear from Russia owing to the fact that it doesn’t have much assets in Europe—at least compared to the US. And it’s situated far enough that, unlike even Poland, it needn’t fear much from medium range ballistic missile retaliation. It’s difficult to strike Britain—and therefore harm it in any way—without escalating to a far larger scale of conflict in general. Poland on the other hand can be struck at whim without even changing the tempo of the current war… So the fact remains: such countries are full of bravado precisely because they have “daddy” to hide behind, and neither has as much to lose as the US. But since “the buck stops” with the US, the de facto NATO head doesn’t have the luxury to be so gung ho because it would be the US taking the brunt of Russia’s reprisal if things drastically turned left… The second point confirms what I said earlier about NATO’s hidden internal disunity. They state openly that some of Ukraine’s “neighbors”—which can only refer to countries like Romania, Hungary, Slovakia, etc.—which are all NATO—do not share the same ‘zeal’ for the conflict and do not have public support for it. This means if a scenario developed as I described earlier, it would end precisely as I outlined: NATO disunity on Article 5 would risk tearing the entire alliance apart, and “exposing” its central and founding pillar as fraudulent and ineffective in practice. It’s too grave a risk for US to haphazardly take on… The article adds more details: “The CIA has been operating inside Ukraine, under strict rules, and with a cap on how many personnel can be in country at any one time,” says another senior military intelligence official. “Black special operators are restricted from conducting clandestine missions, and when they do, it is within a very narrow scope.” (Black special operations refers to those that are conducted clandestinely.) – Simply, CIA personnel can routinely go—and can do—what U.S. military personnel can’t. That includes inside Ukraine. The military, on the other hand, is restricted from entering Ukraine, except under strict guidelines that have to be approved by the White House. This limits the Pentagon to a small number of Embassy personnel in Kyiv. Newsweek was unable to establish the exact number of CIA personnel in Ukraine, but sources suggest it is less than 100 at any one time… This is an interesting set of admissions because it asserts that the CIA is operating in Ukraine because nominal US military forces being there would constitute “boots on the ground”—a far stickier situation. However, the real angle to this is that allowing CIA to operate gives the US a sort of plausible deniability to characterize the operations with an image of corporate looking guys in suit-and-ties, black sunglasses, briefcases, merely gathering intel—innocuous by comparison to full-fledged military commandos armed to the teeth… However, in reality we know the CIA has its own clandestine combat forces. Things like the Special Activities Center (SAC), within which lies Special Operations Group (SOG)—considered to be the most secretive unit in the entire US governmental structure. SOG has its own direct combat units, from wiki: As the action arm of the CIA’s Directorate of Operations, SAC/SOG conducts direct action missions such as raids, ambushes, sabotage, targeted killings and unconventional warfare (e.g., training and leading guerrilla and military units of other countries in combat) as an irregular military force. SAC/SOG also conducts special reconnaissance that can be either military or intelligence driven and is carried out by Paramilitary Officers (also called Paramilitary Operatives or Paramilitary Operations Officers) when in “non-permissive environments”. Paramilitary Operations Officers are also fully trained case officers (i.e., “spy handlers”) and as such conduct clandestine human intelligence (HUMINT) operations throughout the world… That’s all to say that bureaucratically limiting “personnel on the ground” to just “CIA” and not “boots on the ground” doesn’t mean a thing: the CIA has its own “boots” and is most certainly using them. It’s just administrative semantics… The article goes on to describe the off-radar logistics operation which clandestinely supplies Ukraine: Now, more than a year after the invasion, the United States sustains two massive networks, one public and the other clandestine. Ships deliver goods to ports in Belgium, the Netherlands, Germany and Poland, and those supplies are moved by truck, train and air to Ukraine. Clandestinely though, a fleet of commercial aircraft (the “grey fleet”) crisscrosses Central and Eastern Europe, moving arms and supporting CIA operations. The CIA asked Newsweek not to identify specific bases where this network is operating, nor to name the contractor operating the planes. The senior administration official said much of the network had been successfully kept under wraps, and that it was wrong to assume that Russian intelligence knows the details of the CIA’s efforts. Washington believes that If the supply route were known, Russia would attack the hubs and routes, the official said… Another small admission at the end. Pro-UA armchair warriors on Twitter believe US is incapable of being challenged and that Russia is weak; in the meantime, the actual CIA people who work the conflict understand the realities quite differently… Then comes another reveal of Russia’s own clandestine capabilities: It then outlines the key role Poland has taken, which obviously goes toward reinforcing the idea that Poland will be made into the “new Ukraine” in the future, after the current one is used up and discarded: Since the end of the Cold War, Poland and the United States, through the CIA, have established particularly warm relations. Poland hosted a CIA torture “black site” in the village of Stare Kiejkuty during 2002-2003. And after the initial Russian invasion of Donbas and Crimea in 2014, CIA activity expanded to make Poland its third-largest station in Europe… In fact, I’m fairly well taken aback that they’re even so openly making such large admissions. The CIA usually doesn’t talk about the CIA unless there’s an advantageous angle to it… And that angle could very well be their attempt to distance themselves from an increasingly erratic and unpredictable Ukrainian ‘mad dog’, which has increasingly gone ‘off the leash’, refusing to play by those previously established rules. The article goes on to highlight this next: One crisis was averted. But a new one was brewing. Strikes inside Russia were continuing and even increasing, contrary to the fundamental U.S. condition for supporting Ukraine. There was a mysterious spate of assassinations and acts of sabotage inside Russia, some occurring in and around Moscow. Some of the attacks, the CIA concluded, were domestic in origin, undertaken by a nascent Russian opposition. But others were the work of Ukraine—even if analysts were unsure of the extent of Zelensky’s direction or involvement… Given the above, could the CIA have been using such publications to absolve itself? This would further play into the chief theme that the CIA is very diligently trying to signal its ‘gentlemanly’ intentions to Russia so that no misunderstandings or un-planned escalations can occur… The article segues this into the Nordstream attacks in such a way as to almost suggest the entire thing was written merely to absolve the CIA of those attacks, and pin the blame entirely on Ukraine… In a clear sign that the CIA feared Russian reprisals, they reportedly “scrambled” to discover the origins of the Kerch and other attacks after a Russian security council began to change its tone in those attacks’ aftermath: Meeting with his Security Council, Putin said, “If attempts continue to carry out terrorist acts on our territory, Russia’s responses will be harsh and in their scale will correspond to the level of threats created for the Russian Federation.” And indeed Russia did respond with multiple attacks on targets in Ukrainian cities… “These attacks only further reinforce our commitment to stand with the people of Ukraine for as long as it takes,” the White House said of the Russian retaliatory strike. Behind the scenes, though, the CIA was scrambling to determine the origins… Once again we see the common thread: contrary to BroSints’ performative gung ho chauvinism, the real movers and shakers are scrupulous and smart enough to fear Russia’s wrath… Though it’s besides the central point, this was an eye-opening revelation indeed: “The CIA learned with the attack on the Crimea bridge that Zelensky either didn’t have complete control over his own military or didn’t want to know of certain actions,” says the military intelligence official… After the foolhardy drone attack on the Kremlin in the center of Moscow, the article notes that even Poland had begun warning the CIA that Ukraine was, in essence, a refractory mad dog: A senior Polish government official told Newsweek that it might be impossible to convince Kyiv to abide by the non-agreement it made to keep the war limited. “In my humble opinion, the CIA fails to understand the nature of the Ukrainian state and the reckless factions that exist there,” says the Polish official, who requested anonymity in order to speak candidly… This is quite interesting for the following reason. Firstly it could explain Poland’s own later distancing from Kiev, the fruits of which we’re seeing now. Even brazen Poland may have started getting cold feet after they realized that Ukraine’s entire MO would likely revolve around trying to rope Poland into WW3. Not only were there several missile attacks on Polish territory for which Ukraine tried to frame Russia, but there were increasing reports in recent weeks from Russian intel sources that Ukraine intended to escalate this plan in the near future… It’s clear that Poland has recently seemed to have a big shift vis a vis Ukraine—the turning point was several months back after the failed NATO summit and Zelensky’s subsequent disrespectful rhetoric. That is when Duda openly called Ukraine a “drowning man that would pull everyone down with him.” It all went down hill from there… But it could also explain the US’s new cold posture and seeming snub of Ukraine. For instance, many are currently complaining that the US has $4B drawdown authority funds remaining yet they’ve announced no further funding will be allotted. This mysteriously comes on the heels of repeated Ukrainian strikes to sensitive targets in Crimea, as well as senseless attacks on Belgorod. Could the CIA have finally seen the light, preached earlier by Poland, and perhaps convinced the Biden administration that this mad dog is getting too unhinged to continue safely supporting? It could at least have something to do with it, if not be entirely responsible for the cold stance switch… In fact, this is suggested by the very next paragraph in the article: In response, the senior U.S. defense intelligence official stressed the delicate balance the Agency must maintain in its many roles, saying: “I hesitate to say that the CIA has failed.” But the official said sabotage attacks and cross border fighting created a whole new complication and continuing Ukrainian sabotage “could have disastrous consequences.” – As one can see, Ukraine’s recalcitrant flaunting of the ‘unspoken rules’ could have finally contributed to making the US realize that it was suicidal to continue supporting such a brazenly fractious mad dog whose sole intention has clearly become to embroil the world in WW3 as a last ditch escape from its own self-sealed fate… In an absolutely demonstrative twist of irony, the comments section under the Newsweek article is filled with the very types of shallow-brained people who inspired my own writeup to begin with. Despite reading the exact pinpoint refutation of their own delusions, they still found the gall to comment things like: “And what would Putin do if US violated his “red lines”?”—implying again that Russia is somehow weak, and the US is this caricaturized unstoppable superpower which owes no compromise or concession to anyone. To such people with utterly shallow and hare-brained understandings of international relations and geopolitics: I beg you, leave your basements, go read a book sometime. Learn how the real world functions. It’s not a one dimensional comic book as you imagine. Believe me, no one in the entire world who actually operates within the halls of power of any major country believes that Russia is some sort of limp pushover to be laughed at and whose red lines are to be ignored. This sort of characterization only exists in the 12 year old minds of videogame addicts who moonlight as military analysts on Twitter. It’s also sometimes done as mere bravado, or a show of grandstanding by two-bit punks like Lindsey Graham on TV—but the tone “behind the scenes” remains in stark contrast to the “character” they portray in their laughable put-ons for the CNN peanut gallery… Ultimately though, this Newsweek article should serve as further proof to brainwashed pro-UA supporters that this really is a proxy war between two giants, with Ukraine merely being a pawn stuck in the middle, whose own infant squalls are ignored in favor of Russia’s far weightier demarches. That should serve as a wake up call for Ukrainians: you are merely being used as disposable puppets in a geopolitical Great Game. And when that game is done, the actual players will shake hands and move on to the next contest while you will be left as the detritus to be ‘swept up’, like the trash and fast-food wrappers strewing the stadium grounds after a big match… No matter how hard you try, no matter how many hundreds of thousands of lives of your own people you throw away, you will never become that Big Player on the stage that you were induced and gaslighted into thinking you could become. The only chance at survival you stand is to join the only one of the two Big Players which actually cares for you and views you as a close blood relative, rather than as a soggy rag to blow snot into then discard… As a last point. I actually predicted much of this long ago, at the start of this year. In one of my earliest reports I wrote how when things would begin to really go down hill for Ukraine, Zelensky would opt for increasingly dramatic actions that would be more threats to his own handlers and sponsors, rather than to Russia. That’s because he knows Ukraine balances on a fulcrum and has the power to cause a wider global war between the two blocs to erupt. So I had proposed that when his back would be against the wall, Zelensky would escalate in such a way as to increasingly bring a wider war closer as a threat: “If you don’t give me what I need—arms and money—I will pull you into the war with me.” – This could very well be one of the reasons the US has decided to pull the plug on Ukraine now. Seeing no other options remaining, they may have been bothered by some of the recent rhetoric, knowing where such unchecked recklessness could lead. For instance, weeks ago after killing Ilya Kiva near Moscow, the Ukrainian SBU head promised big “surprises” for 2024, with the crowning achievement to be some kind of strike that he said would be a “needle to the heart” of Russia: This could very well be a threat of some major assassination as a final logical escalatory precipice, whether of Putin or some other leading figure in Russia. The CIA may have read the internal signals in this direction and decided that the point of no return had finally come in supporting this ‘mad dog’, and if the US doesn’t put the brakes on now, it would be dragged into Zelensky’s existential trap… The other elephant in the room is that such findings as those in this article naturally lead to people wondering whether the entire conflict is just one orchestrated and well-choreographed dance between “two sides of the same coin”. This cleaves to the age old conspiracy theories about Russia and the US both being under some manner of ‘globalist control’, and merely being played off each other as pawns to fool us into some grand theatrical spectacle… This would once more be a fairly uninformed reading of the situation. Typically, such views sprout from people who are only capable of skimming the surface, judging conflicts and developments through very simplistic ‘broad stroke’ lenses. These are the people that subsist on “either/or” and other binary style reductions of everything. Their minds are usually not capable of grasping nuance, or sometimes they’re simply surface-scraping because their lives are too busy to really dig into highly complex situations to truly understand them… In this case, Russia and the US’s informal ‘secret handshakes’ certainly does not equate to their being part of some grand charade to defraud the world together, or that Putin is a secret mole for [insert globalist clan here]. To come to that conclusion is to admit one’s ignorance of history, and how these things really work. This is standard operating procedure for any sort of sensitive geopolitical entanglement and is merely characteristic of the true behind-the-scenes statecraft that underlies the surface level gloss the majority of people ingest via CNN and such outlets. Such ‘handshakes’ represent simple basic diplomatic statecraft, courtesy, and precaution in the form of scrupulous risk-hedging and due diligence, nothing more than that… With that said, this alone doesn’t preclude larger conspiracies of secret collusion between large, ostensibly adversarial nations—I’m simply stating that this specific instance would not qualify as exemplary of that. There are many other actual examples, but that’s beyond the scope of this article… But as always, one must also remember that there are corridors within corridors in each organization, and there are groups within the CIA operating independently—and even antithetically—to the parent organization just as the CIA may itself be operating against the wider interests of the US itself. So ultimately, we’re still only hearing one side of the story, which happens to be the side they want us to hear.”

Posted in Uncategorized | Leave a comment

Web Research Links for the Week of 12/25/23

Fair Use Notice: This site may contain some copyrighted material the use of which has not always been specifically authorized by the copyright owner. We are making such material available in our efforts to advance understanding of vital issues which already exist in the public domain. – Note: These links are posted at the top of the page as the week progresses. Links from previous weeks can be found under the “Current Quicklinx” button.BREAKING: UN Security Council Passes Watered Down Resolution for Palestinian Genocide – WITH BONUS BEAUTIFUL 7 MINUTE CHORAL RENDITION OF “THE 12 DAYS OF CHRISTMAS” (Gaza Style) – by Reinette Senum – https://reinettesenumsfoghornexpress.substack.com/p/breaking-un-security-council-passes – “While we embark on the celebration of Christmas around the world, I have been personally grappling with the prognosis of the state of Israel and the ongoing genocide of Palestinians… For a couple of good weeks, I have been collecting video footage and articles relating to the most unprecedented and genocidal war of all time for my Substack… Because of this, I have been shedding a lot of tears, particularly over the last few days. Much of the video footage and images I have collected regarding the onslaught against the Palestinians are too heartwrenching to share… No human should be subjected to witnessing, let alone experiencing, such events… I find what I have been witnessing on the screen traumatizing…. I can only imagine what so many Gazans, particularly the children, are enduring 24/7 without relief… The above video is part 1 of 2. The second part goes into much more detail about current events… BREAKING: Only hours ago, the United Nations Security Council passed a watered down resolution: …calling for immediately speeding aid deliveries to hungry and desperate civilians in Gaza but without the original plea for an “urgent suspension of hostilities” between Israel and Hamas…. …..and to enhance humanitarian aid delivery to Gaza and demanded the release of hostages held by Hamas. The resolution, which saw 13 countries voting in favor, was not opposed by the U.S., although it abstained from voting alongside Russia… The resolution’s final text, altered after U.S. interventions, calls for adherence to international humanitarian law and condemns attacks against civilians, while urging steps for sustainable cessation of hostilities… The irony is America has been supplying arms for the very attacks it is condemning, most recently bypassing Congressional review for 13,000 rounds of tank ammunition to Israel… The resolution also calls for the appointment of a senior U.N. official to facilitate aid delivery in Gaza… The UAE, the resolution’s sponsor emphasized that only a ceasefire could truly end the suffering in Gaza, currently experiencing a severe humanitarian crisis and famine conditions as the UN claims 1 in 4 Gazan’s are starving.
On December 8th, the UN Security Council held an emergency meeting Friday morning New York time to discuss the catastrophic situation in Gaza. This follows Wednesday’s urgent letter by Secretary-General António Guterres – one of the most powerful tools at his disposal – urging the body to help end carnage in the war-battered enclave through a lasting humanitarian ceasefire. A resolution tabled late afternoon in the chamber calling for an immediate humanitarian ceasefire was vetoed by the United States… In Part 2 I will explore the grim prognosis for the state of Israel, particularly in Gaza and the West Bank, leading to Israel’s eventual downfall. Israel’s military campaign is genocidal, aimed at creating a state exclusively for Jews, while Palestinians are either exterminated or stripped of basic rights. This brutal approach is already showing signs of a backfire, alienating key allies, including younger generations of American Jews and potentially the United States itself… No doubt, Israel’s historical reliance on violence and repression is coming to an end. There is a massive global condemnation of Israel’s actions, including its treatment of Palestinians in Gaza, as evidence of its declining international standing. I will share more on this in my next video… Israel’s actions, and the US government’s (of which many US representatives have dual citizenship with Israel) are not only morally reprehensible but also strategically flawed, leading to increased resistance and diminishing the Israeli and the US’ reputation… I cannot help but see the dichotomy of witnessing such a brutal genocide during the season of celebrating Christ and Peace on Earth… Stay tuned for Part 2.”Data Mining, Artificial Intelligence, and Angels of Death – by Marilyn M. Singleton, MD, JD – https://aapsonline.org/data-mining-artificial-intelligence-and-angels-of-death/ – “Google is universally well known as a search and advertising company. Now Google is tapping into the $3.5 trillion healthcare market. To compete with the Apple Watch, Google acquired FitBit, the wearable exercise, heart rate, and sleep tracking device. Data is king…Voluntarily worn fitness tracking devices are one thing, but Google has entered the realm of the brave new world.A government inquiry has brought to light Google’s “Nightingale Project” that collected private medical data from Ascension Health’s 2,600 sites of care across 20 states and D.C., unbeknownst to the patients. Dozens of Google employees had access to the data which included lab results, physician diagnoses, hospitalization records, and health histories, complete with patient names and dates of birth. Google claims that the project complies with the Health Insurance Portability And Accountability Act (HIPAA) because it is a qualified business associate of Ascension Health. And unlike the ads for socks that appear on your computer a nanosecond after you purchased some tennis shoes, Google promises that the data won’t be combined with consumer data. Fat chance… Amazon, which already knows our every thought, was not satisfied with merely creating software that can read medical records. Now they’ve created Transcribe Medical, a system that transcribes confidential patient-doctor conversations and uploads them directly into the electronic health record. Doctors would relinquish all control over “private” patient records. Google also has been working on its own automatic speech recognition “digital scribe” to upload multiple speaker conversations… Not only is there a problem with inaccuracies that could lead to a patient receiving the wrong treatment, but we all know the ubiquitous problem of hacking—even in the Department of Defense and the federal Office of Personnel Management… Disturbingly, certain circles oohed and aahed over the revelation that Google, using electronic health records (EHR), created an artificial intelligence program that could predict death better than doctors. Fortunately for humanity, many others found the thought of leaving doctors out of the equation horrifying. The cheerleaders crowed that it would decrease work for the doctors; they wouldn’t have to waste their time going through those pesky medical records to arrive at a conclusion. Using an artificial neural network to predict the death of a human being is a far cry from having a computer interpret an inanimate x-ray who is not a daughter, mother, sister, wife, or grandmother… If you put it all together, it adds up to a death panel of one. Google’s software would decide that there is not a high likelihood of walking out of the hospital, no treatment would be given. We are becoming witness to the devolution of humanity… Moreover, the government is incentivizing workforce development in palliative care through the Palliative Care and Hospice Education and Training Act. Perhaps this is why the hospice team seems to greet the patient at the hospital door. Of note, once a person has signed on to the Medicare hospice program, Medicare will not pay for any curative treatment or medications. Medicare will not pay for an emergency room visit unless the hospice team arranged it or someone decides it is not related to the hospice diagnosis… The number of hospice agencies participating in the Medicare program nearly doubled between 2000 and 2016, for a total of some 4,382 providers. In 2000, about 30 percent of hospice agencies were for-profit, compared to about 67 percent in 2016. In that same period, Medicare payments grew from $3 billion to $16.8 billion… Hospice care is lucrative. The minimum Medicare payment is $196 per day regardless of the quantity or quality of services provided on that day. A July 2019 report from the Office of Inspector General for the Department of Health and Human Services found that more than 80 percent of end-of-life facilities in the United States had at least one deficiency, and nearly 20 percent were poor performers with serious problems that jeopardized patient health and safety. It seems the compassionate medical service to care for suffering patients has turned into a heartless cash cow… Is this what we want for our loved ones and eventually, ourselves? Medicare for All promises every type of medical care under the sun, including long-term care. Long-term care is expensive and if done properly, labor intensive. What better way to save money than to promote a computer program that convinces doctors that the patient is going to die no matter what they do. So the hospital tells the family that treatment or home care will drain their finances. For what? I’ll tell you for what. My parents died at home only after they were tired of doctors and ready to go. They strolled into heaven. They were not shoved in with a giant government backhoe.”“It’s Like Martial Law” – Poland’s Pro-EU Govt Seizes Public News Channels In Massive Police Raid – Poland’s public television news stations went off the air yesterday as police conducted massive raids to seize public news station TVP, with fears becoming realized that Prime Minister Donald Tusk would move quickly to crack down on press freedoms once he assumed power. – by Grzegorz Adamczyk – https://www.zerohedge.com/political/its-martial-law-polands-pro-eu-govt-seizes-public-news-channels-massive-police-raid – “A group of senior Law and Justice (PiS) politicians, including party leader Jarosław Kaczyński and former Prime Minister Mateusz Morawiecki, arrived at the headquarters of state-run TV broadcaster TVP on Wednesday afternoon as the new pro-EU government moved to seize control of state-run press in dramatic authoritarian fashion… Both Morawiecki and Kaczyński said the government’s decision to replace public media chiefs resembled a “coup d’état” and an illegal “takeover by force.” –Kaczyński told reporters that the Law and Justice (PiS) party stood in defense of democracy and a “pluralistic media.”

PiS politicians compared the action to the introduction of martial law in Poland in 1981 in the sense that the government then also shut down TV programs and dismissed scores of journalists. .. There was outrage too at an incident in which a female MP from PiS was assaulted by one of the bodyguards who assisted the new chairman of the TVP Board in taking over an office at TVP… Former Education Minister Przemysław Czarnek said that “this is the most brutal taking of power ever in the EU, with the government using force, assaulting MPs and shutting down media they do not like.” – Meanwhile, Culture Minister Bartłomiej Sienkiewicz told the left-liberal Gazeta Wyborcza paper that the protest “will achieve nothing.” – Earlier in the day, the government informed that the culture minister had relieved the CEOs of TVP, Polish Radio and the Polish Press Agency (PAP) of their duties, and also dismissed the boards of directors of these outlets. Sienkiewicz has appointed new boards of directors for TVP, Polish Radio and PAP, which in turn have appointed new executive boards, the Ministry of Culture added in its statement… It also said that the “necessity and justification” for the move flowed from Tuesday’s resolution by the Polish parliament, which called on the government to “restore the impartiality and credibility of public media.” – Protests continued outside TVP’s headquarters in Warsaw throughout Wednesday… The journalists stopped from having their programs broadcast have been hosted by the independent channel TV Republika, and they are planning to start broadcasting from there starting Thursday.”Pentagon’s Operation Prosperity Guardian “Falls Apart” As Spain, Italy, France Reject Request – by Tyler Durden –https://www.zerohedge.com/geopolitical/pentagons-operation-prosperity-guardian-falls-apart-spain-italy-france-reject-request – “Australia is the latest country to reject a request from the United States to send warships to the Red Sea under the command of the Pentagon’s Operation Prosperity Guardian to protect commercial vessels along the critical maritime trade route from Iran-backed Houthi… Defense Minister Richard Marles told Sky News that Australia’s military would not send a “ship or a plane” to the Red Sea but would triple the number of troops for the US-led maritime force… “We need to be really clear around our strategic focus and our strategic focus is our region,” Marles said… The Pentagon’s formation of Operation Prosperity Guardian, a new task force to protect shipping from Houthi drone and missile attacks in the Bab Al-Mandeb Strait and the Red Sea, requires increased warship patrols by the US and allies. This will create a security umbrella over commercial vessels to defend from attacks… Reuters said about twenty countries have signed up for the Pentagon’s new operation. However, several countries, including Australia, Spain, Italy, and France, have rejected the Pentagon’s request to participate in the operation. .Spain’s Defence Ministry said it would only participate in NATO-led missions or European-coordinated operations – not ones commanded by the Pentagon:

“We will not participate unilaterally in the Red Sea operation.” 

Italy’s Defence Ministry voiced similar concerns, indicating it would send naval frigate Virginio Fasan to the Red Sea but only respond to requests by Italian shipowners… “Operation Prosperity Guardian in the Red Sea has practically Collapsed as France, Spain, and Italy have all announced their Withdrawal from the US Command Structure for the Operation, with the Three Nations stating they will only conduct further Maritime Operations under the Command of NATO and/or the European Union and not the United States,” X account OSINTdefender wrote… Another X user wrote:

“France, Spain, and Italy aren’t withdrawing because they don’t want to escalate the conflict. On the contrary, they’re withdrawing because they don’t believe the operation coordinated by Biden regime will protect their vessels. This is the result of a weak ‘President’ / lack of leadership.”

The number of warships around the Bab Al-Mandeb Strait has increased this week… We reminded readers of Zoltan Poszar’s prediction of central-bank-analogized ‘military protection’ and said it’s soon to become a reality… and just like that, it has:

Protection is a conceptual counterpart to par. When you decide to take money out of a sight deposit, you expect the same amount back that you put in (par).
When you sail foreign cargo from port A to port B, you expect to unload the same amount of cargo that you onloaded.Banks can deliver par on deposits most of the time. When not, central banks step in to help.
Commodity traders can deliver foreign cargo from port A to port B most of the time, but when not, the state intervenes again: not the monetary arm, but the military arm of the state.
What central banks are to the protection of par promises, the military branch is to the protection of shipments: foreign cargo needs to sail on sea routes and through choke points like the Strait of Hormuz, and “par” in this context

As of Saturday morning, the number of container ships in the Red Sea with destinations to Asia, Europe, and the US is less than five… Remember, this critical waterway is responsible for 10-12% of the world’s maritime freight. Vessels are now being diverted around the Cape of Good Hope, adding 1-2 weeks in travel time. Plus, container rates are soaring… The fact that seven major shipping companies, including Taiwanese container shipping line Evergreen and Belgian tanker owner Euronav, have halted sails through the Red Sea shows their lack of confidence in the US protecting the critical waterway.”

The “Control System” Is Collapsing – ‘The Great Taking’ Looms As Globalism’s Last Gasp – by Mark Jeftovic via BombThrower.com – Comment: This article is a Must Read for anyone trying to find the bottom line for David Rogers Webb’s bombshell of a book. –
https://www.zerohedge.com/geopolitical/control-system-collapsing-great-taking-looms-globalisms-last-gasp – “The Great Taking: The Latest “Anti-Mainstream” Conspiracy – A new book has exploded on the alternative / conspiracy / fringe landscape over the past few weeks – I don’t mean that in a derogatory sense. Zerohedge, Bombthrower Media, et al, we all occupy this space. Let’s call it, “anti-mainstream”…
The book is called “The Great Taking” and there is now a YouTube video documentary of it here. You can’t actually find it on Amazon (deliberate choice by author, I presume); I bought my copy via Lulu, but you can download the PDF for free here... At the risk of oversimplifying it: The Great Taking puts forth a warning that a virtually unknown entity called “The Depository Trust & Clearing Corporation” (DTCC) is effectively the “owner” of all the publicly traded companies in the world, and in fact all debt-based assets of any kind:

“It is about the taking of collateral (all of it), the end game of the current globally synchronous debt accumulation super cycle. This scheme is being executed by long-planned, intelligent design, the audacity and scope of which is difficult for the mind to encompass.
Included are all financial assets and bank deposits, all stocks and bonds; and hence, all underlying property of all public corporations, including all inventories, plant and equipment; land, mineral deposits, inventions and intellectual property. Privately owned personal and real property financed with any amount of debt will likewise be taken, as will the assets of privately owned businesses which have been financed with debt.”

Over the course of the book, the author describes a 50-year process by which ownership of shares in public companies, and all debt collateral has been “dematerialized”… In the olden days, you invested in a company – they gave you physical share certificates – and you were now part owner of the company. This is still how many value investors including me think of stock ownership… We’re not invested in all of these companies in The Bitcoin Capitalist Portfolio simply because we’re trying to time the oscillations in the price movements. We think of ourselves as partial owners of these businesses… Michael Saylor, Brian Armstrong, Mike Novogratz, Frank Holmes, Jamie Leverton et al, aren’t just celebrity CEOs in this space (Bitcoin)… they’re our partners. Granted, we’re the minority partners, silent ones, betting the jockeys and just along for the ride; but we don’t think of these positions as just stock charts and price gyrations – we think of them as businesses in which we are part owners… At least I do… According to The Great Taking, author David Rogers Webb, this is not true. We don’t own small pieces of these companies, we own claims on those pieces, because – over the course of decades, through the exigencies of ever-increasing trading volumes, combined with the machinations behind the scenes of diabolical manipulators – stock ownership has been supplanted by “security entitlements”… Webb posits that when the debt super-cycle culminates in its ultimate blow up; the trap will be sprung, and actual ownership over all these companies and assets will be subsumed by the clearing houses. An infinitesimal cadre of elites will effectively own everything, and the masses of the world will be reduced to serfdom… Which sounds familiar; it seems to be the common theme from The Great Taking to the WEF’s Great Reset (or Stakeholder Capitalism, or whatever they’re calling it these days)… It’s the mother of all wealth transfers, one that makes the ongoing wealth transfer of inflation and the Cantillon Effect – or the sharp shock heists that occur during every crisis from the dot-com bust through the GFC to the Covid Panic (the last of which saw an overt war on small business as those deemed “non-essential” were shut down while the megacorps were propped up by the central banks) – seem tame… Here’s my thoughts on The Great Taking: Modernity could be described as humanity’s accelerating pace of technological advancement. Part of that advancement is the ever increasing level of intellectual abstraction… If you’ve been a member or following my writings long enough, you’ll have heard me talk about the W R Clement book, Quantum Jump; written in 1998, it ascribed the entire scientific revolution from the Enlightenment onwards, to the discovery of perspective (then called “God’s space”), in art… That “quantum leap” began the process of rewiring all our brains for ever higher levels of intellectual abstraction. It enabled us to go from ownership of a coal mine, for example, being ascribed to whomever physically occupied the space – including militarily – to people, and even corporatized entities like pension funds or investment clubs, owning fractional pieces of that mine, from far off places, even other countries… Initially we did this using physical pieces of paper to represent that ownership. There is a scene in an Agatha Christie “Miss Marple” mystery, “The Moving Finger”, where a man of leisure (played by William D’Arcy) takes to convalesce in a small cottage in a country town, and he visits the local barrister to register his securities with him, reaching into the inside pocket of his sport jacket and handing him the physical share certificates… Today, he’d just handle everything from a smart phone he carries around in his jeans… That’s increasing abstraction… What The Great Taking is warning us about, is that this increasing level of abstraction comes with a price – that we’re no longer really fractional owners of these businesses, we’re owners of claims on these businesses… And he may be right… Webb is a former high level financier and an expert in the legislation and regulatory framework that governs the space. The book looks to be meticulously documented and the legalities well researched… This is no different, I might add, from our mantra: “Not your keys, not your coins”… In fact as I read through The Great Taking, I found myself marvelling at how closely everything Webb was describing resembled what happened during the crypto carnage of 2022-23, when hapless users who had deposited their crypto with exchanges found their assets rehypothecated, collaterized – even appropriated from under them… It drove home the lesson, hard… Holding shares of Amazon in your E*Trade account may, when the chips are down, be no different from keeping your stack of BTC on an exchange (please don’t)… The businesses to survive an event like The Great Taking, may end up being privately held ones. The assets you keep may be the ones with no counter-party risk – sound familiar? It’s only a core tenet of the entire Bitcoin philosophy… It is possible that in the event of an even larger financial crisis than we’ve seen prior (and in case you haven’t noticed, each one is typically an order of magnitude larger than the previous), everybody holding publicly traded stocks on platforms gets rug-pulled – and some mysterious and shadowy entity winds up with all the marbles… Should that occur, I would expect it to signify the end of the global financial system as we know it, and not in a way wherein the society simply continues as a world of penniless serfs, subservient to about 0.001% of the elites… It would be more of a “last gasp of Globalism” than a final takeover of the world… Some closing thoughts from the book’s author seems to concur:

“I will make a startling assertion. This is not because the power to control is increasing. It is because this power is indeed collapsing. The “control system” has entered collapse.
Their power has been based on deception. Their two great powers of deception, money and media, have been extremely energy-efficient means of control. But these powers are now in rampant collapse.
This is why they have moved urgently to institute physical control measures. However, physical control is difficult, dangerous and energy-intensive. And so, they are risking all. They are risking being seen. Is this not a sign of desperation?”

This has also been my read on it from fairy early in the pandemic, and more so since – especially after the #FreedomConvoy. Official narrative aside, that event sounded the death knell for not only Covid Tyranny, but for WEF-inspired globalism itself… Within a year of that happening, all Covid emergency measures had ended worldwide, vaccination uptake rates went into secular decline, and the mainstream media entered into a full-on death spiral… Webb continues:

“We have entered a time in which their nature is being recognized. Knowledge of their existence has become unavoidable. Their grasping will come to an end, because all of humanity cannot allow it to continue.
Once it is recognized, humans will bond against a common existential threat.
People from all walks of life will join in common cause. We have witnessed this already.”

It follows a theme I’ve been developing for a few years now, one that I didn’t originally conceive but came across and feel is accurate: That theme is that the next, worldwide conflict (“World War III”, in essence) will not be a geo-political struggle of the US vs China, or West vs East, or NATO vs China/Russia: it will be populations against their own governments… When you think about it, it almost fits the historical definition of the Marxist “class struggle”, only we – hopefully – don’t get a Communist “utopia” at the end of it… In fact, I think that’s what everybody will be rebelling against: the imposition of a technocratic socialism that attempts to hoover up the property rights of the rest of humanity… Those attempting to capitalize on this, the elites and the technocrats, have only really had one superpower with which to build their position over time:

“They promote the belief that they are all-powerful. They are not.
All they have had is the power to print money.
The rest, they have usurped from humanity.”

Of course, Bitcoin is the kryptonite to this superpower, the one thing elites had which enabled them to rig the entire system in their favour is basically finished, and they know it… At the risk of going on too long about it here, but wanting to do the topic some justice, The Great Taking scenario isn’t incompatible with what we’ve been calling The Great Bifurcation since the onset of the pandemic, encapsulated by my glib, cynical quip:

“In the future, there will only be one occupation: managing one’s wealth. And most people, are gonna be unemployed.”

We see The Great Bifurcation happening all around us already: tent cities from Burnaby to Toronto, fentanyl zombies roving San Francisco, increasing masses behaving like savages; this isn’t because of race, politics, religion or even a far-reaching global conspiracy to impoverish humanity or depopulate the earth (although there are almost certainly cells of elites who would wish that) – it’s because we’re using debt for money, we can’t stop, and the level of intellectual abstraction that is required to operate, let alone thrive, within a hyper-financialized world, is leaving larger and larger chunks of the population behind… It’s Alvin Toffler’s “Future Shock” (tl;dr: the rate of technological change will accelerate and compound) released in 1971, combined with Clement’ “Quantum Jump” (intellectual abstraction will become increasingly more complex) from 1998, writ large… These two accelerating dynamics conspire to create a veritable “Breakaway society” where those who are positioned and have the cognitive ability to front run the technology live in the future, and the rest, who can’t, fall behind into the past… The main difference that I see is Webb’s Great Taking is a deliberate conspiracy driven by successive generations of insular elites, whereas my concept of The Great Bifurcation is, as I always say, more the result of perverse incentives and dynamics than outright conspiracy… The reality is probably elements of both… Having said all that, we should be clear in our motivations and strategies for what we are holding in our equities portfolios: We hold Bitcoin, in proper self-custody, so nobody can take it from us in the event of a catastrophic collapse of the financial system… We may hold some physical gold, silver, junk silver for the same reasons, and we may have property somewhere, farmland, anything that we can lay physical claim to – although we may find ourselves in a situation where we have to somehow enforce those claims… Stocks, ETFs, even Bitcoin stocks or weird crypto moonshots, we don’t hold these to survive the collapse of the system. We hold these to try and garner out-sized investment returns within the system so long as it continues to function… I don’t know about you, but I actually don’t want the financial system to collapse. I don’t want society to go off the rails, I am not an accelerationist… I’m not hoping for a hyper-inflationary flameout of the entire global economy. That would suck, and I’d prefer to be wrong about that… In other words, were The Great Taking scenario to play out and come true, it would be a permutation of a catastrophic collapse we’ve been positioning for anyway – and we never really considered our equities portfolio (at least we shouldn’t) as part of our toolkit for navigating the collapse of the financial system… One way or another, should the entire system collapse, I expect our stocks to be among the first casualties, via bail-ins, capital controls, forced conversions into government debt, recapitalizing zombie banks or after all those – if we’re unfortunate enough to have been wildly correct about our positions – “windfall taxes” taking much of what’s left. (I am not alone in thinking this; any of you who also read Mark Faber’s Gloom Boom Doom report know he expects to have upwards of 25% of his wealth confiscated by technocrats during some future, exigent crisis)… That’s why I said in the November letter, on this cycle (or the next) we will have to individually make our exits from the equities based on our own financial goals. While we keep our Bitcoin stack forever and make plans for inter-generational succession – and we may do that with some of our stocks (I could see *** and *** being legacy, dynastic holdings) – for the most part we’re in these to strategically profit within the existing system and cash out to meet our financial objectives… Everybody knows I want my lake-house in the Muskokas, and you should know what it is that you want.”Attempted ‘color revolution’ in Serbia: What we know so far – Opposition activists forced their way into Belgrade city hall after claiming a municipal election was rigged – from RT World News – https://www.rt.com/news/589640-serbia-color-revolution-attempt/ – “Opposition forces in Serbia breached Belgrade’s city hall amid mass protests on Sunday. They claim the recent municipal election in the capital, won by the ruling party, was rigged. Senior national officials have described the protests as an attempted “color revolution,” and said they had been forewarned by Russia… Mayorship – Belgrade is home to roughly a quarter of the Balkan nation’s population of over 6.6 million. The office of its mayor is viewed as one of the most important in Serbia… Members of the city council, who vote the mayor in, were elected on December 17 – the same day as a national election and several municipal votes were held… The ruling Serbian Progressive Party (SNS) of President Aleksandar Vucic won the most seats in the Belgrade City Assembly. The opposition Serbia Against Violence (SPN) alliance claims the outcome was achieved through voter fraud… Early violence – In the week that followed the elections, the opposition staged several rallies in Belgrade, some of them marred by violence… During a demonstration in front of the Republican Election Commission last Monday, leading Serbian statistician Milorad Kovacevic and several of his associates were reportedly attacked by activists. Police seized several knives and bats from protesters, local media said… Election officials react – The Election Commission denounced the violence and claimed the rally was an attempt to disrupt its activities. The head of the commission, Vladimir Dimitrijevic, expressed hope that it was an isolated incident and that any future attempts to challenge the election result would remain legal… The body investigated opposition claims that ‘phantom voters’ had been allowed to cast ballots in Belgrade, but reported on Sunday that it had found no evidence that the election had been “stolen.” – Sunday riot – On Sunday evening, hundreds of pro-opposition demonstrators gathered in the center of Belgrade after being rallied by the SPN. Opposition leader Marinika Tepic, who declared a hunger strike last Monday and claims to be living on IV infusions, was barred from entering the Election Commission building. Meanwhile, an improvised stage was erected near the presidential residence, with speakers and performers whipping up the crowd… Later in the evening, some activists stormed city hall, claiming they were seeking “to liberate the institutions.” The police intervened and drove them out… Aleksandar Sapic, head of the temporary city administration, shared images of the damage caused by the rioters in the historic building, calling it “irreparable.” He declared that Serbia must be protected from the use of violence for political gain. He used the term “Maidanization,” referring to the 2014 armed coup in Kiev, which set the stage for the current hostilities between Russia and Ukraine… ‘Color revolution’ – President Vucic denounced the riot, calling it an attempted “color revolution” and claiming that a foreign nation had warned his government about the threat beforehand. Prime Minister Ana Brnabiс thanked the Russian special services for providing intelligence to Belgrade… The term ‘color revolution’ is often applied to the mass uprisings by ostensibly pro-democratic political forces in the 1990s and 2000s, including in Yugoslavia in 2000. Russia and some other nations perceive the wave as masterminded by the West to further its geopolitical goals, and executed through NGOs, media outlets, and parties funded by the US and its allies… The Vucic government has been presented with a dilemma amid the current confrontation between Russia and the West. It is seeking EU membership for Serbia, which would require the realignment of Belgrade’s foreign policy with that of Brussels. However, Vucic has rejected Western calls to cut ties with Russia and join the US-led sanctions campaign against Moscow… READ MORE: Serbia thanks Russia for ‘color revolution’ warning – Responding to the turmoil in Belgrade, Russian Foreign Ministry spokeswoman Maria Zakharova claimed it was an “obvious attempt by the collective West to destabilize the situation in the country through ‘maidan coups’,” according to RIA Novosti.”New (UNBELIEVABLE) Terms of Service for T-Mobile Users, from Off The Grid with Doug and StacyPHONE UPDATE you SHOULD WORRY ABOUT! DID YOU KNOW…. (11 min)

How the EPA Is Attempting to Kill the Berkey Water Filter – The U.S. EPA is attempting to label the popular Berkey Water Filters a pesticide in order to regulate the product under the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act. – by Derrick Broze – https://www.activistpost.com/2023/12/how-the-epa-is-attempting-to-kill-the-berkey-water-filter.html – Over the last year, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) has been pursuing a case against the owner of the Berkey Water Systems which produces the popular Berkey filters. The EPA is attempting to classify the Berkey filters as pesticides because they incorporate silver in their design, a feature which the EPA claims qualifies the filters as a pesticide under the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA). The move has already lead to one authorized dealer of the Berkey Water Systems being forced to shut down… On August 9, New Millennium Concepts, Ltd. (NMCL) and the James B. Shepherd Trust, the owners of the Berkey Water Systems, filed a lawsuit against EPA, suing for violations of the Administrative Procedures Act and due process for their attempts to regulate the water filters. The NMCL said the EPA is labeling the filters a pesticide because of the use of silver to prevent biological growth inside the filters, a feature shared by many water filtration systems. NMCL says the silver does not leach into the water itself and thus the filters should not be regulated as a pesticide. Silver is currently a registered pesticide with the EPA… NMCL notes that the EPA has not utilized this new re-interpretation to stop the sale of any other outdoor water filter. They go on to state that the “real issue” is that the EPA does not like that Berkey filters have been advertised as capable of removing the COVID-19 virus from your water… In November, the case was dismissed after the judge claimed that the company doesn’t have standing in their claims. This means that Berkey Water Systems will likely face regulation as a pesticide unless appeals are successful… “We are now in appeal because, amazingly, the district court ruled that New Millennium had not been harmed by the EPA issuing Stop-Sale orders to its dealers, its manufacturing facility and other vendors, and therefore had no standing in that court,” they wrote in a blog response… In October, U.S. Congressman Matt Gaetz (FL-01) sent a letter to EPA Administrator Michael Regan regarding the agency’s new ruling classifying the Berkey Water Systems as pesticides. Gaetz’s letter highlights the EPA’s unprecedented attempt to put Berkey out of business. Gaetz requested the EPA provide specific documents to his office showing the process the EPA used to determine its actions… At a time when Americans are increasingly unhealthy and their water filled with contaminants, such as endocrine disrupters, heavy metals, and ‘forever’ chemicals, such as PFAS, the EPA should be pursuing policies within its regulatory authority that incentivize increased use of water-filtration systems, not less,” the letter states.

“The EPA must end its attack on Berkey Water Systems immediately and focus on the job it was created to do – keep Americans safe – a job Berkey Water Systems has arguably done more effectively.”

Berkey Dealer Forced to Shut Down – In mid-December, BerkeyFilters.com, an official distributor of the Berkey water filter, announced that they would be going out of business as a result of the lawsuit against the EPA. BerkeyFilters.com is owned by James Enterprise Inc. (JEI). The company said they were the first Berkey dealer to receive a Stop-Sale Order from the EPA… In a now deleted blog post on BerkeyFilters.com, the company explained their side of the story. They say the whole fiasco began in November 2022 with an “unannounced, unscheduled inspection of JEI facilities.” The blog notes that an EPA inspector also told JEI that the EPA is “cracking down” on virus claims because of COVID-19, and that “the EPA had stepped up its enforcement efforts, particularly in regard to anti-microbial devices.” – In January 2023, JEI says they removed all references and statements relating to the filters removing waterborne pathogens, or pests. The company spent “hundreds of hours” deleting content on websites, social media accounts, and packaging. However, the Stop-Sale Order has not been lifted and, according to JEI, their business has been negatively impacted. They say have been forced to fire employees, cease certain services, and pause third-party parternships… In the end, JEI was forced to close their doors as an official dealer of the Berkey Water Systems… The official Berkey Water Systems posted a blog making it clear that although BerkeyFilters.com is no longer an official dealer of the Berkey Filter, the company is still producing the filters and not closing down… They acknowledge that BerkeyFilters.com was the first dealer to receive the Stop-Sale Order and that both parties attempted to work with the EPA. Berkey Filters said they worked with the EPA for eight months but could not reach a resolution… “It became apparent that the EPA would accept nothing less than the bankruptcy of New Millennium, its dealers, and more importantly preventing you the public from being self sufficient in terms of cleaning difficult to remove contaminants from your drinking water,” Berkey Water wrote.“Unfortunately, over the course of the past year the folks at BerkeyFilters.com have fallen victim to this overreach by the EPA. We wish them the best.” – NMCL says they are committed to “fighting the EPA’s overreach” and its attempts to “control and prevent the public from purifying their drinking water.” – While Americans are exposed to water filled with fluoridePFASendocrine disrupting chemicals, and other toxins, the federal government is doing their best to destroy, or at the least weaken, a company which has been providing clean water to millions of people in America. If the EPA had done their job and kept the water supply clean, Americans would not need to seek out filters like the Berkey Water System… Source: The Last American Vagabond

Merry Crisp-Mas!

Posted in Uncategorized | Leave a comment

Web Research Links for the Week of 12/18/23

Fair Use Notice: This site may contain some copyrighted material the use of which has not always been specifically authorized by the copyright owner. We are making such material available in our efforts to advance understanding of vital issues which already exist in the public domain. – Note: These links are posted at the top of the page as the week progresses. Links from previous weeks can be found under the “Current Quicklinx” button.

Won’t Someone Save Us From The COVID-19 Inquiry? – by Iain Davis – https://iaindavis.substack.com/p/wont-someone-save-us-from-the-covid – “As Scotty once said ‘I can’t take it Captain!’… If I have to read, see or hear one more legacy media report about the monumental farce that is the UK’s COVID-19 inquiry, I fear my brain will batter my soul to death. Why on Earth is anyone taking it seriously?.. I’m starting to think millions of Brits have been hypnotised. Independent inquiry? Are you on acid?.. Believing that the COVID-19 inquiry will reveal anything even remotely “real” is like trusting the outcome of internal police investigations into deaths in police custody. It is like asking Crippin to review food safety standards or requesting Tony Blair investigate war crimes. It is beyond ridiculous… Of course it isn’t an actual “inquiry!” It is a state cover-up and propaganda operation. As I recently discussed with Rick Munn on TNT radio, there is nothing of any value that will ever come out of it… For a start, there is no such thing as an “independent” inquiry established under the the UK Inquiries Act (2005). That Act put paid to any vague hope of independent inquiries in the UK. It is a government cover-up and propaganda operation, run by the government for the government’s benefit… Under the 2005 Act the UK government establishes the inquiry, it sets the terms of reference for the inquiry and can change them whenever it likes; the government appoints the chair of the inquiry and the chair appoints the inquiry panel (counsel), as long as the government agrees; f the current crop don’t toe the line, the government can dismiss and re-appoint a new chair and/or the panel whenever it chooses; the government can determine which witnesses are called, it can withhold funding for areas of “investigation” it doesn’t like the look of; the government can shut down the inquiry if it is starting to look a bit tasty and the government has carte blanche to approve, amend and redact the final inquiry report prior to publication anyway… The word “independent” is itself propaganda when it comes to the so-called “independent” UK COVID-19 inquiry. There is no such thing as an “independent” inquiry convened under the Inquiries Act. It precludes the possibility. That’s why it was enacted… Look who the government “appointed” chair of the inquiry? Hallett is seemingly one of the UK state’s go-to cover up expert. It was Hallett who acted as the coroner for the 7/7 inquests, which were a staggering exercise in obfuscation. The Hallett led inquests, allegedly into the worst loss of life to purported terrorism in UK history, seemingly excluding more evidence than it actually examined… Despite pronouncement of guilt having nothing to do with a coroners inquest, Hallett decided she would pronounce the guilt of the four alleged bombers regardless. While none of them were declared dead at the scenes, she immediately ruled out any possible investigation of their deaths because reasons… So far, Perry Mason doesn’t have much to worry about if the standard of questioning at the alleged “COVID-19 inquiry” is anything to go by. When the former chief advisor to the prime minister, Dominic Cummings was “questioned” at the “inquiry”—I can’t even call it an inquiry anymore, its going to be “cover-up” from now on—there were apparently six shocking things that the “cover-up” supposedly discovered from him. – 1) Boris Johnson doesn’t care about old people; 2) The Tories don’t care about other vulnerable people either; 3) Cabinet ministers were trying to stab each other in the back and Cummings was right in the thick of it; 4) Johnson thought Cummings was a big-head; 5) Cummings ignored the “lockdown rules” and couldn’t care less; 6) Cummings is a mysoginist… Tens of thousands of people died prematurely, and are still dying in their thousands every month, because of so-called policy decisions of Cummings and his cohort of useless plumbs—or so we are told. The cover-up apparently discovered that they are a bunch of petty, self-serving kakistocrats… Go figure! This is like “discovering” water is wet… Yet in May 2021, at the Parliamentary joint Science and Technology Committee and Health and Social Care Committee hearing, Cummings testified to the following [go to 14:02:35]: In March [2020] I started getting calls from various people saying these new mRNA vaccines could well smash the conventional wisdom. [. . .] People like Bill Gates and that kind of network were saying. [. . .] Essentially what happened is, [. . .] there is a network of people, Bill Gates type people, who were saying completely rethink the paradigm of how you do this.. What Bill Gates and people like that were saying to me and others in number 10 was you need to think of this much more like the classic programs of the past. [. . .] the Manhattan Project in WWII, the Apollo program.. But what Bill Gates and people were saying [. . .] was, the actual expected return on this is so high that even if does turn out to be all wasted billions it’s still a good gamble [. . .] and that is what we did… To be clear: the COVID-19 cover up panel had a man in-front of them, testifying under oath, who was not only a key figure in orchestrating the UK government’s policy response to a supposed global pandemic but had previously admitted that the government’s efforts were massively influenced by a gang of oligarchs and “that kind of network.”.. So, you would imagine that the UK cover-up might be at least mildly intrigued to know a bit more about this… Nope! Not interested… Off you trot Dominic… Which brings us to the cover-up show piece: Boris Johnson’s cringe-worthy testimony. While stomach-churning, it revealed the true purpose of the UK government’s “independent” COVID-19 cover-up… Once again, the whole episode of his alleged “grilling” was a charade that didn’t ask him, or seek to understand, anything of any particular interest. The former PM was pitched a succession of soft-ball questions about a string of irrelevant issues… For example, he was quizzed about so-called “PartyGate.” Hugo Keith KC, counsel to the inquiry—effectively selected by the government to ask the government questions—suggested that the Johnson did not care about the rules. Johnson was free to pontificate on how the parties were misrepresented by the media and how he “really” did care about the rules… At no stage did any “counsel” at the cover-up ask anyone, like Cummings or Johnson, whey they weren’t bothered about a supposedly lethal pandemic disease. It is as if the fact that they were evidently not in the least bit concerned about either contracting or transmitting a disease, which they all claimed to be lethal, was an line of inquiry worth exploring… I don’t know about you, but if I was interrogating these alleged “decision makers,” I would definitely want to know why they didn’t believe COVID-19 was a threat, either to themselves or their families. Especially seeing as these were the very people closest to the so-called “best scientific advice.”.. ‘Why didn’t you believe the pandemic was real’ seems like a blindingly obvious question to have asked. But we’re talking about the UK government’s official COVID-19 cover-up, so it wasn’t… The only thing that is potentially of any interest about the cover-up is Module 5 which is due to consider procurement. Given the extensive evidence of widespread government corruption, you never know, something worthwhile might come out of it, but I doubt it. There will probably be a couple of patsies hung out to dry. Matt Hancock, the former health secretary, whose extramarital affair and party-going exploits during lockdown demonstrated that he couldn’t be arsed to pretend there was a pandemic either, looks like a firm favourite… Ultimately, what the UK government’s subservient cover-up is really about is reinforcing the official narrative about, what was in reality, a pseudopandemic . It is propaganda attempting to justify the destruction wrought by the government’s own policies by claiming they were all necessary to “keep us safe.”.. We already know where it’s heading. It is written in the cover-up’s terms of reference… It aims to “produce a factual narrative,” to identify “lessons to be learned” and, most crucially, “inform preparations for future pandemics.” Despite thousands of years of human history suggesting that pandemics come along every century or so, that’s not true anymore. Now they come in clusters apparently. So this cover-up will be used to impose more biosecurity state restrictions on us when the next one is organised… The chances of the cover-up ever seriously tackling key questions like why the government were allowing a network of international oligarchs to lead on policy decisions, or why no one in charge thought there was a real pandemic, or why they implemented a lockdown and social distancing regime that had absolutely no epidemiological basis at all, are nil… So far the questioning during the cover-up has practically asserted, without any offered rationale whatsoever, that the main identified “lesson to be learned” is that the government didn’t lockdown hard or soon enough. Even some of the legacy media have started to wonder if the question about whether or not we should have locked down at all will ever be asked… Perhaps it will, but I think we all know what the answer will be in the final report. We should have locked down more, we should have suffered more restrictions, we should have shut more businesses, reduced hospital bed numbers even further, killed more people, made death registration even more opaque and adopted even tighter economic and behavioural controls. It is, after all, the UK government’s cover-up… I guess my hope that I can somehow avoid any more of this drivel is a forlorn one. This thing could rumble on for years. What a monumental waste of time and taxpayers’ money?”Washington Lawmaker Wants To Toss People In Jail For Using Gas-Powered Leaf Blowers Because They “Contribute To Climate Change” – Democrat lawmakers in Washington State want to jail residents for using gas-powered landscaping tools such as leaf blowers and edgers. – by Tyler Durden – https://www.zerohedge.com/energy/washington-state-democrat-wants-toss-people-jail-using-gas-powered-leaf-blowers-contribute – “State Rep. Amy Walen (D-Kirkland) has pre-filed legislation which would radically alter the state’s Clean Air Act, according to Jason Rantz of MyNorthwest, who reports that HB 1868 would ban “gasoline-powered and diesel-powered landscaping and other outdoor power equipment” for “contributing to climate change.”.. As Rantz further explains, the bill contains a laundry list of unintended health consequences tied to the tools as well, including a claim that they cause asthma… The bill gets to the ban by empowering the Department of Ecology to “adopt rules to prohibit engine exhaust and evaporative emissions from new outdoor power equipment” by either January 1, 2026 or sooner, if the state determines it’s feasible to do so earlier. Washingtonians are expected to upgrade their equipment to zero-emission alternatives. Government work, however, is partly exempt… To make the transition more palatable, the zero-emission alternatives would not be subject to a sales tax. But it would still be prohibitively expensive for many small businesses.-MyNorthwestIf a resident violates the law, they could face up to a year in jail and/or a hefty fine… Of course, as Rantz further notes, the new law wouldn’t apply to government agencies or contractors working for the government under emergency circumstances… We’ll give the last word to Rantz, who suggests that the legislation will harm minorities the most;.. What happened to equity? – Though Democrats argue their legislation should be viewed through an equity lens, this ban has a disproportionate impact on Latino and black business owners. Nationwide data stated 22.8% of landscaping companies are owned by Hispanics and 14.7% are owned by blacks… The cost to transition to zero-emission alternatives is burdensome, too, even with financial assistance provided in the bill. For some businesses, it could still be prohibitively expensive. This financial burden could disproportionately affect minority-owned businesses, potentially leading to a reduction in diversity within the industry, if Democrat talking points are to be believed… This ban is also anti-business, of course. Not only will it take landscapers significantly more time to do the same amount of work, thanks to inefficient battery-powered tools, it can be very expensive. Writing in the Orange County Register, Brooke Staggs notes the strain this can put on small businesses: ‘Commercial-grade electric-powered gear can cost anywhere from 15% to 300% more upfront, before factoring in the cost of batteries, chargers and potential electrical upgrades needed to keep them running all day.’.. Larger companies can more easily absorb the cost of transitioning to electric equipment, but the smaller businesses, which represent the majority of the industry, will struggle. It’s also worth considering the current limitations of electric landscaping equipment, such as battery life and power, which can’t meet the demands of larger or more intensive landscaping projects. Even with tax credits, will they last long enough to cover the constant need to upgrade to better and more efficient technology?”When the Occupier Plays the Victim: The Mysteries of October 7 as the Trigger for the Gaza Massacre (w/Videos – “Israel Killed Its Own Citizens on 10/7” & “Incredible Speech on Gaza”) – by Prof. Anthony J. Hall –
https://www.globalresearch.ca/mysteries-october-7-trigger-gaza-massacre/5843631 – “An Open Letter to Israelis from Israelis: We Deserve the Truth About October 7 – Make no mistake, what Israel is doing in Gaza now will haunt Israelis for decades. Now is the time to make sure all Israelis understand this. And this understanding should start with full disclosure about the events of October 7, 2023…… The question of who killed some Israeli civilians haunts us. It emerges from several reports that some were killed by the Israeli military. Whether they were caught in the crossfire, or deliberately shot at with tanks or helicopters in order to eliminate Hamas fighters or prevent Hamas from taking more captives, we deserve an answer… We demand answers because a genocide is being perpetrated in Gaza in the name of Israeli victims, even though bereaved families are strongly opposed to this vengeful atrocity. We demand answers and so should you. See this…  Genocide: Nakba 2023 – It is becoming increasingly clear that the events on and around the Israel-Gaza border on 10/7, October 7, 2023, were designed to create the pretext for “finishing off” the Nakba initiated in 1948. The “Nakba” describes from the Arabic perspective the catastrophic project to kill and uproot indigenous Palestinians in order to make way for the ascent of a replacement population composed primarily of European Jews claiming divine sanction for their genocidal project… This lethal project has pushed on the Palestinians an unbroken trajectory of genocide since 1948 when UN General Assembly of the United Nations instituted a new Convention to prohibit and punish the previously unnamed crime of Genocide. Many scholars and public official have emphasized that the current Zionist assault unleashed on Gaza and the West Bank accurately fulfills the UN’s legal definition of genocide. By majority vote in 1948, the UN General Assembly declared, ‘In the present Convention, genocide means any of the following acts committed with intent to destroy, in whole or in part, a national, ethnical, racial or religious group, as such: A) Killing members of the group; B) Causing serious bodily or mental harm to members of the group; C) Deliberately inflicting on the group conditions of life calculated to bring about its physical destruction in whole or in part; D) Imposing measures intended to prevent births within the group;’.. Thus the 75 years of the Genocide Convention, as well as, for that matter, the Universal Declaration of Human Rights, corresponds with the 75 years of the genocidal Nakba now culminating in Operation Swords of Iron. This current high-tech assault on a mostly unarmed civilian population is being speciously presented as if it constitutes a spontaneous response to the supposedly surprise events of 10/7… Day by day the claim is coming to appear increasingly ludicrous that this very dramatic sequence of cause and effect was conjured up instantly out of the clear blue sky. The events of 10/7, it seems, emerged from much elaborate planning and preparation most likely involving the crossing of many lines of demarcation among a broad array of intertwined interests, institutions, and influential individuals… The evidence is growing that an elaborate conspiracy, rather than a random convergence of instantaneous events, lies behind the current military campaign. This Swords of Iron campaign kicked into high gear during the 75th year of a sustained effort to depopulate the indigenous Palestinian population throughout the expanding region controlled by Israel… This depopulation campaign is being led by Benjamin Netanyahu, a politician who since 1979 has built a formidable career in government by advancing his favoured agendas through cunning manipulation of expertly engineered deceptions concerning Islamic terrorism. Everything about his current conduct in Office announces that Netanyahu’s current schtick as the would-be slayer of Hamas has finally cast the widely distrusted politicians in an especially weird role in the theatre of the absurd… The decision to initiate the Swords of Iron military operation, the world was told, was to lash back at Hamas fighters for succeeding in a surprise prison break followed by what was initially described as a savage and vengeful killing spree of Israelis. On October 7 Hamas fighters famously broke through the heavily-monitored and defended walls of the Israeli-policed Gaza enclosure. After moving through all the sophisticated devices, miraculously left open and unguarded by the Occupation Forces, the Hamas escapees then proceeded on courses of action whose nature is currently the subject of much contention… To the government and most of its harnessed media collaborators, the Hamas fighters engaged in an orgy of unbridled atrocities slashing, killing and raping Israelis, including 40 beheaded babies that, we now know, never were. The other view is that the Hamas fighters, also known as the Qassem Brigades, engaged, possibly with some few exceptions, in a disciplined operation aimed primarily at taking Israeli captives, but especially military personnel… Once Israelis were captured, the main imperative of the Hamas operation was to keep the hostages alive and well as they were transported back to Gaza to become bargaining chips in negotiations. The early stages of this objective have already been transacted in the exchange of hostages that took place during the ceasefire of late November… Another area of contention concerns revelations about the large numbers of Israeli citizens that were killed by members of the IDF equipped with highly sophisticated weaponry including missiles launched from US-Israeli Apache Helicopters. As explained by Max Blumenthal and others, the imperative of the IDF was to eliminate whole groups of people including Israeli citizens and soldiers to prevent soldiers from becoming captives of Hamas… The mounting disclosures from whistle blowers, concerned insiders, and credible researchers are already sufficient to reveal that the government rationale for the Israeli military response to the events of October 7, cannot stand up to close scrutiny. No honest and credible court could accept the position of the Israel government that the events of October 7 came out of the blue as a total surprise. No honest and credible court could accept the all-purpose explanation currently on offer that the events of 10/7 transpired as they did because of “intelligence failures.”.. No credible court could overlook that many people had various forms of prior knowledge concerning what would take place on October 7, 10/7. As in 9/11, this prior knowledge was reflected in much short selling of certain vulnerable stocks on the stock market. Similar to 9/11, there is clear evidence of prior knowledge as reflected in the content of intelligence reports originating inside and outside Israel… Especially volatile are the strident allegations and denials that journalists had prior knowledge so that they could be in the right place at the right time to capture photographs, videos and eye-witness stories on 10/7. Rather than ignore or downplay these stories, government officials have implicated themselves and their colleagues by basically making threats that media officials with prior knowledge of 10/7 will face dire consequences if they do not shut up and join the cover-up. This fix is already in, so it seems. See this and this… Israeli citizens are feeling the need to petition the government for full disclosure on the events of 10/7. In an open letter from Israelis to other Israelis, some of them wrote, ‘Make no mistake, what Israel is doing in Gaza now will haunt Israelis for decades. Now is the time to make sure all Israelis understand this. And this understanding should start with full disclosure about the events of October 7, 2023.’.. It is possible that at the heart of the matter concerning how 10/7 came to happen, there was some kind of secret interactions between factions of Hamas with Benjamin Netanyahu. Netanyahu’s intimate and “symbiotic relations” with the the Israeli-funded Hamas has been frequently observed by many including Israeli historian, Adam Raz. Raz has commented that “in the last 10 years, Netanyahu worked to block any attempt at demolishing Hamas in Gaza.” See this and thisThe Genocidal State of IsraelNetanyahu needs this so-called ‘war” for a number of reasons including his ongoing struggle to stay out of jail for corruption charges. He has many enemies that Netanyahu can only fend off by staying in the Office of Israeli Prime Minister. Netanyahu is currently representing an extremist constituency that shares and even exceeds his longstanding obsession with de-Palestinianizing both the land as well as the legal and cultural identity of Israel… The Palestinians as a Symbol of Dignity and Hope for Oppressed People Worldwide – Hamas has never renounced its embrace of armed struggle as a legitimate means of self-defence. Indeed, since Hamas represents the occupied people where the Israeli government represents the occupying group, the former’s right of self-defence trumps that of the latter in international law… In upholding this principle against great odds, Hamas and its allies are injecting added vitality into a growing global movement seeking long overdue justice for the abused Palestinians. Lara Elborno, a Palestinian lawyer living in “forced exile” in Paris, is emerging as a compelling voice for many principles. These include the inherent nature of the right of return for her fellow “forcibly displaced” Palestinians. In her person and with her words, Elborno makes a compelling case that the intergenerational resistance of the Palestinian people has become “a symbol of the dignity and hope for all oppressed people worldwide.” – (Note: Much more in original article)Eagle Pass, Texas “Completely Overrun” With Illegals As Encounters Hit New Records – by Tyler Durden –
https://www.zerohedge.com/geopolitical/eagle-pass-texas-completely-overrun-illegals-encounters-hit-new-records – “The Biden administration’s southern border crisis worsens by the day. New figures from Fox News field reporter Bill Melugin show US Customs and Border Protection encounters on the border in the last 24 hours have smashed a new record high. ‘Per CBP sources, there were more than 12,600 migrants encountered at the southern border in the last 24 hours, the highest single day total ever recorded,’ Melugin wrote in a post on ‘free speech’ platform X… He continued: ‘The true number is *significantly* higher because there are thousands still waiting to be processed in Eagle Pass and they do not count in the numbers until they are put into the computers. The official numbers yesterday include over 11,000 Border Patrol apprehensions of illegal immigrants and more than 1,600 migrants encountered at CBP ports of entry. This breaks the record of 12,000 encounters that was set just two weeks ago.’

Melugin posted images showing Eagle Pass, Texas, ‘is completely overrun with mass illegal crossings.’..  A video posted by the journo shows a staging area near the border with thousands of illegal migrants…  ‘This admin is allowing the border patrol to be pushed to a breaking point..CBP sources on the ground..say this is an unmitigated disaster,’ US Rep. Byron Donalds, R-Fla. wrote on X…  New shocking stats and a video of Eagle Pass being overrun came right after CBP halted freight train activity on two railway bridges connecting Texas and Mexico…  If it weren’t for Elon Musk’s X, leftist corporate media outlets and the Biden administration would have covered up the worsening border crisis via a mass censorship campaign. This is why Democrats are freaking out because they no longer have control of the news cycle narrative.”

Israel ‘is planning a new ground war against Hezbollah after Gaza campaign’ with officials warning October 7 massacre would be ‘nothing compared’ to a terror attack from the north – by Elena Salvoni –https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-12876149/Israel-new-ground-war-Hezbollah-Gaza-Lebanon.html – “Israel is planning to invade Lebanon to push Hezbollah back from its northern border, according to reports, amid a barrage of rocket attacks since the war in Gaza broke out and fears that the terror group is ‘worse than Hamas‘… After weeks of exchanging cross-border fire, the Israel Defence Forces (IDF) are said to be keen to launch a ground offensive into southern Lebanon which would aim to push the terror group north past the Litani River… Military and government officials in Israel have said they are determined to prevent a repeat of the October 7 invasion from Gaza, with warnings that the scale of a Hezbollah raid could be even more deadly than the massacre of 1,200 people… ‘What happened in the south is nothing compared to what they could do here,’ a senior Israeli officer told The Times. ‘Israeli doctrine is to take the war to the other side.’ – It comes as Israel’s war in Gaza rumbles on, with fresh attacks throughout the night across the besieged Strip including a strike on the Jabalia refugee camp in the north which killed 90 Palestinians, Gaza’s health ministry spokesperson said… Fears have been mounting that Israel’s war on Hamas, which has seen more than 18,800 Palestinians killed in ‘indiscriminate’ strikes on Gaza, according to the health ministry, could spiral into a regional conflict… Funded by Iran, Hezbollah has been building its military strength over years, stockpiling a huge arsenal of some 100,000 rockets which could ‘overwhelm’ Israel’s Iron Dome defence system… The border tensions have ramped up over the last 70 days, reviving memories of Hezbollah’s devastating 2006 war with Israel that killed more than 1,200 people in Lebanon, mostly civilians, and 160 in Israel, largely soldiers… The conflict ended thanks to a UN ceasefire resolution which agreed that all armed forces, except for UN peacekeepers and the official Lebanese army, would be moved north of the Litani River… But instead, over the years that followed, Hezbollah remained in the south and built up its fortifications near the borders, claiming that it was protecting against the Israeli threat… Israelis and Lebanese civilians have been killed in constant strikes, with resident living in border communities evacuated en masse in recent weeks… The two sides have continued to exchange threats, with Hezbollah leader Hassan Nasrallah repeatedly boasted that his group’s weapons could reach deep into Israeli territory… Rear Adm. Daniel Hagari, an Israeli military spokesman, warned that Hezbollah was ‘dragging Lebanon into an unnecessary war that would have devastating consequences.’ – Benny Gantz, former Israeli Prime Minister who is serving in Netanyahu’s war cabinet, warned: ‘If the world doesn’t get Hezbollah away from the border, Israel will do it,’  – Israel and Lebanon’s Hezbollah have traded fire along the border nearly every day since the war began, and other Iran-backed militant groups have attacked U.S. targets in Syria and Iraq… Yemen’s Iran-aligned Houthi rebels have attacked ships in the Red Sea with missiles and drones, portraying it as a blockade of Israel… Nearly 300 Palestinians have been killed in the Israeli-occupied West Bank since the start of the war, and this has been the deadliest year for Palestinians there since 2005… Most have been killed during Israeli military raids, which often ignite gunbattles, or during violent demonstrations… U.S. defense leaders are hoping to prevent the risk of wider regional conflict, both through a sustained high level of U.S. military presence and by urging Israel to scale back operations… President Joe Biden has warned that Israel is losing international support because of its ‘indiscriminate bombing.’ – Israeli Defense Minister Yoav Gallant said last week that his country would continue major combat operations against Hamas for several more months.”THE GREAT TAKING – “If You Want To Survive What’s Coming, You Need To See This” (37 minutes) | by Mike Maloney with Alan Hibbard – “This video is a condensed compilation of information from David Rogers Webb’s book, “The Great Taking.” This is dipping toes into the deep waters that Webb plumbs in detail. So it’s an introduction to what are most likely the most important sets of hidden facts we collectively need to understand to negotiate the future ahead in the next few years.

A next step could be seeing the recently released video scripted and narrated by David Webb, with the same title as his book. It’s up on several channels on Bitchute, one of them is: https://www.bitchute.com/video/CU839PCiSTZ7/ – (1hr, 12minutes)… “What is ‘The Great Taking’? Mike Maloney and Alan Hibbard analyze this intriguing book, which offers a sobering account of the potential consequences of the next financial crisis. The authors point to the overleveraged derivatives market underpinned by securities dependent on a strong working class. If the working class falters, it could create a cascading crisis leading to bank failures and a consolidation of assets by surviving big banks. This threatens the “you’ll own nothing and be happy” dystopian scenario. The book also explores the stagnant velocity of money in the U.S. economy, suggesting major underlying issues have been worsening for decades. Overall, it presents a stark warning about the fragility of the system and how ordinary people stand to lose assets with little legal recourse in the next crash.”

CONTROVERSY: Legal shockwaves: Lawsuit alleges Verizon cell tower caused life-threatening cardiac events

From: “Arthur Firstenberg” <info@cellphonetaskforce.org>
Sent: Thursday, December 21, 2023
Subject: Re: Legal shockwaves: Lawsuit alleges Verizon cell tower caused life-threatening cardiac events – “It is not a good lawsuit. I have read it carefully. It is not based on sound law or good science. And if it succeeds it will set a horrible precedent. It is asking the court to mandate 5G and set exposure levels that are legally binding, below which no one will be able to claim harm. This suit should not go forward.” – Firstenberg’s statement is in direct contradiction to the article below:


Legal shockwaves: Lawsuit alleges Verizon cell tower caused life-threatening cardiac events -by Patrick Tims – https://www.naturalhealth365.com/legal-shockwaves-lawsuit-alleges-verizon-cell-tower-caused-life-threatening-cardiac-events.html – “Not too long ago, the mainstream media often portrayed those expressing concerns about 5G wireless technology as on the outskirts of public opinion.  However, a recent lawsuit alleges that Verizon’s cellular signal towers may have detrimental effects on the human body… The plaintiff in the case asserts a direct connection between exposure to these towers and severe, life-threatening heart problems.  This legal action marks a shift in the conversation about the safety of 5G technology, prompting a reevaluation of potential health implications associated with wireless infrastructure… The lawsuit that might change the telecom industry is now on the court docket… Children’s Health Defense (CHD) has funded a lawsuit recently filed in the United States District Court for the District of Idaho Southern Division, taking aim at Verizon in what might set an important legal precedent.  The lawsuit alleges that plaintiff Henry Allen referred to as “Hank”, suffered negative health outcomes after Verizon cell towers were placed by his home.  Hank, a resident of Idaho, is sensitive to electromagnetic waves that are invisible to the human eye… The complaint highlights how cell towers by his home emit radiofrequency radiation, allegedly causing more than a dozen episodes of atrial fibrillation.  The complaint also states elevated levels of radiofrequency radiation released by the tower cause a plethora of additional health problems, including: Excessive fatigue; ●  Memory loss; Poor sleep ; Reduced vision; Symptoms similar to those that occur when one is stricken with the flu…  With help from CHD, Hank is suing Verizon along with other defendants involved in the tower’s operation.  As an example, the lawsuit also names Horizon Tower LLC as a defendant, as the company owns and operates the Verizon tower in question.  Moreover, the lawsuit also lists Dish Wireless and AT&T as defendants, as they own and operate the tower’s equipment… Inquisitive legal minds who’ve taken a deep dive into the lawsuit complaint note that the atrial fibrillation episodes began several years ago.  Hank has allegedly been suffering from such heart issues dating all the way back to the spring of 2021, when the Verizon tower was originally activated… EMS is a legitimate health problem that everyone should be aware of… Critical thinkers are justified in questioning whether EMS is real.  Also referred to as electromagnetic hypersensitivity and microwave syndrome, EMS is recognized as a medical condition at the federal level… Moreover, EMS is listed as a protected condition in the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA).  It is estimated that nearly one-third of those living in the United States suffer from mild electromagnetic hypersensitivity… Your proximity to cell towers might be the cause of your health problems… If the lawsuit against Verizon is successful, it will establish an important legal precedent that might prevent the installation of cell towers near residential areas.  Telecom companies would be forced to modify towers to prevent RF radiation transmission, relocate towers, or possibly install towers at a specific elevation to prevent harm to those in their vicinity… It is time to start asking uncomfortable questions about cell tower safety.  Though it seems logical to position such towers in and near urban centers where people use wireless devices, such positioning appears to be a net negative considering the alleged poor health outcomes of nearby residents… It is also fair to ask whether cell towers should be positioned near houses, apartments, schools, and commercial zones.  Though your agency as a citizen is limited in comparison with that of corporations that have similar rights to human beings, you can do a couple of things to minimize exposure to RF radiation… Consider adding EMF protection paint to your home’s exterior and interior walls.  Such paint blocks waves from moving into your living space… Add protective fabric that guards against radiation.  Such specialized fabric, typically sold as curtains, safeguards everyone inside your living space.  Of course, if you’re concerned about EMF pollution, consider having all your computers and electronic devices hard wired and limit your time on wireless devices… There are also unique films for EMF protection that can be added to windows to prevent RF radiation from moving inside.  Add the film to your home’s windows, and you’ll sleep soundly knowing you’ve done your part to protect yourself and your loved ones against cell tower RF radiation… Sources for this article include: Childrenshealthdefense.org, Researchgate.net, Childrenshealthdefense.org, NPR.orgThe Benefits of Technocracy in China (?) – by Liu Yongmou – https://issues.org/perspective-the-benefits-of-technocracy-in-china/ – “Since the Reform and Opening initiated by Deng Xiaoping in 1978, any casual observer of China’s leaders might note how many of them were educated as engineers. Indeed, at the highest level, former presidents Jiang Zemin (1993–2003) and Hu Jintao (2003–2013) as well as Xi Jinping (2013–present) all studied engineering, although Xi subsequently did academic work in management and law. And an engineering influence exists not only at the very top. A high proportion of government officials at city, provincial, and national levels have had some form of technical education. For example, of the 20 government ministries that form the State Council, more than half are headed by persons who have engineering degrees or engineering work experience. As a result, foreign analysts have suggested for some time that China functions as a kind of technocracy—a nation run by people who are in power because of their technical expertise—and have often criticized it as such. This assessment reflects a common Western view that technocratic governance is inherently anti-democratic and even dehumanizing… But what does technocracy mean today, especially in China? Given China’s remarkable emergence in recent decades as a vibrant player on the world economic and political stage, might technocracy in the Chinese context have some positive characteristics? – To understand technocracy in China, one must first have a sense of historical context and above all an understanding of the cultural impact of a series of devastating military humiliations—the Opium Wars of the 1840s and 1860s, in which, in the name of free trade, China was forced to allow the importation of opium and the Summer Palace was sacked; an 1895 war in which Russia captured the Liaodong Peninsula and Japan took Taiwan, the Penghu Islands, and eventually Korea; and the 1899 Boxer Uprising against Christian missionaries, to which Great Britain, France, the United States, Japan, and Russia all responded by looting and raping in Tianjin, Beijing, and elsewhere. In reaction to these defeats, Chinese intellectuals turned the Qing Dynasty thinker Wei Yuan’s injunction “to learn from the West to defeat the West” into a social movement motto. Early Republic of China attempts to learn from the West actually involved the conscious importation of technocratic ideas by the Nanjing government. A number of Chinese who studied in the United States during the 1920s returned home influenced by American technocratic ideals of such figures as Thorsten Veblen and Howard Scott. One example is Luo Longji, who studied at Columbia University from 1922–1923 and returned to China to publish a number of articles arguing for what he called “expert politics,” his term for technocracy. Luo subsequently founded the China Democratic League, which remains one of the eight non-Communist political parties represented in the National People’s Congress… Initially, however, all attempts to learn from the West had to struggle against internal political disorder (the fall of the Qing Dynasty in 1911 and a resulting long-term civil war) and renewed invasion by Japan (from 1931 to 1945, through which China endured the brunt of the World War II Pacific Theater). When Mao Zedong and the Communists won the civil war and on October 1, 1949, declared the People’s Republic, political consolidation and technical development vied with each other for priority.
For the next quarter century, until Mao’s death in 1976, the purity of redness often trumped technical engineering competence. The disaster of the Great Leap Forward (1958–1961) was caused by ignoring technological expertise, especially about agriculture, and the Cultural Revolution (1966-1976) closed many universities in the name of learning from the peasants. The Reform and Opening that began two years after Mao’s death naturally became an opportunity to rehabilitate expertise, both engineering and economic. In policies influenced by the successful development pathways pursued by technocratic regimes in Singapore, South Korea, and Taiwan, the new paramount leader, Deng, moved engineers into critical government positions. Hu Yaobang, as Party Chairman (1981–1982) and General Secretary of the Communist Party (1982–1987), further proposed that all leading government personnel be trained technical specialists. The technocratic practice of scientific management, which Vladimir Lenin had declared as exploitative under capitalism but beneficial under socialism, offered a bridge between engineering and economics… The varieties of technocracy Before discussing what technocracy has come to mean in China today, I want to first step back to briefly explore how the term has come to be understood in the Western intellectual tradition. In one of the few empirical studies of technocracy, political scientist Robert Putnam defines technocrats as persons “who exercise power by virtue of their technical knowledge” and describes the “technocratic mentality” in terms of five key characteristics.” – (Much more in original article)“Armageddon Lobby”: How Christian Zionists Influence U.S. Policy – by Leonid Savin – https://thealtworld.com/leonid_savin/armageddon-lobby-how-christian-zionists-influence-u-s-policy – “Despite the fact that not only hospitals and mosques but also Christian churches were destroyed during the bombardment of the Gaza Strip by Israeli forces, many people who call themselves Christians and who are not ethnic Jews actively support Israel’s actions. Where did this phenomenon come from?.. The fact is that Zionism as a Jewish political movement emerged in the late 19th century, but similar ideas appeared much earlier. And, paradoxically, they were born in a Christian environment… The Birth of Puritan Zionism – One of the first supporters of the immigration of European Jews to Palestine were the Puritans. This Protestant sect emerged in the late 16th century and became quite influential in England and later in the American colonies. They showed considerable interest in the role of the Jews in eschatology, or end-time theology… For example, John Owen, a seventeenth-century theologian, member of Parliament, and administrator at Oxford, taught that the physical return of Jews to Palestine was necessary for the fulfillment of end times prophecy. And in 1621, Sir Henry Finch wrote a sermon calling for the support of the Jewish people and their return to their biblical homeland… One of the most influential strands of Christian Zionism has been dispensationalism, a system of interpretation that uses information from the Bible to divide history into different periods of administrations or dispensations and views the biblical term “Israel” as referring to the ethnic Jewish nation established in Palestine… Dispensationalism was originally developed by Anglo-Irish preacher John Nelson Darby in the nineteenth century. Darby believed that the God-ordained destinies of Israel and the Christian church were completely separate, with the latter to be physically “raptured”—raised to meet Jesus—before the period of upheaval predicted in the Apocalypse, called the Great Tribulation… According to Darby, the Great Tribulation will begin after the construction of the Third Jewish Temple on the Temple Mount in Jerusalem. During the Great Tribulation, according to this teaching, 144,000 Jews will convert to Christianity, and this will reveal to them the true intentions of the Antichrist. Thus, they will become the epicenter for the conversion of all unbelievers who have not been raptured to the Christian faith… It is these 144,000 converted Jews who will meet Antichrist in the final battle known as Armageddon and defeat the Antichrist. After this battle, the seven years of tribulation will end and Jesus will return to imprison Satan and establish a thousand-year Messianic Kingdom on earth… Despite its absurdity and lack of any reference in the Bible, the concept of physically moving Christians to heaven on the eve of Armageddon has been enthusiastically embraced by some churches in England and especially in the United States… Darby’s approach to Christian eschatology coincides with similar developments in Jewish eschatology, namely, the ideas of Rabbi Zvi Hirsch Kalischer and the creation of a new branch of Jewish messianism. Its representatives believed that Jews should actively work to hasten the coming of their messiah by immigrating to Israel and building the Third Temple on the site of the Temple Mount in Jerusalem, where the Al-Aqsa Mosque is located… (Comment: It is well known by historian and archaologists alike that the “Temple Mount” in Jerusalem was not the site of the “Second Temple” in Jerusalem. At the time of the destruction of the Temple by the forces of Flavius Titus, the site of the Dome of the Rock and the Al Aqsa Mosque was occupied by Fort Antonia, the Roman Garrison of Jerusalem. This is ignored by the Zionists who desire to destroy these Islamic Holy Sites in order to bring in Zionist World Government in Jerusalem.) Darby himself traveled throughout North America and several other countries to popularize his ideas, meeting with several influential pastors throughout the English-speaking world. Among them was James Brooks, Cyrus Scofield’s future mentor, who later disseminated the concept; and his interpretation was published widely in the United States and is known as the Scofield Bible… Another figure influenced by Darby’s doctrine was the American preacher Charles Taze Russell, whose church later gave rise to several different sects, including the Jehovah’s Witnesses (an organization banned in Russia). Decades before the founding of modern political Zionism, Russell began preaching—not only to Christians but also to Jews in the United States and elsewhere—the need for mass Jewish immigration to Palestine… Russell wrote a letter in 1891 to Edmond de Rothschild, a member of the Rothschild banking family, as well as Maurice von Hirsch, a wealthy German financier of Jewish descent, about his plan to settle Palestine. He described his plan as follows: ‘My proposal is that wealthy Jews buy from Turkey at a fair value all her property rights in these lands: that is, all public lands (lands not belonging to private owners), provided that Syria and Palestine are formed as free states.’.. The book, The Jewish State, by Theodor Herzl, considered the founder of Zionism, was published only in 1896… American preacher William E. Blackstone, greatly influenced by Darby and other dispensationalists of the era, also spent decades advocating Jewish immigration to Palestine as a means of fulfilling biblical prophecy. His efforts culminated in the Blackstone Memorial Petition, which called on then-United States President Benjamin Harrison and his Secretary of State James Blaine to take action ‘in favor of the return of Palestine to the Jews.’.. Signers of the petition included bankers J. D. Rockefeller and J. P. Morgan, future President of the United States William McKinley, Speaker of the House Thomas Brackett Reed, Chief Justice Melville Fuller, the mayors of New York, Philadelphia, Baltimore, Boston, and Chicago, the editors of the Boston Globe, New York Times, Washington Post, and Chicago Tribune, as well as members of Congress, influential businessmen, and clergy… Although some rabbis were included among the signers, most American Jewish communities opposed the content of the petition. In other words, the primary goal of Zionism, even before it became a movement, was widely supported by the American Christian elite… Modern Rise – Yet for the first half of the twentieth century, Christian Zionism was not very widespread or influential in the United States… However, then preacher Billy Graham enters the arena and had close relationships with several presidents, including Dwight Eisenhower, Lyndon Johnson, and Richard Nixon. Finally, dispensationalism entered the mainstream of American political discourse with evangelical preacher Jerry Falwell, who founded the Moral Majority organization in 1979… Another prominent dispensationalist of great political and literary influence was Hal Lindsey. Ronald Reagan was so moved by his books that he invited Lindsey to speak at a National Security Council meeting on nuclear war plans and made him an influential adviser to several members of Congress and Pentagon officials… To this day, the Republican Party still leans heavily on Christian Zionists for both cash and votes. They have a profound influence on party ideology… Christian Zionists in the United States now have many names. Some call them the “Armageddon Lobby,” others call them the “Christian AIPAC” (American Israel Public Affairs Committee)… Christian Zionists themselves number about 20 million in the United States, and they sponsor the migration of Jews to Israel from Ethiopia, Russia, Ukraine and other countries. That is, in fact, there are more of them than ethnic Jews around the world, although not all Jews support Zionism… During the administration of George W. Bush Jr. and especially on the eve of the 2003 U.S. invasion of Iraq, the administration was also heavily influenced by Christian Zionists in the form of neoconservatives. During a 60 Minutes interview in October 2002, Jerry Falwell even stated, ‘I think we can now count on President Bush to do the right thing for Israel every time.’.. Falwell was referring to President Bush’s actions in April 2002 when he turned a blind eye to Israeli actions in the West Bank during Operation Protective Wall. Falwell met with President Bush several times during his first term, specifically to discuss United States support for Israel. According to him, the president’s views on Israel were in line with his own… Christian Zionists also helped oust Democratic Congressman Jim Moran, who suggested that it was done for Israel’s benefit by the Jewish lobby. And the Apostolic Congress and the group Americans for a Secure Israel effectively derailed Bush’s plan to resolve the conflict between Israel and the Palestinians by flooding the White House with petitions… There is also an organization in the U.S. called United Christians for Israel, which was founded in 2006 by Pastor John Hagee and has more than seven million members. Its members include former CIA head and Secretary of State Mike Pompeo, former Vice President Mike Pence and well-known hawk John Bolton. All of them were quite active during Donald Trump’s presidency… During a speech in Kansas in 2015, Pompeo openly stated that he believes in the “rapture of Christians,” and in an interview said that as a Christian he believes that ‘God chose Trump to help save the Jews from the threat of Iran.’.. It was Christian Zionists who lobbied Donald Trump to recognize Jerusalem as Israel’s capital and its sovereignty over the occupied Golan Heights. Pastor Robert Jeffress of First Baptist Church in Dallas and Trump supporter led a prayer for peace in Jerusalem during the relocation of the United States embassy from Tel Aviv on May 14, 2018. He called it ‘a momentous event in the life of your nation and in the history of our world.’.. Another entity from the U.S. called, ‘Proclaiming Justice for the Nations,’ also lobbies for Israel’s interests. At the end of October 2023, they began calling for the resignation of the UN Secretary General for his criticism of Israel’s actions towards the Palestinians… As we can see, the issue of support for Israel has a longer and more complex history than even that state’s creation in 1948… Whereas many Jews deny even the very statehood of Israel, calling it a violation of Talmudic commandments (e.g., the Hasidic Naturei Karta movement), there are ardent supporters of Israel among the followers of Christian denominations, including justifications for any of its government’s actions, including repression of Palestinians… And, of course, American Protestants, who link Israel’s fate to their eschatological worldview, play a huge role in this. And among them are influential political figures who make decisions on U.S. foreign policy.”Now scientists say BREATHING is bad for the environment: Gases we exhale contribute to 0.1% of the UK’s greenhouse gas emissions – Two greenhouse gases – both more potent than CO2 – are in human breath – One is methane which is famously also emitted from livestock such as cows by Jonathan Chadwick – https://www.dailymail.co.uk/sciencetech/article-12859057/Now-scientists-say-BREATHING-bad-environment-Gases-exhale-contribute-0-1-UKs-greenhouse-gas-emissions.html – “Whether it’s eating less meat or cycling instead of driving, humans can do many things to help prevent climate change… Unfortunately, breathing less isn’t one of them… That might be a problem, as a new study claims the gases in air exhaled from human lungs is fueling global warming… Methane and nitrous oxide in the air we exhale makes up to 0.1 per cent of the UK’s greenhouse gas emissions, scientists say… And that’s not even accounting for the gas we release from burps and farts, or emissions that come from our skin without us noticing… The new study was led by Dr Nicholas Cowan, an atmospheric physicist at the UK Centre for Ecology and Hydrology in Edinburgh… ‘Exhaled human breath can contain small, elevated concentrations of methane (CH4) and nitrous oxide (N2O), both of which contribute to global warming,’ Dr Cowan and colleagues say… ‘We would urge caution in the assumption that emissions from humans are negligible.’ As most of us remember from science classes at school, humans breathe in oxygen and breathe out carbon dioxide… When we inhale, air enters the lungs, and oxygen from that air moves to the blood, while carbon dioxide (CO2), a waste gas, moves from the blood to the lungs and is breathed out… With plants, it is the other way round; plants use CO2 to create oxygen as a by-product (the process known as photosynthesis)… Every person breathes out CO2 when they exhale, but in their new study, the researchers focused on methane and nitrous oxide… These two are both powerful greenhouse gases, but because they’re breathed out in much smaller quantities, their contribution to global warming may have been overlooked… What’s more, plants essentially soak up all the CO2 that’s emitted in human breath, so ‘CO2 contribution in human breath to climate change is essentially zero,’ Dr Cowan told MailOnline… The same cannot be said for methane and nitrous oxide, as plants don’t use these gases in photosynthesis… For the study, the researchers investigated emissions of methane and nitrous oxide in human breath from 104 adult volunteers from the UK population… Participants were required to take in a deep breath and hold it for five seconds, then exhale into a sealable plastic bag… A total of 328 breath samples were collected and every participant had details recorded such as age, sex and dietary preference… After analysing the samples, researchers found nitrous oxide was emitted by every participant, but methane was found in the breath of only 31 per cent of participants… Researchers say those who do not exhale methane in their breath are still likely to ‘release the gas in flatus’ – in other words, by farting… Interestingly, people with methane in their exhaled breath were more likely to be female and above the age of 30, but researchers aren’t sure why… Concentrations of the two gases in the overall samples let the researchers estimate the proportion of the UK’s emissions are from our breath – 0.05 per cent for methane and 0.1 per cent for nitrous oxide… Dr Cowan stresses that each of these percentages relate specifically to these respective gases, not all of the UK’s greenhouse gas emissions as a whole… Researchers didn’t manage to find any link between gases in the breath and diets – although meat eaters are known to fuel the climate crisis in other ways.  The experts stress that their study only looked at greenhouse gases in breath, and so it does not provide an overall estimate of a person’s emissions footprint… According to the authors, emissions of methane and nitrous oxide are ‘generally ignored in most environmental monitoring’ as they’re considered negligible… However, further study of human emissions of these gases – not just from our breath – could reveal more about ‘the impacts of an ageing population and shifting diets,’ the team say… Inside the human body, methane gas is produced by microorganisms called methanogens, which colonise our digestive tract… The methane crosses into the blood and is carried to the lungs where it can be exhaled in breath… Meanwhile, bacteria in the gut and oral cavity turns nitrates in food and water to nitrous oxide, which also escapes in human breath… The study has been published in the journal PLOS One.”Jim Rickards’ Five Forecasts For 2024https://www.zerohedge.com/geopolitical/rickards-five-forecasts-2024 – “I have five forecasts for 2024 to help keep you ahead of the curve in positioning your investment portfolio… My overall forecast is that 2024 will be more tumultuous and shocking than 2023. That may seem hard to credit… With two major wars going on, an indicted former president and a demented current president, how can 2024 be more challenging than 2023?.. An Election of Dire Consequences –  It’s a cliche to write that the next presidential election will be the “most important in our lifetimes.” Yet in 2024 that cliche will actually be true… The divide between the two parties is probably greater than at any time in U.S. political history since the Civil War. The choice could not be more stark and the stakes could not be higher… That’s why this election is so important… First off, I don’t think that Joe Biden will be the Democratic nominee for president – Biden’s problem is not just his age, but the fact that he actually is mentally and physically impaired. He’s simply not fit to be president, and everyone knows it even if Democratic operatives and media sycophants don’t want to mention it. But who will replace Biden?.. The most likely replacements are Gavin Newsom, J.B. Pritzker, Gretchen Whitmer and Jennifer Granholm. All four were or are state governors. They’re all about the same ideologically; take your pick. Forget Kamala Harris; she’s simply too much of a liability… The Republican Side –  On the Republican side, there’s not a lot to say. Trump will be the nominee; no one can recall a non-incumbent with such a large lead in the polls… He’s leading the pack by 55 points or more and is now even running ahead of Joe Biden in recent polls… Meanwhile, Trump’s facing over 90 felony charges in four separate indictments in two state courts and two federal courts. Criminal indictments only increase Trump’s popularity because they are clearly motivated by politics… A criminal conviction (likely in my view) will further solidify Trump’s base because of the blatant jury shopping, targeted prosecutions and absence of due process that Trump has had to endure… The biggest curveball is that Trump may actually be behind bars on Election Day. That’s OK, there is no legal or other prohibition on electing an incarcerated convicted felon as president. Third-world, yes. Illegal, no… This brings us to the third-party situation. There are many third-party candidates who will likely divide the Democrats. These include RFK Jr., Cornel West and Jill Stein. I wouldn’t rule out Sen. Joe Manchin from West Virginia, who’s announced he won’t seek reelection. If he runs for president, he’s likely to go on the No Labels party line… I believe these third-party candidates will divide the Democratic vote, which I also believe will favor Trump. So that’s my first forecast — Trump will win back the presidency in 2024.U.S., China and a Global Recession – Chinese economic growth is now in the low single digits (about 4% per year). That’s down from the double-digit growth of the 1994–2008 period… China has had two failed “reopenings” (one after COVID in 2022, and one as the result of “stimulus” in 2023) and seems headed for a third. China gets a small boost from loose fiscal and monetary policy that rapidly fades because there is no real stimulus possible when a country is as heavily indebted as China… The U.S. faces its own economic headwinds. The Federal Reserve has raised interest rates to 5.50% from zero in 20 months and reduced its balance sheet by over $1 trillion in the same period, an even tighter monetary policy than the one engineered by Paul Volcker from 1979–1981… Fiscal policy is also tightening since the COVID handouts and student loan grace periods are over. Fiscal policy will get even tighter now that Republican deficit hawks have the upper hand in the House of Representatives… The data showing the U.S. is heading to a recession is abundant. In fact, the U.S. may already be in recession. The indicators include inverted yield curves, rising commercial real estate defaults, declining industrial production, declining job creation and falling bank loans… That leads me to my next forecast: China, the U.S. and Japan will all fall into recession in the coming months. The EU is already in recession. A rare global recession will be the result in 2024.…  Ukraine – Russia is winning the war decisively. The West and Ukraine have shown no willingness to negotiate and there’s no reason for the Russians to negotiate because they’re winning… With that in mind, it seems likely that Joe Biden will double-down on his losing bet… The Russians don’t expect the war to be over until 2025. That gives Biden time to deliver F-16 fighter jets and more money and to help Ukraine with its flying drones and sea-drones that can attack Russian vessels and the Kerch Bridge… Russia will certainly match that kind of escalation by shooting down the F-16s, increasing its cruise missile attacks on Ukrainian cities and destroying Ukraine’s energy infrastructure so that the country will lack electricity and heat this winter… My forecast is that Russia will not de-escalate because they’re winning. Biden will not de-escalate because he’s senile, is surrounded by warmongers and has no reverse gear...  I do not expect escalation to the point of nuclear weapons, but the probability of that outcome is uncomfortably high and should not be dismissed… Next is part two of this forecast… Israel and Gaza – The Israeli-Hamas War has its own risks of escalation. As of now, fighting is mostly limited to northern Gaza adjacent to the Israeli border. Yet Israel faces an enemy 10 times more powerful than Hamas in the form of Hezbollah, which is located in Lebanon on Israel’s northern border, and which is heavily subsidized by Iran in terms of money, weapons and intelligence… Hezbollah has launched some missile attacks from Lebanon on Israel’s northern border, but those have not been extensive. In addition to Hezbollah, the Houthi rebels in Yemen are firing missiles into Israel… The Houthis are a direct Iranian proxy intended to threaten Saudi Arabia, but are equally capable of threatening Israel. If Hezbollah and Houthi attacks on Israel escalate, Israel will not limit their response to those two groups. They are likely to launch attacks on Iran itself, going to the root of the problem. At that point, Iran may fire missiles at Israel and close the Straits of Hormuz… For now, the tensions have been reduced slightly. But if the escalation scenarios play out even in part, expect oil prices to go to $150 per barrel or higher. That will put the U.S. and Western Europe in a recession worse than 2008 and the earlier oil shock of 1974… Don’t rule it out… Banking Crisis Stage 2 – In less than two months from early March to early May 2023, we saw the failures of Silvergate Bank, Silicon Valley Bank, Signature Bank, Credit Suisse and First Republic… In response, the FDIC stepped in with the mother of all bailouts. Going forward, the issue is: Once you’ve guaranteed every deposit and agreed to finance every bond at par value, what’s left in your bag of tricks? What can you do in the next crisis that you haven’t already done — except nationalize the banks?.. Investors are relaxed because they believe the banking crisis is over. That’s a huge mistake. History shows that major financial crises unfold in stages and have a quiet period between the initial stage and the critical stage… My next forecast is that a bigger and more acute Stage 2 of the banking crisis is coming after the quiet period that has prevailed since June. This new crisis will be focused on about 20 banks with $200–900 billion in assets — the so-called midsized regional banks that are not too big to fail… Crises of this sort can feed on themselves and cause losses that go far beyond the particular banks that may be most vulnerable. A new global financial crisis could be the result… Markets – All of the above predictions involve turmoil either in domestic U.S. politics, international macroeconomics, ongoing wars or a potential financial meltdown starting in the banking system. With that as background, my market predictions are fairly straightforward: 2024 will be a difficult year for stocks. The market could decline at least 30% on a recession alone, and as much as 50% if either the Ukraine or Israeli war escalates, or a global financial crisis emerges… The major sectors that will outperform even in a falling market are energy, defense, agriculture and mining…  2024 should be an excellent year for U.S. government securities. All maturities will produce decent yields and capital gains as interest rates decline going into a recession…  Basic commodities such as copper, iron ore, coal, non-precious metals and agricultural produce will generally decline as the recession unfolds. Gold and silver should perform well based on declining interest rates and a flight to quality…  Energy will be volatile. It will tend to go down based on economic weakness, but occasionally rally on geopolitical fears…  The investment choices are clear. It will be a bad year for stocks, a good year for Treasury securities and a down year for commodities, except for energy and gold. The winners will be Treasuries, gold, oil and King Dollar…  Put on your crash helmets for a wild ride in the coming year.”Data Mining, Artificial Intelligence, and Angels of Death – by Marilyn M. Singleton, MD, JD – https://aapsonline.org/data-mining-artificial-intelligence-and-angels-of-death/ – “Google is universally well known as a search and advertising company. Now Google is tapping into the $3.5 trillion healthcare market. To compete with the Apple Watch, Google acquired FitBit, the wearable exercise, heart rate, and sleep tracking device. Data is king…Voluntarily worn fitness tracking devices are one thing, but Google has entered the realm of the brave new world.A government inquiry has brought to light Google’s “Nightingale Project” that collected private medical data from Ascension Health’s 2,600 sites of care across 20 states and D.C., unbeknownst to the patients. Dozens of Google employees had access to the data which included lab results, physician diagnoses, hospitalization records, and health histories, complete with patient names and dates of birth. Google claims that the project complies with the Health Insurance Portability And Accountability Act (HIPAA) because it is a qualified business associate of Ascension Health. And unlike the ads for socks that appear on your computer a nanosecond after you purchased some tennis shoes, Google promises that the data won’t be combined with consumer data. Fat chance… Amazon, which already knows our every thought, was not satisfied with merely creating software that can read medical records. Now they’ve created Transcribe Medical, a system that transcribes confidential patient-doctor conversations and uploads them directly into the electronic health record. Doctors would relinquish all control over “private” patient records. Google also has been working on its own automatic speech recognition “digital scribe” to upload multiple speaker conversations… Not only is there a problem with inaccuracies that could lead to a patient receiving the wrong treatment, but we all know the ubiquitous problem of hacking—even in the Department of Defense and the federal Office of Personnel Management… Disturbingly, certain circles oohed and aahed over the revelation that Google, using electronic health records (EHR), created an artificial intelligence program that could predict death better than doctors. Fortunately for humanity, many others found the thought of leaving doctors out of the equation horrifying. The cheerleaders crowed that it would decrease work for the doctors; they wouldn’t have to waste their time going through those pesky medical records to arrive at a conclusion. Using an artificial neural network to predict the death of a human being is a far cry from having a computer interpret an inanimate x-ray who is not a daughter, mother, sister, wife, or grandmother… If you put it all together, it adds up to a death panel of one. Google’s software would decide that there is not a high likelihood of walking out of the hospital, no treatment would be given. We are becoming witness to the devolution of humanity… Moreover, the government is incentivizing workforce development in palliative care through the Palliative Care and Hospice Education and Training Act. Perhaps this is why the hospice team seems to greet the patient at the hospital door. Of note, once a person has signed on to the Medicare hospice program, Medicare will not pay for any curative treatment or medications. Medicare will not pay for an emergency room visit unless the hospice team arranged it or someone decides it is not related to the hospice diagnosis… The number of hospice agencies participating in the Medicare program nearly doubled between 2000 and 2016, for a total of some 4,382 providers. In 2000, about 30 percent of hospice agencies were for-profit, compared to about 67 percent in 2016. In that same period, Medicare payments grew from $3 billion to $16.8 billion… Hospice care is lucrative. The minimum Medicare payment is $196 per day regardless of the quantity or quality of services provided on that day. A July 2019 report from the Office of Inspector General for the Department of Health and Human Services found that more than 80 percent of end-of-life facilities in the United States had at least one deficiency, and nearly 20 percent were poor performers with serious problems that jeopardized patient health and safety. It seems the compassionate medical service to care for suffering patients has turned into a heartless cash cow… Is this what we want for our loved ones and eventually, ourselves? Medicare for All promises every type of medical care under the sun, including long-term care. Long-term care is expensive and if done properly, labor intensive. What better way to save money than to promote a computer program that convinces doctors that the patient is going to die no matter what they do. So the hospital tells the family that treatment or home care will drain their finances. For what? I’ll tell you for what. My parents died at home only after they were tired of doctors and ready to go. They strolled into heaven. They were not shoved in with a giant government backhoe.”

Posted in Uncategorized | Leave a comment

Web Research Links for the Week of 12/11/23

Fair Use Notice: This site may contain some copyrighted material the use of which has not always been specifically authorized by the copyright owner. We are making such material available in our efforts to advance understanding of vital issues which already exist in the public domain. – Note: These links are posted at the top of the page as the week progresses. Links from previous weeks can be found under the “Current Quicklinx” button.

Pfizer Lawsuit Awakens US to Mass CV19 Vax Murders – (w/Video 1hr 2min) – by Greg Hunter’s USAWatchdog.com – https://usawatchdog.com/pfizer-lawsuit-awakens-us-to-mass-cv19-vax-murders-karen-kingston/ – “Karen Kingston is a biotech analyst and former Pfizer employee who says Texas AG Ken Paxton’s recent lawsuit is charging Pfizer for many “lies” about their CV19 vax being safe and effective.  Kingston contends this is going to begin a great awakening to the murders and disease caused by these injections.  Many doctors now say the CV19 vax did not help a single person.  Let that sink in.  Kingston explains, ‘What Paxton and his team are going to do is expose thousands and thousands of lies that you were told by Pfizer and, specifically, CEO Albert Bourla.  Albert Bourla went on a campaign of deception and a lying spree that resulted in a killing spree, and Bourla knew it. Ken Paxton and his legal team are charging Pfizer under the Deceptive Trade Practices Act of Texas.  There are five counts they are being charged with across 18 violations.  The 95% efficacy was not what you thought it was. . . . There was no evidence that it would stop transmission and infecting others.  There was no evidence it worked against the variants.  Then . . . there was the charge of scheming to suppress the truth about the failing vaccine. . . . This is huge.’.. How big is this?  Kingston says, ‘It could be $350 billion in fines for Pfizer, and they cannot get out of this by going bankrupt.’.. Kingston goes on to say, ‘I think the actual truth is you were not injected with a vaccine.  The immune response you got, and they called it a robust response, is really your body’s response to being poisoned to foreign material that is in your body.  It’s genetic material as well as inorganic material.  This is not a vaccine, and people were involved in criminal human experimentation as were their children.  They were experimented on with a biotechnology pathogen.  This is per our National Institutes of Health and our U.S. military.’.. Kingston started warning about the death and dangers of this CV19 vax more than two years ago on USAWatchdog.com.  She called the CV19 vax “poison,” and the millions of deaths and injuries worldwide prove her right.  Sadly, Kingston will continue to be right.  She says the peak in disabilities won’t happen until 2025, and peak deaths from the CV19 injections come after that.  Kingston says, ‘I also predicted that people would be dying from aggressive cancers and large cancer tumors out of nowhere.  I also said this is criminal, you can sue Pfizer and you can have criminal charges against Pfizer.  I think we are going to get a great awakening to do that, and people do not have to remain a victim.  This is murder, and it is no different than me having a cupcake company and I put cyanide in the cupcakes. . . .and I did not expose to you my natural ingredients.  That’s murder’.” – There is much more in the 1-hour and 2-minute interview. Join Greg Hunter of USAWatchdog.com as he goes One-on-One with renowned biotech analyst Karen Kingston as she gives another update on the bioweapon mRNA/nanoparticle injections and why the recent Texas AG Pfizer lawsuit will cause a CV19 vax great awakening to mass murder.

The Great Taking – Perhaps the most important film you will see for years(1hr 11min) – by David Rogers Webb – ‘The Great Taking’ is a not-for-profit documentary produced by former hedge fund manager, David Rogers Webb, which alerts us to the privately-controlled Central Banks’ preparations for the inevitable financial collapse.

NY Rep. Nicole Malliotakis: NYC Officials Are Trying to Register Migrants to Vote – by John Binder – https://www.breitbart.com/politics/2023/12/04/nicole-malliotakis-nyc-officials-trying-register-migrants-vote/ – “Rep. Nicole Malliotakis (R-NY) accused New York City officials of attempting to register to vote newly arrived border crossers and illegal aliens living in city-contracted shelters, during a press conference Sunday… Malliotakis said New York City officials required contractors, those tasked with running the city’s widespread migrant shelter system, to hand out voter registration pamphlets and help migrants register to vote… “We believe this is the smoking gun that proves what we’ve been saying all along — that the city intends to register non-citizens to vote,” Malliotakis said… The accusation comes as Malliotakis received documents related to a Freedom of Information Law (FOIL) request that detailed a contract between New York City and Homes for the Homeless, just one of the many non-governmental organizations (NGOs) being paid to care for border crossers and illegal aliens… Malliotakis provided the documents she obtained from the FOIL request:

Document via Rep. Nicole Malliotakis… Other Republican officials joined Malliotakis in condemning the alleged voter fraud scheme carried out by New York City officials… “Noncitizen voting is not the law of the City of New York, and no one should be trying to register noncitizens to vote,” City Councilman David Carr (R-Staten Island) said: Certainly, no one should be giving a contract to a not-for-profit, whether its a homeless or migrant shelter provider or anyone else, to try and register noncitizens. It’s absolutely illegal at this stage of the game and it shouldn’t be in the contract. [Emphasis added] – New York City Democrats had sought to give the right to vote in municipal elections to nearly a million foreign nationals living across the city in Dember 2021. That effort, though, was struck down in 2022 by the New York Supreme Court, citing that the ordinance violates the state’s constitution… John Binder is a reporter for Breitbart News. Email him at jbinder@breitbart.com. Follow him on Twitter here.”

Italian Health Minister Gave Orders To Conceal Vaccination Deaths Now Under Investigation For Murder (4 minutes) – by Infowars’ Greg Reese

Dogs, Cats, Birds and Maui – by Arthur Firstenberg – https://cellphonetaskforce.org/dogs-cats-birds-and-maui/ – “In response to my last newsletter, “Don’t irradiate the birds!,” readers have sent me accounts from far and wide of what has been happening not only to the insects, birds, plants, etc., but also to their pets from being irradiated. I have also discovered more information about the birds of Maui — information that makes the case for radiation killing the birds, and not malaria, even more compelling… UPDATE ON BIRDS OF MAUI  – The bird in my last newsletter called WILD1 — the one who disabled his radio transmitter less than a day after his release into the forest — was seen, alive and very healthy, on July 23, 2021, 632 days after being released! This was reported in the Honolulu Star Advertiser and in The Maui News. Here is my updated newsletter, amended accordingly: https://cellphonetaskforce.org/dont-irradiate-the-birds/IRRADIATED DOGS AND CATS  – Sidnee from California writes: ‘A cat appeared one day with a tracking device on a harness. I wrapped the device in aluminum foil and taped a note on the back, telling whoever was the owner that he or she was harming his cat with that device. I included my phone number. A man called me and we chatted. Turns out the cat lived in the house behind me. I told him that the wireless radiation would be making his cat sick, but he didn’t care. His response? “He’s an expensive cat and he likes to wander. I need to know where he goes”.’ – ‘The Tile Tracker works with Bluetooth. I measured the RFR [radio frequency radiation]. It ranged from the hundreds of thousands to 2.5 million μW/m2. And the cat wore this all the time. He was so skinny, hyperactive and aggressive toward my own sweet orange kitty.’ – The neighbor’s cat, like some of the birds on Maui, kept managing to remove his transmitter. The owner put a different transmitter on him, this time made by Apple. Sidnee continues: ‘Good news. Since the cat kept losing the trackers, the owner has finally given up and the cat has no more devices on his harness! What a different cat! He is mellow, sweet and gets along great with my orange kitty, who is 17 years old.’ –  tacy in the Netherlands tells what she has observed in nature, in her cats, and in herself, since the advent of 5G:  ‘I have seen a kill-off of insects since 5G has been rolled out. I had 3 ant nests in my house and balcony, they are all dead now and I didn’t do anything. Also my plants on my balcony have not been visited by bees or any insects for that matter.’.. ‘Also lots of plants did poorly, the tops of the plants looked like they had been irradiated from the sky, the leaves clumped together, turned and died.’.. ‘I have also noted that in the evening I wake up feeling like I have been choked, my mouth and throat completely dried, my lips parched and I can drink a lot of water but it leaves my body very rapidly. I also suffer from a lot of hair loss as do my cats, they have bald patches and I buy them the best of food I can find. I have never had cats with bald patches before, they say it’s old age but it’s not true. I have it with both cats, a male and a female’.”

BIDEN BORDER CRISIS: Border Patrol’s Tucson Sector Reports a Shocking 18,900 Apprehensions of Illegal Aliens in Last Week – Highest Total Ever Recorded – by David Greyson – https://dailynewsfromaolf.substack.com/p/biden-border-crisis-border-patrols – “Joe Biden’s America… According to the Border Patrol, last week alone there were 18,900 apprehensions of illegal aliens in the Tucson sector… The week before approximately 17,500 illegals crossed the border in the same sector. In one week there was an increase of about 1,400 illegals that were captured… Most of the illegals were released into the U.S. and disappeared with no accountability… ‘Border Patrol’s Tucson, AZ sector reports making a jaw dropping 18,900 apprehensions of illegal immigrants in the last week alone. It’s the highest weekly total ever recorded for the sector, breaking the prior record of 17,500 which was set the prior week,’ Fox News reporter Bill Melugin said on Saturday… BREAKING: Border Patrol’s Tucson, AZ sector reports making a jaw dropping 18,900 apprehensions of illegal immigrants in the last week alone. It’s the highest weekly total ever recorded for the sector, breaking the prior record of 17,500 which was set the prior week. Just…wow… — Bill Melugin (@BillMelugin_) December 9, 2023According to Bill Melugin, a majority of the crossings were in Lukeville… ‘Most of the illegal crossings were in Lukeville, where we were reporting on border wall breaches & mass incursions all week. Important to note, the Tucson sector is just one of nine Border Patrol sectors along the southern border,’ Bill Melugin said… Most of the illegal crossings were in Lukeville, where we were reporting on border wall breaches & mass incursions all week. Important to note, the Tucson sector is just one of nine Border Patrol sectors along the southern border… — Bill Melugin (@BillMelugin_) December 9, 2023Earlier this week, TGP had reported of a record breaking 12,000 illegals flooding the southern border in just a 24 hour period.”NATO will confront Russia in West Africa – by Vanessa Beeley – https://beeley.substack.com/p/nato-will-confront-russia-in-west – “Why Mauritania is turning into an alliance outpost in the region – a recent report by Nikolay Dmitrievich Plotnikov outlines the potential for a new NATO front with Russia with Mauritania converted into a NATO alliance outpost in the region. –The following is a translation of the article in Russian. Click on images for supporting links that I have added: Western ‘peacekeeping missions’ in Mali have failed. Following France and Britain, Germany is now considering the withdrawal of their troops from Mali. The rationale is universally accepted – the increase in Islamist activity in Mali and the alleged expansion of Russian military presence aligned to the much talked about PMC Wagner group… However, the collective West and NATO does not have any intention of leaving. The alliance outpost and base is the Islamic Republic of Mauritania (IRM). It is first choice because it borders on Western Sahara, Senegal, Algeria, Mali and is at the junction of two key areas of West Africa – Maghreb and Sahel. The IRM has become more important since Mahel was released from the Sahel Group of Five (G5 Sahel) with headquarters in Nouakchott, the capital of Mauritania. The members were Mali, Burkina Faso, Niger, Chad and Mauritania… According to NATO leadership, cooperation with IRM will help maintain NATO influence on the southern flank of the Tropic of Cancer in the Atlantic Ocean and Central Africa. According to the Secretary General of the Alliance, Jens Stoltenberg, this will enable NATO to compete with the growing influence of Russia and China in the region, using ‘economic leverage’ to advance NATO interests… It is difficult to determine where Stoltenberg’s fears about Russian expansion come from. Perhaps he was worried by Moscow’s intentions to hold the second Russian-African summit in 2023? However this is the sovereign business of Russia and African countries. Prevention tactics were to replace the Kremlin’s influence with various new alliance delegations. In turn, Moorish officials became welcome guests at NATO headquarters… Mauritania has been a historical partner of the North Atlantic Alliance in the framework of the Mediterranean Dialogue since 1995 – other partners are Algeria, Egypt, Israel, Jordan, Morocco and Tunisia. Based on the Individual Partnership Plan, NATO specialists consult and train the command staff of the national army and security structures of Mauritania. They also assist in building the capacity and military infrastructure of its armed forces… At the alliance summit in Brussels in June 2021 NATO’s collective security threat was announced in connection with the escalation in the Sahara-Sahel region. At the summit in Madrid 2022, Mauritania announced the allocation of a new “aid” package. Details of the package were not disclosed. In general terms it is believed that the assistance will be targeting support for the Moorish army – for Intelligence, special operations and ensuring maritime security… The alleged basis of cooperation with Mauritania is the fight against ‘International Terrorism’ on the borders. The groups include Islamic State, Al Qaeda of the Islamic Maghreb, Ansar Al Din, Boko Haram. All these groups are designated terrorists and are banned in Russia. However despite claims of combatting terrorism, NATO countries have not been able to assure the safety of civilian populations during the so-called anti-terrorist operations conducted since 2014… The EU ‘humanitarian’ projects are also negligible. In addition to the aggravation of the terrorism wave in Mali, CAR, Niger and Chad – Latin American cocaine and Afghan heroin are entering the EU transiting through West African countries. There is also a flow of illegal migration and weapons [including from Ukraine]… The West is more concerned with access to the region’s mineral resources. EU industry and military has its eye on the supply of African cobalt, mica, zinc, lead, copper, titanium, zirconium, manganese, chromium, platinum group metals, uranium and bauxite… The current situation in West Africa is seen by NATO as a convenient time to pivot the bloc’s policy towards Africa. Having outlined the intention to provide ‘assistance’ to the region, Brussels retains the capability to support crisis processes by projecting force from the relatively stable Mauritania territories… The increasing geostrategic value of the IRM for NATO coincides with its growing importance as a producer and exporter of natural gas. At the expense of Mauritania, NATO European countries expect to strengthen their own energy security… To this end, Brussels plans to help resolve the differences between Nouakchott and Rabat and to ensure in the medium term the supply of natural gas from offshore fields in the Moorish territorial waters ( of the « Torto Ahmeim », « Bir Allah » and « Orka » ) and Western Sahara ( pool in the area of. Dahla ). According to Mauritania’s Minister of Oil Abdessalam Ould Salah, his country is ready to become a primary source of blue fuel to the EU against the backdrop of sanctions on Russia and the loss of Russian gas supply… NATO also predicts that the bloc’s military presence in the region will facilitate the construction of the Nigerian underwater gas pipeline to Morocco which will run along the western coast of Africa. Agreements on this project were signed in September 2022… Thus in a very short time Mauritania has become NATO’s primary partner in the region. Judging by statements emitted from Brussels the role the country will play is not an enviable one. It will not only become the NATO base for countering Russian ‘expansion’ in West Africa but will also be instrumental in countering Russian foreign policy on the entire African continent.”The Math for Buying a Home No Longer Works. These Charts Show You Why by Gina Heeb – https://dailynewsfromaolf.substack.com/p/the-math-for-buying-a-home-no-longer – “It is now less affordable than any time in recent history to buy a home, and the math isn’t changing any time soon. Home prices aren’t expected to go back to prepandemic levels. The Federal Reserve, which started raising rates aggressively early last year to curb inflation, hasn’t shown much interest in cutting them. Mortgage rates slipped to about 7% last week, the lowest in several months, but they are still more than double what they were two years ago… Typically, high mortgage rates slow down home sales, and home prices should soften as a result. Not this time. Home sales are certainly falling, but prices are still rising—there just aren’t enough homes to go around. The national median existing-home price rose to about $392,000 in October, the highest ever for that month in data that goes back to 1999… Average rate on a 30-year fixed mortgage, monthly – Median sales price on existing U.S. single-family homes – Sources: Freddie Mac (mortgage rates); National Association of Realtors (home prices) – In mortgages, higher rates add up fast. An increase of just a few percentage points can mean hundreds of thousands of dollars more in interest over the life of a standard 30-year loan” – Total cost of a mortgage for a $400,000 home at different interest ratesSource: Bankrate.comNote: Based on a standard 30-year fixed mortgage, with a 20% down payment… Loan amountTotal interest3%5%8%$0$500,000$1,000,000… That means buyers get a lot less home for their dollar. Before the Fed started raising rates, a person with a monthly housing budget of $2,000 could have bought a home valued at more than $400,000. Today, that same buyer would need to find a home valued at $295,000 or less”Breaking Exclusive: Expert Shares That California’s “Existential” Financial Crisis is Way Worse Than Being Reported – by Guest Contributor – https://dailynewsfromaolf.substack.com/p/breaking-exclusive-expert-shares  – “Financial expert Chriss Street says that California is in an existential financial crisis.  The state is losing billions by the month, and prospects for the future are even worse… Chriss Street knows California’s financial status.  He has written articles on California’s financial woes for more than a decade.  He was one of a handful of individuals selected to figure out how to get California out of its financial mess after the Great Recession of 2009, and he knows the financials of the state… He has been warning for some time that the state is in serious financial trouble, much more than is being reported.  This is one of many reasons Street is behind the split and formation of the new state of New CaliforniaFor Christmas Gifts, Check Out The Gateway Pundit Discounts Page At MyPillow (Plus Free Shipping Through Dec 15)In an exclusive report supplied overnight, Street says the following about the financial situation of the state of California… The non-partisan California Legislative Analyst Office just acknowledged the State of California business model has collapsed. After projecting $14 billion in deficits for the next two years in May, the LAO now projects the State of California faces $100 billion deficit over the next 18 months and $187 billion over the next four and a half years… The financial press is calling the grim alert a shocking surprise, but the New California State movement that seeks to split the state in half has been issuing similar estimates for several years. The warning signs of an existential crisis has been brewing include California unable to issue a timely audited financial statement since 2018, over 1 million residents leaving the state, and collecting lower taxes after raising tax rates.”Well that didn’t last long: Argentine president Javier Milei Sells Out Immediately – by CWR – https://dailynewsfromaolf.substack.com/p/well-that-didnt-last-long-argentine – “LOL. The Argentinian politician “for the people” sold out to the WEF the first chance he had… Tards believed this NWO stooge was for the people… Javier Milei, the new president of Argentina, has about-turned on his commitment to withdraw from the Paris climate agreement… Mr Milei, who was sworn into office on Sunday, had previously said he intended to rescind Argentina’s participation in the agreement after calling climate change a hoax.”US Air Force announces retention bonuses of up to $600,000 in desperate bid to fix pilot shortage – by Rebecca Rommen – https://dailynewsfromaolf.substack.com/p/us-air-force-announces-retention – “The US Air Force (USAF) has announced a new round of retention bonuses, offering up to $600,000 over 12 years, the Air Force Times reported… Announced on November 30, the bonuses are aimed at manned aircraft and drone pilots, combat systems operators, and air battle managers, with amounts ranging from $15,000 to $50,000 per year, depending on aircraft type and when they commit… The move aims to retain skilled airmen and address a decades-long pilot shortage that has affected policy-making and managerial jobs… Fighter and bomber pilots, as well as mobility, search-and-rescue, and special operations pilots, could earn $30,000 to $35,000 a year on three- to four-year contracts, per the report… Pilots who sign up for an extra five to seven years could earn another $37,500 to $42,500 per year, while those committing to eight to 12 additional years stand to earn $45,000 to $50,000 a year… Airmen operating command-and-control and intelligence aircraft also qualify for the bonuses and could get annual payments of $30,000 to $35,000 over three to 12 years… Some pilots opting for an additional five to 12 years may receive a lump sum payment of up to $200,000 upfront… The new initiative, which will run until the end of 2028, will supplement non-financial incentives offered by the USAF to those in the demo, such as giving troops more of a say over where they are based and what assignments they get… Early data indicates a positive response to the demo program, with 210 contract extensions signed in the first 10 days, service spokesperson Master Sgt. Deana Heitzman said, per the Air Force Times.”We need power to prescribe climate policy, IPCC scientists say – Exclusive: Five IPCC report authors say scientists should be allowed to make policy prescriptions and potentially oversee implementation – by Arthur Neslen – https://www.theguardian.com/environment/2023/dec/07/we-need-power-to-prescribe-climate-policy-ipcc-scientists-sayNote: this article is behind a paywall. To access it, click This Link, and put the URL above into the search bar. – “Senior climate experts are calling for an overhaul of the structure and powers of the UN’s Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change in despair at the slow pace of climate action… Five lead authors of IPCC reports told the Guardian that scientists should be given the right to make policy prescriptions and, potentially, to oversee their implementation by the 195 states signed up to the UN framework convention on climate change (UNFCCC)… Their call came after it emerged that the United Arab Emirates had been planning to use its position as Cop28 host to strike oil and gas deals … Sonia Seneviratne, an IPCC vice-chair and coordinating lead author since 2012, said: ‘At some point we need to say that if you want to achieve this aim set by policymakers then certain policies need to be implemented.’.. ‘As climate change becomes worse and worse, it is becoming more difficult to be policy relevant without being prescriptive.’.. Scientists should be able to call for fossil fuel cuts and phaseouts, she said. The discrepancy between IPCC science and action on the ground was ‘very difficult for us to understand as scientists because it doesn’t seem to make any sense.’.. Gert-Jan Nabuurs, a coordinating lead author on three IPCC reports, said: ‘The IPCC’s critical, independent and guiding roles seem to be less and less evident. As they decline, countries seem to be exerting a larger and larger influence.’.. The problem for authors was that ‘we can’t be policy prescriptive, so we can’t make hard statements on what should be done’, he said… Nabuurs questioned the value of continuing to produce assessment reports when ‘we already know that in five to six years’ time the message is not going to be very different, the problem will still be there, emissions will still be going up, there will be more evidence of impacts and less time to try to stay under 2C [of heating above pre-industrial levels].’.. Greenhouse gas emissions are on track to rise by 9% by 2030, despite years of warnings from scientists that climate tipping points may be near. Emissions would need to fall by 43% by the decade’s end to meet the Paris climate agreement goal of capping global heating at 1.5C… Julia Steinberger, a lead author on climate mitigation pathways on the IPCC’s most recent, sixth assessment report, known as AR6, said: ‘Right now, not only is the IPCC prevented from making strong, clear, commonsense statements – like the need to urgently move away from fossil fuel use and investment – but many scientists have personally taken being ‘non policy prescriptive’ to be part of their communication in general, not just the IPCC’s. This self-silencing is counterproductive, in my opinion.’.. More than half of all atmospheric greenhouse gas emissions since 1751 have occurred since the Cop summits began in 1995. The UNFCCC has overseen a new emissions record in almost every year since then, and 2023 looks as if it will be no different… Yamina Saheb, the lead author of a chapter in AR6, said: ‘I would like to see a situation where scientists make recommendations and then you track them. You ask governments to sign off on what they will do and then you evaluate how much progress they have made.’.. Steinberger said: .= ‘It’s no secret that specific governments have acted as agents of the meat and livestock industry and succeeded in changing the language [in the AR6 summary] from ‘plant-brd diets’ to ‘sustainable healthy diets’.’.. ‘Other governments, like Saudi Arabia or Switzerland, have lobbied for their [fossil fuels and finance] industries.’.. The veto that governments such as the UAE hold over key reports is a particular concern for IPCC authors… ‘I think this Cop will demonstrate the impossibility of viable climate diplomacy while the fossil fuel industry runs so many governments and infiltrates negotiating teams,’ Steinberger said… The IPCC’s modus operandi is to provide assessment reports of the latest climate science, which can be more than 3,000 pages long, every six to seven years. A shorter “summary for policymakers” is also assembled, condensing the main findings… Government representatives review the papers line by line and go back and forth making editorial tweaks with IPCC scientists. Both have vetoes but in practice scientists say they feel they cannot use theirs without sinking the text… One backroom US diplomatic paper from AR6 negotiations in March 2021, seen by the Guardian, chided scientists for making “policy recommendations” and for not recognising that “behaviour and lifestyle changes for demand-side mitigation can be highly sensitive”… The paper warned against using terms such as “wasteful” or “excessive” to describe consumption, because “these imply judgments”, and questioned why “the concept of [energy] sufficiency” had been included in the summary. The idea denotes reducing demand for energy, materials and water while increasing human wellbeing… Saheb said a climate flow diagram showing that mitigation funds fell short of investment needs in developing countries was dropped from the AR6 summary after objections from the US and other rich countries… The US paper, which was signed by Trigg Talley, the senior adviser to the US special climate envoy, John Kerry, accused scientists of ‘a pervasive anti-market bias and an excessive focus on short-term pandemic recovery stimulus and quantitative easing.’.. It said: ‘While the report assesses fossil fuel producers’ stranded assets, it does not assess the ‘stranded livelihoods’ of those who depend on the industry.’.. Glen Peters, a lead author on emissions scenarios in AR6, said IPCC scientists should be allowed to identify the causes of national greenhouse gas emissions increases – such as coal use in China – and offer examples of successful mitigation pathways elsewhere… A statement by IPCC scientists that China and India were responsible for more than 50% of net global emissions increases between 2010 and 2019 was removed from the last summary for policymakers, negotiating documents show… Peters said: ‘The IPCC needs to move to solving the problem. If that does not happen in AR7 then I think the IPCC is going to lose relevance. The IPCC in a sense has to change now, because the world around it has changed.’.. Not all IPCC scientists agree. Joyashree Roy, a coordinating lead author on AR6, argued that the IPCC was already becoming more independent and that transforming it into an oversight group would lead to ‘fragmented decisions [that] cannot solve this unique problem for humanity.’.. She said: ‘Negotiators are doing so much more homework which is visible over time and in their expression of arguments during the review process and approval sessions of summaries for policymakers.’.. ‘Countries are participating with serious preparations backed by scientific arguments, so it helps in enriching both the reports as well as the understanding of the parties.’.. The IPCC maintains that its first responsibility must be to provide science to inform and underpin the work of UNFCCC negotiators… An IPCC spokesperson said: “It is important to note that the IPCC assessments are policy relevant but not policy prescriptive: they may present projections of future climate change brd on different scenarios and the risks that climate change poses and discuss the implications of response options, but they do not tell policymakers what actions to take.’.. The official said the IPCC’s latest cycle showed progress in its gender and regional balances… ‘Sixty per cent of the IPCC bureau members are from developing countries,’ they noted. However, less developed countries make up 84% of the world population, and the least developed counties account for 14% of the global populace but only 7% of IPCC scientists… Saheb said: ‘The peer-reviewed science that is considered is only what comes from the global north. People in the south don’t have access to databrs because they are very expensive and these meetings are all in English, which not everyone speaks. I think this iniquity is a continuation of colonialism… More than 650 climate scientists signed a plea to the US president, Joe Biden, this month calling for a faster, fairer phaseout of fossil fuels and more climate funding for poor nations.”

We need power to prescribe climate policy, IPCC scientists say – Exclusive: Five IPCC report authors say scientists should be allowed to make policy prescriptions and potentially oversee implementation – by Arthur Neslen – https://www.theguardian.com/environment/2023/dec/07/we-need-power-to-prescribe-climate-policy-ipcc-scientists-say – “Note: this article is behind a paywall. To access it, click This Link, and put the URL above into the search bar. – “Senior climate experts are calling for an overhaul of the structure and powers of the UN’s Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change in despair at the slow pace of climate action… Five lead authors of IPCC reports told the Guardian that scientists should be given the right to make policy prescriptions and, potentially, to oversee their implementation by the 195 states signed up to the UN framework convention on climate change (UNFCCC)… Their call came after it emerged that the United Arab Emirates had been planning to use its position as Cop28 host to strike oil and gas deals … Sonia Seneviratne, an IPCC vice-chair and coordinating lead author since 2012, said: “At some point we need to say that if you want to achieve this aim set by policymakers then certain policies need to be implemented… “As climate change becomes worse and worse, it is becoming more difficult to be policy relevant without being prescriptive.” – Scientists should be able to call for fossil fuel cuts and phaseouts, she said. The discrepancy between IPCC science and action on the ground was “very difficult for us to understand as scientists because it doesn’t seem to make any sense”… Gert-Jan Nabuurs, a coordinating lead author on three IPCC reports, said: “The IPCC’s critical, independent and guiding roles seem to be less and less evident. As they decline, countries seem to be exerting a larger and larger influence.” – The problem for authors was that “we can’t be policy prescriptive, so we can’t make hard statements on what should be done”, he said… Nabuurs questioned the value of continuing to produce assessment reports when “we already know that in five to six years’ time the message is not going to be very different, the problem will still be there, emissions will still be going up, there will be more evidence of impacts and less time to try to stay under 2C [of heating above pre-industrial levels]”… Greenhouse gas emissions are on track to rise by 9% by 2030, despite years of warnings from scientists that climate tipping points may be near. Emissions would need to fall by 43% by the decade’s end to meet the Paris climate agreement goal of capping global heating at 1.5C… Julia Steinberger, a lead author on climate mitigation pathways on the IPCC’s most recent, sixth assessment report, known as AR6, said: “Right now, not only is the IPCC prevented from making strong, clear, commonsense statements – like the need to urgently move away from fossil fuel use and investment – but many scientists have personally taken being ‘non policy prescriptive’ to be part of their communication in general, not just the IPCC’s. This self-silencing is counterproductive, in my opinion.” – More than half of all atmospheric greenhouse gas emissions since 1751 have occurred since the Cop summits began in 1995. The UNFCCC has overseen a new emissions record in almost every year since then, and 2023 looks as if it will be no different… Yamina Saheb, the lead author of a chapter in AR6, said: “I would like to see a situation where scientists make recommendations and then you track them. You ask governments to sign off on what they will do and then you evaluate how much progress they have made.” – Steinberger said: “It’s no secret that specific governments have acted as agents of the meat and livestock industry and succeeded in changing the language [in the AR6 summary] from ‘plant-brd diets’ to ‘sustainable healthy diets’… “Other governments, like Saudi Arabia or Switzerland, have lobbied for their [fossil fuels and finance] industries.” – The veto that governments such as the UAE hold over key reports is a particular concern for IPCC authors… “I think this Cop will demonstrate the impossibility of viable climate diplomacy while the fossil fuel industry runs so many governments and infiltrates negotiating teams,” Steinberger said… The IPCC’s modus operandi is to provide assessment reports of the latest climate science, which can be more than 3,000 pages long, every six to seven years. A shorter “summary for policymakers” is also assembled, condensing the main findings… Government representatives review the papers line by line and go back and forth making editorial tweaks with IPCC scientists. Both have vetoes but in practice scientists say they feel they cannot use theirs without sinking the text… One backroom US diplomatic paper from AR6 negotiations in March 2021, seen by the Guardian, chided scientists for making “policy recommendations” and for not recognising that “behaviour and lifestyle changes for demand-side mitigation can be highly sensitive”… The paper warned against using terms such as “wasteful” or “excessive” to describe consumption, because “these imply judgments”, and questioned why “the concept of [energy] sufficiency” had been included in the summary. The idea denotes reducing demand for energy, materials and water while increasing human wellbeing… Saheb said a climate flow diagram showing that mitigation funds fell short of investment needs in developing countries was dropped from the AR6 summary after objections from the US and other rich countries… The US paper, which was signed by Trigg Talley, the senior adviser to the US special climate envoy, John Kerry, accused scientists of “a pervasive anti-market bias and an excessive focus on short-term pandemic recovery stimulus and quantitative easing”… It said: “While the report assesses fossil fuel producers’ stranded assets, it does not assess the ‘stranded livelihoods’ of those who depend on the industry.” – Glen Peters, a lead author on emissions scenarios in AR6, said IPCC scientists should be allowed to identify the causes of national greenhouse gas emissions increases – such as coal use in China – and offer examples of successful mitigation pathways elsewhere… A statement by IPCC scientists that China and India were responsible for more than 50% of net global emissions increases between 2010 and 2019 was removed from the last summary for policymakers, negotiating documents show… Peters said: “The IPCC needs to move to solving the problem. If that does not happen in AR7 then I think the IPCC is going to lose relevance. The IPCC in a sense has to change now, because the world around it has changed.” – Not all IPCC scientists agree. Joyashree Roy, a coordinating lead author on AR6, argued that the IPCC was already becoming more independent and that transforming it into an oversight group would lead to “fragmented decisions [that] cannot solve this unique problem for humanity”… She said: “Negotiators are doing so much more homework which is visible over time and in their expression of arguments during the review process and approval sessions of summaries for policymakers… “Countries are participating with serious preparations backed by scientific arguments, so it helps in enriching both the reports as well as the understanding of the parties.” – The IPCC maintains that its first responsibility must be to provide science to inform and underpin the work of UNFCCC negotiators… An IPCC spokesperson said: “It is important to note that the IPCC assessments are policy relevant but not policy prescriptive: they may present projections of future climate change brd on different scenarios and the risks that climate change poses and discuss the implications of response options, but they do not tell policymakers what actions to take.” – The official said the IPCC’s latest cycle showed progress in its gender and regional balances… “Sixty per cent of the IPCC bureau members are from developing countries,” they noted. However, less developed countries make up 84% of the world population, and the least developed counties account for 14% of the global populace but only 7% of IPCC scientists… Saheb said: “The peer-reviewed science that is considered is only what comes from the global north. People in the south don’t have access to databrs because they are very expensive and these meetings are all in English, which not everyone speaks. I think this iniquity is a continuation of colonialism.” – More than 650 climate scientists signed a plea to the US president, Joe Biden, this month calling for a faster, fairer phaseout of fossil fuels and more climate funding for poor nations.”

Secret Plan Exposed: Government & Pfizer Documents Implicate Gates & Schwab in Depopulation Scheme – by The Expose – https://expose-news.com/2023/12/11/secret-plan-exposes-gates-schwab-depopulation-scheme/ – “If an experimental vaccine were to damage the heart and immune system in a significant number of individuals who received it, it is possible that it could lead to a decline in the overall population size… This could occur for several reasons. – First, damage to the heart could lead to an increase in cardiovascular diseases, which are a leading cause of mortality worldwide. This could result in a higher number of deaths among individuals who received the vaccine.; Second, damage to the immune system could leave individuals more susceptible to other infections and diseases, which could also contribute to an increase in mortality.; Last, but by no means least, the negative impacts of the vaccine on fertility and reproductive health could lead to a decline in the number of births, further contributing to a decline in the overall population size… If such a vaccine were to be developed and distributed, it could potentially lead to depopulation due to increased mortality and decreased fertility… Unfortunately, the world has found itself in a situation where powerful institutions and Governments have coerced millions of people into getting an experimental COVID-19 vaccine that causes all of the ill-fated things mentioned above… Official Government reports and confidential Pfizer documents prove it… Therefore, you are witnessing mass depopulation unfold before your very eyes… The push for mass Covid-19 vaccination isn’t about combating a virus, but about reducing the global population… This goal aligns with the interests of certain powerful corporations and individuals who stand to benefit from a smaller, more manageable population… Regardless of the specific cause, the implications of what is currently occurring in the real world are significant… Millions have ‘Died Suddenly’ – Did you know that data on excess deaths in 15% of the world’s countries can be found on the website of the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD)? – This includes major countries like the USA, Canada, and the UK… Additionally, we were able to extract even more up-to-date data on 28 European countries from EuroMOMO… All of this information has been provided to the OECD and EuroMOMO by each country’s Government organizations, such as the Centers for Disease Control in the USA and the Office for National Statistics in the UK… The following chart illustrates the disturbing trend of excess deaths in the “Five Eyes” countries (Australia, Canada, New Zealand, the UK, and the US) as well as 27 otheEuropean countries –

Are you aware of the staggering number of excess deaths that have occurred in the US and Europe in recent years? – In 2021, the US saw almost 700,000 excess deaths, with another 360,000 excess deaths by November 11th, 2022… Europe had a similarly alarming 382,000 excess deaths in 2021, with 309,000 excess deaths by November 2022… And these figures don’t even include Ukraine! – Shockingly, even countries like New Zealand, Australia, and Canada have seen excess deaths that have not decreased since the rollout of the Covid-19 vaccine… The following chart illustrates the disturbing trend of overall excess deaths in Australia in 2020, 2021, and up to week 30 of 2022 –

Did you know that the rollout of the COVID-19 vaccine in Australia led to a shocking 747% increase in excess deaths, from 1,303 in 2020 to 11,042 in 2021? – And the situation has only gotten worse since then… By the end of July 2022, there were a staggering 18,973 excess deaths in Australia – a 1,356% increase from 2020… That’s more excess deaths in 7 months than in the previous two years combined… And the situation in the US is similarly alarming –

Are you aware of the disturbing trend of excess deaths in the US following the rollout of the Covid-19 vaccine? – By week 38 of 2022, 1,700 more people had died compared to the same time in 2020, and by week 38 of 2021, a shocking 109,000 more people had died compared to the same time in 2020… These numbers indicate that rather than decreasing, deaths have actually increased following the vaccine rollout… The following two charts illustrate the total excess deaths in the “Five Eyes” and Europe since the beginning of 2021 when the Covid-19 vaccine was introduced – Did you know that over 1.8 million excess deaths have occurred in the “Five Eyes” and most of Europe since the rollout of the Covid-19 vaccine? – This shocking figure includes over 1 million excess deaths in the US and over 690,000 excess deaths in Europe according to the Centers for Disease Control and the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development, as well as significant numbers of excess deaths in Australia, Canada, and New Zealand… The official narrative that the vaccine is safe and effective and would reduce the number of deaths is completely contradicted by these figures, which suggest that the Covid-19 vaccines may be the main cause of the excess deaths… Children / Teens & Young Adults have ‘Died Suddenly’ – Did you know that excess deaths among children aged 0 to 14 in Europe skyrocketed by a staggering 755% between January and September 2022, according to official data? – This alarming increase, which has prompted the European Union to launch an investigation, occurred despite efforts by EuroMOMO to downplay the figures… It’s worth noting that the Pfizer Covid-19 vaccine was approved for use in children by the European Medicines Agency on 28th May 2021. Which was week 21 of 2021… Overall, excess deaths rose 630% since the vaccine’s approval for use in children by September of 2022… It’s a sad reality that despite the mounting evidence pointing to the clear danger of Covid-19 vaccinations for children, it is highly unlikely that authorities will acknowledge this risk… Tragically, the significant increase in excess deaths among children in Europe since the European Medicines Agency emergency approved the vaccine for use in this population is likely to be dismissed as just another “coincidence” in the long list of such occurrences since the start of the pandemic… It’s vital that we continue to examine and scrutinize the data to ensure that the health and well-being of our children are protected… Did you also know that according to official figures quietly published by the U.S. Centers for Disease Control (CDC), nearly half a million children and young adults died by October 9th 2022 in the USA since the Food & Drug Administration first granted emergency use authorization for a Covid-19 vaccine?”Critics Respond to UN Climate Deal to Phase Out Fossil Fuels: ‘Soviet-Style Central Planning’ – by Alex Newman –
https://libertysentinel.org/critics-respond-to-un-climate-deal-to-phase-out-fossil-fuels-soviet-style-central-planning/ – “The UN said its ‘global stocktake’ requires a 43 percent drop in emissions by 2030 if planetary temperature increases are to stay below 1.5 degrees Celsius… DUBAI—Governments from around the world agreed to a global transition away from “fossil fuels,” greater limits on energy use, and a new fund to compensate governments of poorer nations for alleged damages caused by CO2 emissions from wealthier countries… The outcome follows two weeks of negotiations at the United Nations climate summit held in the oil-rich United Arab Emirates… The deal, adopted by consensus of the nearly 200 governments in attendance, is being framed by U.N. officials as a turning point for the world… Critics, however, are sounding the alarm, saying the agreement and the broader process threaten both prosperity and liberty while doing little to nothing for the environment… Climate Depot editor Marc Morano, a former U.S. Senate aide who has long worked on climate policy, said Republican leaders in Congress must push back against the agenda… ‘This is Soviet-style central planning that simply must be stopped,’ he told The Epoch Times… He said all Republicans, from the leaders on down, ‘need to get to work stopping this anti-human agenda.’.. Mr. Morano, who attended the COP28 and has been a staple at the events for almost two decades, ridiculed as “absurd” and “psychotic” the notion that humanity can stop using hydrocarbon energy. He predicts the U.N. agreement will do nothing to help the climate… Separately, numerous experts have pointed out that Russian, Chinese, and Arab governments don’t appear likely to rein in traditional energy sources… U.N. officials said the agreement is a significant step toward protecting the climate, which the U.N. Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) says is threatened by human emissions of carbon dioxide and methane… ‘Whilst we didn’t turn the page on the fossil fuel era in Dubai, this outcome is the beginning of the end,’ said U.N. Climate Change Executive Secretary Simon Stiell at the close of the event… ‘Now all governments and businesses need to turn these pledges into real-economy outcomes, without delay.’.. One of the major takeaways from the event was what the U.N. calls the “global stocktake,” described by the international organization as the “central outcome of this year’s climate summit.”.. According to the stocktake, the “science” requires a 43 percent reduction in emissions by 2030 if planetary temperature increases are to be kept below 1.5 degrees Celsius… Those projections, based on computer models that have long been heavily criticized by scientists and experts for being unreliable, serve as the basis for the entire climate process… Other policies that the U.N. said are required by 2030, based on the stocktake, include a tripling of “renewable energy” such as solar and wind power, along with a doubling of energy efficiency… As part of that, the U.N. called for a phase-down of coal power and a “just, orderly, and equitable” transition away from fossil fuels… Under the plan, governments of wealthier nations such as the United States are expected to lead the way in winding down traditional energy while providing funding for governments of poorer nations to follow suit later… On the sidelines of the event, data provided by the “Climate Action Commitment Counter” showed billions of dollars pledged throughout the conference by governments and other interests… The funds are intended to go toward “green” energy, adapting to climate change, “inclusion,” reparations, development, and other projects… To help achieve the goals agreed to by governments at the COP28 and earlier summits, the Biden administration pledged billions of additional dollars to various U.N. programs including the “Green Climate Fund.”.. The fund is meant to help governments of poorer nations prepare for potential future climate change impacts… Administration officials also joined other Western governments in pledging hundreds of millions for a new “loss and damage” fund, painted as a mechanism to provide “climate reparations” for poorer nations supposedly harmed by previous CO2 emissions. The fund is to be held by the World Bank… Perhaps even more significant, the Biden administration pledged to further tighten regulations on power plants that experts warned could produce devastating consequences for the United States… Stephen Moore, chief economist at FreedomWorks, said the administration’s pledges would shut down 60 percent of U.S. electrical power generation... ‘Biden is playing a dangerous game of unilateral energy disarmament,’ said Mr. Moore. ‘Whether intentional or not, this radical green agenda will cripple our global economic leadership, cost our economy millions of jobs, and make Americans colder in their homes in the winter and hotter in the summer.’.. Other critics ridiculed the Biden administration’s efforts, especially in light of what other governments are doing... ‘At the conclusion of COP28, there was a sense of euphoria among the climate faithful that they achieved something monumental, specifically securing a document called the ‘UAE Consensus’ to ’transition’ away from fossil fuels,’ said Craig Rucker, who attended the summit as head of the conservative-leaning environmental group Committee for a Constructive Tomorrow (CFACT)... ‘But let’s face it, China has been constructing new coal plants at a rate of two per week and India is expected to increase its coal fleet 25 percent by 2030,’ Mr. Rucker told The Epoch Times. (underlined emphasis added)… Only Western nations steeped in global warming alarmism will undertake the foolish measures the Greens demand to gut their energy infrastructure.’.. He said COP28 meant nations were recommitting to past commitments that ‘they’ve failed to deliver on time and time again.’.. ‘The whole thing is a joke,’ Mr. Rucker said… Asked at the summit about the Chinese Communist Party’s (CCP) rapid expansion of coal-fired electrical power generation, even as the U.S. government further restricts traditional energy sources, U.S. Sen. Lisa Murkowski (R-Alaska), the only Republican to attend as part of the Senate delegation, acknowledged the issue and called for Beijing to cooperate… Ultimately, however, Ms. Murkowski—one of a handful of Republican lawmakers openly onboard with U.N. climate goals—said the U.S. government must continue its efforts to reduce CO2 emissions and “lead” on the process internationally… “Everybody needs to be a participant in the broader solution,” she said… ‘The Chinese need to be part of this discussion, and I think the Chinese need to be challenged on what they are doing and how they are doing it, and brought into the overall solutions.’.. Asked whether the United States will continue pursuing anti-emissions policies if the CCP refuses to rein in its CO2 output, the senator said the United States will continue to use its own resources while also cracking down on emissions… The prospect of former President Donald Trump returning to the White House loomed large over the conference, especially with multiple polls showing him leading the field… However, U.N. and U.S. officials said that nothing can stop the “transformation” that is now underway… ‘The transformation is unstoppable,’ declared giant monitors and posters scattered throughout the sprawling Expo Center that hosted the COP28.”

Posted in Uncategorized | Leave a comment

Web Research Links for the Week of 12/4/23

Fair Use Notice: This site may contain some copyrighted material the use of which has not always been specifically authorized by the copyright owner. We are making such material available in our efforts to advance understanding of vital issues which already exist in the public domain. – Note: These links are posted at the top of the page as the week progresses. Links from previous weeks can be found under the “Current Quicklinx” button.

Breaking – New Zealand covid whistleblower’s house surrounded by police –
Winston Smith, the Whistleblower of the New Zealand Covid vaccination fatalities, and a woman who is his backup support person, have had their houses surrounded by massive numbers of armed enforcement officers, and are now incommunicado to the people of New Zealand and the world. Video (5min 29sec):

New Trans Textbook for Psychiatrists Could Harm Millions of Kids, Critics Say – by Darlene McCormick Sanchez – https://www.theepochtimes.com/article/new-trans-textbook-for-psychiatrists-could-harm-millions-of-kids-critics-say-5533713 – “Note: this article is behind a paywall. To access it, click This Link, and put the URL above into the search bar… A new “cutting-edge” textbook on transgenderism written with the help of activists will be used to train psychiatrists and could harm millions of children in the future, some experts have warned.“Gender-Affirming Psychiatric Care,” just released on Amazon at $58, is a textbook printed by American Psychiatric Association (APA) Publishing.The textbook signals early on that it’s more subjective than objective, quoting a feminist studies professor saying, “Scientific neutrality is a fallacy.” – The content has prompted some critics to question the textbook’s reliance on a mix of transgender-identifying professionals writing about their experiences, limited scientific studies, and neo-Marxist critical theories… “This is a huge issue; millions more kids will be harmed,” said Dr. Lauren Schwartz, a psychiatrist in Oklahoma speaking out against the rush to “transition” children… The textbook’s introduction says the book is based on an “evidence-informed approach” instead of an evidence-based approach, which is more scientific, she told The Epoch Times… The 26 chapters are written by 56 authors, 50 of whom are in the transgender community, according to the textbook’s foreword… Chapters include affirming “two-spirit people,” a term used to refer to someone who believes he or she is both sexes, and one about “double queer” people—or people who identify as transgender and have a mental disability… The book’s editors are listed as an associate professor of psychiatry at Harvard Medical School and investigator at the National LGBT Health Education Center; and a transgender-identifying psychiatry resident at the University of Pennsylvania, whose work is influenced by her background as a “non-binary/trans, queer, neurodivergent, chronically ill, Jewish person.” – Dr. Schwartz noted that the authors were chosen by “prioritizing lived experience, diversity of perspectives, and community impact of prior work over academic titles.” – ‘Disturbing Gibberish’ – The problem is the textbook will be perceived as authoritative because it was printed by the APA’s publishing arm, she said… “Anyone wanting to practice gender-affirming care, any attorney wanting to defend it, and any legislator who wants to protect it, now they have a new peer-reviewed textbook, not just ‘evidence’ in a journal or a study,” she said… Alan Hopewell, a prescribing neuropsychologist in Texas who saw transgender-identifying patients decades ago, called the textbook “disturbing.” – “This is nonsensical gibberish which has no foundation whatsoever in science,” he told The Epoch Times… Hospitals could demand doctors go by the textbook because the APA put it out, or it could even be used to remove the license of doctors who don’t go along with it, he said… “This reminds me of brain-damaged hippies free-associating at a commune,” Mr. Hopewell said… The book foreword says that most of the contributing authors recognize they are “obscenely privileged” as English-speaking doctors with access to elite schools… It asserts that the psychiatric field was built on “the work [and assumptions] of European, white, cisgender men, including their colonial, Anglo-centric, cis-heteropatriarchal worldview and pathologization of experiences that did not fit their own ‘norm.'” – “For millennia, outside of European colonial influences, gender diversity has flourished to varying degrees among hundreds of indigenous communities around the world,” the foreword reads… The idea that Western countries were colonizing land stolen from indigenous people is part of critical race theory (CRT), which critics say is rooted in neo-Marxism… Straight White Bias: CRT and gender theories see white people and heterosexuals in Western civilization as “oppressors” of minority identity groups, who are viewed as victims… Activists are encouraged to dismantle oppressive societies in order to right discrimination of the past, according to ideology architects such as Ibram X. Kendi, who wrote “How to Be an Antiracist.”.. Proponents of CRT and gender theories contend that discrimination against identity groups such as white people and heterosexuals is needed to right the wrongs against racial and sexual minorities… “The entire document is predicated on an uncritical acceptance of queer theory, which is more accurately queer Marxism,” conservative author James Lindsay told The Epoch Times… Queer theory is a gender ideology advocating the destruction of traditional sexual norms; some queer theorists support sexual acts such as pedophilia and bestiality that aren’t accepted by society… Dallas attorney Ron Miller agreed that a textbook affirming gender transitioning could lead to the harming of millions of children through sterilization and side effects from hormones and surgery… He started a boutique law firm to represent de-transitioners, who no longer identify as the opposite of their birth sex. His clients are suing doctors who prescribed hormones and surgery for gender dysphoria… Like Dr. Schwartz, he told The Epoch Times that he sees danger ahead if the textbook is universally adopted… Mr. Miller pointed to the American Academy of Pediatrics, which came out with guidance on “gender-affirming care” for children in 2018… “We’re already in a world where thousands of kids are at risk of this ideology or this practice,” he said… According to the group’s website, the organization supports the affirmation model. The guidance “aims to help pediatricians and parents navigate health concerns of gender-diverse youth while advocating for ways to eliminate discrimination and stigma.”… Likewise, a textbook put out by a professional psychiatric organization such as the APA is seen as credible, Mr. Miller said… However, studies referenced in the textbook have come under fire for being flawed, such as the Dutch Protocol studies that are the basis of the affirmation model used today.”

She’s EXPOSING the WEF false flag coming in 2024, Journalist Whitney Webb (Video 27min)- Interviewed by Clayton Morris at Redacted – Another contribution from the What-Could-Go-Wrong Desk – Entities connected to not-so-friendly Foreign Government Actors to have direct access to critical U.S. government and private -sector institutions.

Did Israel Plan Disease in Gaza as the Next Phase of Genocide? – “Untreated diseases will likely end up killing more Palestinians in Gaza than Israel’s bombings, reports have said – w/Video (27min) Gerald Celente interviewing Judge Andrew Napolitano on U.S. “law” and the war in Israel – https://trendsinthenews.substack.com/p/did-israel-plan-disease-in-gaza-as -Israel has indicated that the spread of preventable diseases in the bombed-out coastal city of Gaza would be the next genocidal step in its war effort against Hamas… At least 15,000 Palestinians have been killed in Israeli airstrikes since the start of the war campaign — about 40 percent children… Giora Eiland, the former head of the Israeli National Security Council, spoke about how rampant disease could benefit the military campaign… WSWS quoted her article: Who are the “poor” women of Gaza? They are all the mothers, sisters or wives of Hamas murderers… The international community warns us of a humanitarian disaster in Gaza and of severe epidemics. We must not shy away from this, as difficult as that may be. After all, severe epidemics in the south of the Gaza Strip will bring victory closer and reduce casualties among IDF soldiers… The BBC ran a headline yesterday: “Untreated Diseases Could Eventually Kill More People in Gaza Than Bombings”West Admits Ukraine is Losing Proxy War – by Brian Berletic –  https://journal-neo.su/2023/11/27/west-admits-ukraine-is-losing-proxy-war/ – “After nearly 2 years of portraying the ongoing conflict in Ukraine as unfolding in Kiev and the collective West’s favor, a sudden deluge of admissions have begun saturating Western headlines noting that Ukraine is not only losing, but that there is little or nothing its Western backers can do to change this fact… What had been a narrative of Ukraine’s steady gains and indomitable fighting spirit has now been replaced by the reality of Ukraine’s catastrophic losses (as well as net territorial losses) and a steady collapse of morale among troops. What had been narratives of Russian forces poorly trained and led, equipped with inadequate quantities of antiquated weapons and dwindling ammunition stockpiles, have now been replaced by admissions that Russia’s military industrial base is out-producing the US and Europe combined while fielding weapon systems either on par with their Western counterparts, or able to surpass Western capabilities entirely… Ukraine’s Catastrophic Losses – Ukrainian losses, especially after 5 full months of failed offensive operations, are almost impossible to hide now… The London Telegraph in its article, “Ukraine’s army is running out of men to recruit, and time to win,” published as far back as August of this year admitted: The war in Ukraine is now one of attrition, fought on terms that increasingly favour Moscow. Kyiv has dealt admirably with shortages of Western equipment so far, but a shortage of manpower – which it is already having to confront – may prove fatal. – The article also claimed: It’s a brutal but simple calculation: Kyiv is running out of men. US sources have calculated that its armed forces have lost as many as 70,000 killed in action, with another 100,000 injured. While Russian casualties are higher still, the ratio nevertheless favours Moscow, as Ukraine struggles to replace soldiers in the face of a seemingly endless supply of conscripts… The article paints a bleak picture of continued Ukrainian military operations that are almost certainly unsustainable… The claim of 70,000 killed in action among Ukrainian troops is a gross underestimate, while claims that “Russian casualties are higher still” are not only unsubstantiated, but contradicted elsewhere among Western sources… Mediazona, a media platform maintained by US government-backed Russian opposition figures, has tracked Russian casualties from February 2022 onward by allegedly tracking public information regarding the death of Russian soldiers… Its numbers cannot be entirely verified, but on the few occasions the Russian Ministry of Defense released Russian casualty numbers, they were relatively close to Mediazona’s claims versus the cartoonish claims made by Ukraine’s General Staff – claims that are often unquestionably repeated by Western governments and media organizations… A more recent article published by Business Insider in late October titled, “Ukraine official says it can’t properly use its Western kit because it has so few soldiers left, report says,” confirms that Ukraine’s losses and resulting manpower crisis is only getting worse… The article reports: A Ukrainian official said Ukraine’s army is suffering a manpower shortage that is hampering its ability to use Western-donated weapons, Time magazine reported. Since the start of the war, several Ukrainian officials have blamed their difficulty repelling Russia’s invasion on the slow pace of deliveries by its allies… However, in the Time report, an unnamed source identified as a close aide to President Volodymyr Zelenskyy highlighted a different problem. “We don’t have the men to use them,” the aide said in reference to the Western weapons. Although Ukraine doesn’t give public figures, Western estimates suggest it has suffered in excess of 100,000 casualties… In addition to irreversible losses in manpower, Ukraine is also losing territory despite 5 months of intensive offensive operations and the fact that the Russian military leadership has repeatedly stated Russia’s goal is to eliminate Ukraine’s military, not take territory… The New York Times in a September article titled, “Who’s Gaining Ground in Ukraine? This Year, No One,” would note: Ukraine’s counteroffensive has struggled to push forward across the wide-open fields in the south. It is facing extensive minefields and hundreds of miles of fortifications — trenches, anti-tank ditches and concrete obstacles — that Russia built last winter to slow Ukrainian vehicles and force them into positions where they could be more easily targeted. When both sides’ gains are added up, Russia now controls nearly 200 square miles more territory in Ukraine compared with the start of the year. – Along with steep losses in manpower and a net loss in territory, Ukraine suffers from an equally damaging loss of equipment. Compounding materiel losses is the fact Western military industrial production is incapable of replacing these losses… Military Industrial Production: West Running Out as Russia Ramps Up – Last year, Western politicians and the Western media promoted the idea that superior Western military equipment would easily sweep aside Russia’s dwindling numbers of supposedly antiquated weapon systems. One article published by the London Telegraph in early June of this year was even titled, “British-made tanks are about to sweep Putin’s conscripts aside.” – Nothing could have been further from the truth… Instead, Russian military equipment has proven itself capable if not superior to Western weapon systems and, together with Russia’s massive military industrial base, it has both outnumbered and outfought Ukrainians trained and equipped by the West… This was admitted in the New York Times’ September article, Russia Overcomes Sanctions to Expand Missile Production, Officials Say,” which noted: Russia is now producing more ammunition than the United States and Europe. Overall, Kusti Salm, a senior Estonian defense ministry official, estimated that Russia’s current ammunition production is seven times greater than that of the West. – The article admits that Russia has doubled tank production, increased missile production, and is producing at least as many as 2 million artillery shells a year – more than the US and Europe combined currently produce and more than the US and Europe combined if and when they meet increased production targets between 2025-2027… A more recent article published by The Economist titled, “Russia is starting to make its superiority in electronic warfare count,” admits that Russia has developed an “impressive range of EW [electronic warfare] capabilities to counter NATO’s highly networked systems.” It explains how Russian EW capabilities have rendered precision-guided weapons provided by NATO to Ukraine ineffective, including GPS-guided Excalibur 155mm artillery shells, JDAM guided bombs, and HIMARS-launched GPS-guided rockets… The article also discusses the impact Russian EW capabilities have on Ukrainian drones which are lost by the thousands week-to-week. And as Russian EW capabilities disrupt Ukraine’s ability to use guided weapons and drones on and over the battlefield, the article admits Russia is able to produce at least twice as many drones as Ukraine giving Russia yet another quantitative and qualitative advantage… Despite much of the hype surrounding talk of equipping Ukraine with NATO-provided F-16 fighter aircraft, more sober Western analysts have gradually admitted that between Russia’s vast and growing aerospace forces and its superior integrated air defense systems, NATO-provided F-16s will fare no better than the Soviet-era aircraft Ukraine had and lost throughout the duration of the Special Military Operation… After months, even years of “game-changers” sent to Ukraine only to prove incapable of matching let alone exceeding Russian military capabilities, the game is indeed revealed to have been changed – in favor of Russia and a military doctrine built on vast military industrial production, cheap-but-effective weapon systems, and most importantly, a doctrine built to fight and win against a peer or near-peer adversary… This stands in stark contrast to a West who has shaped its military for decades to push over developing or failed states around the globe in military-mismatches, atrophying the technological, industrial, and strategic capabilities the US and its allies would have needed to put in place years ahead of time to “win” their proxy war against Russia in Ukraine… The “solution” to Russia’s now admitted advantage in terms of quality and quantity on and over the battlefield is to “increase production” and “collect data” on Russian capabilities to then “develop counters to them.” However, these are processes that could take years to yield results, all while Russia continues expanding its capabilities to maintain this qualitative and quantitative edge… And as this process continues to unfold, the US continues simultaneously seeking a similar conflict with China, which possesses an even larger industrial base than Russia… One wonders how many lives could have been spared had these recent admissions across the Western media regarding Russia’s actual military capabilities been presented long before provoking conflict with Russia in the first place through Washington and Brussels’ long-standing policy of encroaching upon Russia’s borders. One wonders how many lives may yet be saved if the collective West learns from its current mistakes before repeating them all over again in a senseless conflict triggered by efforts to likewise encroach upon and provoke China.”Number Of Kids Put On Puberty Blockers Doubles Despite NHS Promising To Stop – The number of children placed on puberty blockers for ‘gender affirming care’ has doubled in the UK in a year despite the government run National Health Service saying it would stop the practice outside of clinical trials. – by Steve Watson – https://www.zerohedge.com/medical/number-kids-put-puberty-blockers-doubles-despite-nhs-promising-stop – “The Telegraph reports that at least 100 children, some as young as 12, have been given the drugs since July 2022 regardless of the NHS’ decision that month to stop doing so based on a damning review by Dr Hilary Cass, former president of the Royal College of Paediatrics and Child Health… Dr Cass warned that puberty blockers could permanently disrupt the brain development of adolescents, and irreversibly rewire neural circuits… Cass also charged that Tavistock clinic, where the ‘treatment’ is carried out, operates an “affirmative, non-exploratory approach”, diagnosing children with gender dysphoria without proper oversight… NHS England agreed with Cass’ findings and announced that “due to the significant uncertainties surrounding the use of hormone treatments” puberty blockers for children would be halted… The report notes that Freedom of Information requests for referrals from the Tavistock’s Gender Identity Development Service have revealed that hasn’t happened… The figures also do not include those given the drugs by GPs or privately, and are likely to be much higher… Commenting on the findings, Psychotherapist Stella O’Malley charged that “This demonstrates that the culture war is more important than the medical war.” – Consultant psychiatrist Dr David Bell commented that the drugs cause “considerable damage,” adding “There are serious concerns about bone mineralisation and long-term cognitive effects.” – “We know 98 per cent of children starting puberty blockers go on to take opposite-sex hormones, and a very significant proportion of those go on to have surgery,” he continued, adding “They are being started on a pathway which is highly likely to be irreversible. Once you start them on that path, it creates a self-fulfilling prophecy.” – Bell also noted that “autism, depression, family trauma or sexuality” are not considered as factors which goes “completely against the Cass recommendations”… Stephanie Davies-Arai, director of Transgender Trend, which campaigns for evidence-based healthcare, said “How many more children will be given blockers before they stop?” adding “I don’t understand how the NHS can sit back and let this continue when they know the harms that were described in Dr Cass’ interim report.” – As we highlighted earlier this week, NHS midwives have revealed that they are being forced to assign gender identities to new born babies on a new computer system, rather than register their biological sex.”US Government Prints 756,096,000 $50 Bills As Americans Begin Hoarding Physical Cash: Report – by Alex Richardson – https://dailynewsfromaolf.substack.com/p/us-government-prints-756096000-50 – “The Bureau of Engraving and Printing, the agency in charge of money printing operations in the US, created 756.09 million new $50 bills in 2022, reports CNN… The pile of fresh cash is worth about $37.8 billion… According to the San Francisco Fed, the printing is due to a rise in demand for physical cash in the US, despite a decreasing use of cash for payments… Citing results from the Fed’s Diary survey, which attempts to understand consumer payment habits in the US, the Fed finds that the demand for physical cash is likely due to economic uncertainty following the pandemic… “While the average number of cash payments remained below pre-pandemic levels, aggregate demand for cash continued to increase. As of October 2022, the value of currency in circulation passed $2.23 trillion, a 28 percent increase compared to February 2020,17 but with slower growth since 2021.18,19… The Diary studies since 2020 show a significant factor for this increased demand is consumer cash holdings, both on-person (cash in one’s pocket, purse, or wallet) and store-of-value holdings (cash held in one’s home, car, or elsewhere). Both measures remained elevated compared to pre-pandemic levels and emphasized that demand for cash increases during times of uncertainty.” – In a survey conducted as part of the same report, an overwhelming 93% of respondents declared they had no intentions to stop using cash.”TEXIT Progress: Secession Question Expected To Appear on 2024 Texas Primary Ballot – by Tyler Durdenhttps://dailynewsfromaolf.substack.com/p/texit-progress-secession-question – “As the US government hurtles toward insolvency while political and cultural divisions intensify across the country, Texans are poised to take their long-simmering flirtation with secession to the next level, as a non-binding proposition is expected to appear on the statewide GOP primary ballot in March 2024… On Friday, the Texas Nationalist Movement (TNM) announced that it had obtained the number of signatures required to compel the Republican Party of Texas to include this question on the primary ballot: “Should the State of Texas reassert its status as an independent nation?” – The party’s State Republican Executive Committee (SREC) is meeting this weekend to finalize the list of ballot propositions. According to TNM, the SREC’s wishes are not relevent, as the Texas Election Code empowers voters to place a proposition on a ballot by collecting the signatures of 97,709 Texans who want the question to appear. TNM says it has more than 102,000…  BREAKING: TNM has secured more than the required amount petition signatures to get TEXIT on the ballot this March! – RT NOW to spread the word! pic.twitter.com/ndqd8S8cDi — Texas Nationalist Movement (TEXIT) (@TexasNatMov) December 1, 2023“We could actually bypass the SREC’s ballot proposition process and compel the party to place the question on the ballot,” said TNM President Daniel Miller in a Friday letter submitted to the SREC in support of the proposition. He emphasized that including the proposition doesn’t equate to a Texas GOP endorsement of secession. Rather, he wrote, ballot propositions serve as a means of pursuing clarity as to the “greatest concerns of Republican voters.” – The drive for statewide votes on secession has spanned several years. While the SREC’s resolutions committee added it to a preliminary list in 2015, the SREC struck it. At the party’s 2016 convention, a plank calling for a statewide referendum of all voters was forwarded for inclusion in the Texas GOP platform, only for it to be struck down by the Permanent Platform Committee… ICYMI: I spent some time last month with the TEXIT folks at their first-ever conference — which featured a sitting state senator. They told me they feel more emboldened than ever about the potential for a secession vote. #txlege https://t.co/yL2PPQAJEe — Robert Downen (@RobertDownen_) December 1, 2023 – Later Republican plank attempts were successful. The SREC will be under greater pressure to green-light the primary ballot proposition on Saturday, given presence of two planks in the current Texas GOP platformPlank 33, addressing “state sovereignty,” asserts that “Texas retains the right to secede from the United States, and the Texas Legislature should be called upon to pass a referendum consistent thereto.” – Plank 225, “Texas Independence,” urges the legislature to require a general election referendum “for the people of Texas to determine whether or not the State of Texas should reassert its status as an independent nation.” – “Whether you are for, against, or undecided TEXIT, we should all be able to agree that the platform matters, the Texas Bill of Rights matters, and the Republican voters matter,” said TNM’s Miller in his letter to the SREC.””Gold Spikes To Record High Over $2,130, Bitcoin Soars Above $40,000 As Market Calls Powell’s Bluff – by Tyler Durden – https://dailynewsfromaolf.substack.com/p/gold-spikes-to-record-high-over-2130 – “On Friday, shortly after Powell failed to hammer the hawkish case in his “fireside” chat with stocks eager to take out 2023 highs, we said that Powell has a big problem on his hands not so much because if the market was indeed correct about imminent easing that only assures that inflation will come back with a vengeance and Powell would indeed be the “second coming” of a former Fed Chair – only Burns not Vlcker  – but because the kneejerk surge higher in gold (and digital gold) meant that the once again deathwatch for the dollar – and fiat in general – had resumed… Well, with futures having opened for trading on Sunday night, what we joked about on Friday, namely that Powell – having seemingly once again lost control of the hawkish narrative – may be leaking emergency rate hikes though Nick Timiraos on Dec 12, ahead of the December FOMC (now that the Fed is in blackout mode)… … is all too real because suddenly everything that is non printable is soaring, starting with gold, which has exploded as much as $60, spiking to a new all time high of $2,135…”US Signs New Climate Pact To Shut Down All Coal Plants – by Tom Ozimek via The Epoch Times – “John Kerry, special presidential envoy on climate matters, announced Saturday that the United States has “proudly” committed to not to build any new coal plants and to get rid of existing ones entirely… “To meet our goal of 100 percent carbon pollution-free electricity by 2035, we need to phase out unabated coal,” Mr. Kerry said in a Dec. 2 statement, in which he announced that the United States had officially joined a coalition of 56 other countries who all plan to ditch coal in the name of climate change… “We will be working to accelerate unabated coal phase-out across the world, building stronger economies and more resilient communities,” Mr. Kerry said in his statement… “The first step is to stop making the problem worse: stop building new unabated coal power plants.” – While no specific date was given for when the Biden administration plans to nix America’s existing coal plants, other regulatory actions by the administration zero in on 2035 as the year when coal ends… Just under 20 percent of U.S. electricity was powered by coal as of October 2023, according to the Department of Energy (DOE)… Anti-Coal Alliance… The anti-coal pact that Mr. Kerry said Washington had just joined is called the Power Past Coal Alliance, which was started six years ago and had 50 members until Saturday, when the United States, Czech Republic, Cyprus, Dominican Republic, Iceland, Kosovo, and Norway joined bringing the total to 56… Citing IEA’s Net Zero Roadmap, the Power Past Coal Alliance said in a Dec. 2 statement that, in order to “keep the 1.5°C goal within reach,” advanced economies like the United States need to immediately end the construction of new coal power plants and phase out existing plants by 2030, and by 2040 in the rest of the world… The 1.5°C threshold, first established in the Paris Agreement in 2015, aims to limit the global temperature rise to 1.5°C by 2100… In 2022, coal-fired plants generated 36 percent of global electricity, outstripping all other sources. Over half of this output was in China, which is building new coal plants at a fast pace, undeterred by various climate pledges and goals that the country’s leadership has paid lip service to… The next three largest contributors to global coal-fired electricity are India, the United States, and Japan, which jointly account for around 25 percent of the total.”Nuclear fusion breakthrough: World’s biggest reactor is switched on – by Jonathan Chadwick For Mailonline – https://dailynewsfromaolf.substack.com/p/nuclear-fusion-breakthrough-worlds -“Fusion involves placing hydrogen atoms under high heat and pressure until they fuse into heavier helium atoms… When deuterium and tritium nuclei – which can be found in hydrogen – fuse, they form a helium nucleus, a neutron and a lot of energy… This is done by heating the fuel to temperatures in excess of 150 million°C, forming a hot plasma… Strong magnetic fields are used to keep the plasma away from the walls so that it doesn’t cool down and lost it energy potential… These are produced by superconducting coils surrounding the vessel, and by an electrical current driven through the plasma… For energy production. plasma has to be confined for a sufficiently long period for fusion to occur… Built and operated jointly by Europe and Japan, JT-60SA will be the world’s largest fusion reactor until the completion of ITER in France… Other smaller reactors are being built and tested – including the ST40 in Oxfordshire – in an initial step towards what could be nuclear fusion power plants around the world, supplying electricity for homes… For now, JT-60SA’s primary focus is as a research facility and to investigate how fusion power plants that are one day built will actually operate… According to experts, it will take another two years before JT-60SA produces the long-lasting plasmas needed for meaningful physics experiments. “At an inauguration ceremony for JT-60SA on Friday, deputy project leader Sam Davis said the Japanese device will ‘bring us closer to fusion energy’… ‘It’s the result of a collaboration between more than 500 scientists and engineers and more than 70 companies throughout Europe and Japan,’ he said… EU energy commissioner Kadri Simson said JT-60SA is ‘the most advanced tokamak in the world’, calling the start of operations ‘a milestone for fusion history’… ‘Fusion has the potential to become a key component for energy mix in the second half of this century,’ Simson said.”Microsoft Inked Deals With Chinese Communist Party Propaganda Outlets, Documents Show – by Joseph Simonson – https://dailynewsfromaolf.substack.com/p/microsoft-inked-deals-with-chinese -“Microsoft helped Chinese state-run media outlets disseminate propaganda as part of previously unreported partnership agreements, documents obtained by the Washington Free Beacon show… The nation’s second largest corporation signed collaboration deals with state-run Chinese media outlets including China Daily and People’s Daily, the latter of which is the official newspaper of the Central Committee of the Chinese government. Summaries of the deal state Microsoft would provide China Daily with technology that lets the paper target potential readers and gave the People’s Daily access to an artificial intelligence bot specially designed to be controlled and censored by the Chinese Communist Party… The deals have not been widely reported outside of China, nor have the financial terms been disclosed. A spokeswoman for Microsoft said both agreements “expired years ago and were not renewed.” But experts say the fact that Microsoft inked the deals at all is a major win for the Chinese Communist Party… “These are major propaganda outlets that publish outright falsehoods attacking the ideas of democracy, attacking the very concepts that undergird our society, and yet an American company is working to spread this,” said Geoffrey Cain, policy director at the Tech Integrity Project, which fights Chinese Communist Party influence in American tech companies. “The purpose of all this is to show the Chinese Communist Party that it’s firmly on the side of China and the Chinese system,” Cain added… Both the China Daily and the People’s Daily are widely considered propaganda tools for the Chinese Communist Party. China Daily is published by the party’s Central Propaganda Department. The State Department in 2020 determined the People’s Daily’s parent company was “substantially owned or effectively controlled” by the Chinese government. In an announcement for the designation, then-secretary of state Mike Pompeo referred to the paper as one of the “mouthpieces of the Chinese Communist Party.” – Microsoft struck the agreement with China Daily in September 2016, according to a news release from the outlet. China Daily said Microsoft would provide technology to help enable the outlet to target and profile users and establish the “Media Smart Cloud Innovation Technology Laboratory.”Important Whistle-Blower information coming out of New Zealand – 30th November 2023 – https://fixvx.com/_aussie17/status/1730151291937280468 – Transcript of 9 minute video of “Winston” included in X/Twitter post linked above:
—-“I was involved with building a project, helped with implementing a vaccine payment system for our providers. It’s called a pay per dose system. So that means that every time someone gets vaccinated, they get a payment for it as a provider. And I helped build it, I implemented it. And when I was looking at the data, which is part of my job, I noticed some discrepancies with the dates of death, people getting people dying within a week of being vaccinated… “The chances of that occurring naturally by chance is almost impossible.” – “Well, as soon as the system went live, we noticed that people were dying almost straight away after being injected. So that sort of prompted my curiosity a bit, and so I dug a little deeper. And I am a scientist by nature. I love science. It’s my all time favorite. I’ve got a master’s degree in science.” “Because it’s a payment system and I’m the database administrator for it. I’m the only one. Because New Zealand is a small country, you can get away with one database administrator to do this. So I’m in a unique position in the world. And because New Zealand is a tier one country with really good in I.T., I was able to manage and build the system and be the only database administrator needed to look after it. In other countries like America or Britain, you’d need a whole team of people. So it would be very difficult for one person to get access to all of this information. But in New Zealand, because of its size and because it’s got really good I.T, I happen to be the one.” ——————————————————- Please note that this will likely be “community noted” because (as of 30 Nov 2023), the existing “official” COVID guidelines appear to still be significantly influenced by major pharmaceutical entities, and regulatory bodies continue to be potentially compromised… Twitter post includes a Video link (1hr 4min) from Liz Gun with “Winston Smith,” outlining how she met him and why he decided to take the risk to act as a whistleblower with the data he’s shared with the world. He also talks about the nature of the data, and they go over the Plandemic operation as they understand it. From Liz: “It’s an hour long clip but I edited some highlights and key analysis. Please watch!” – Video of heinous New Zealand newscast about charges against “Winston” in the wake of his arrest. – https://www.bitchute.com/video/cExrA2w0OtPF/New Zealand Jab Data Whistleblower, Barry Young, Released from Prison, Makes First Statement – w/Counterspin Video, 29 minutes – from InfoWars – https://www.infowars.com/posts/breaking-new-zealand-jab-data-whistleblower-released-from-prison/ – “Also tune into The Alex Jones show on Tuesday at 11 am Central Time in US or 6 am NZDT to hear interviews with Barry Young, Liz Gunn, as well as the journalist and politician who arranged the release! – WATCH & SHARE! – Over the weekend, Barry Young was raided and arrested after revealing the spike in deaths associated with the Covid-19 jab campaign… Currently, the New Zealand government is claiming and charging Young with ‘accessing a computer system for dishonest purposes.’ – However, the data itself was carefully analyzed, anonymized, and time-shifted to prevent personal information from being released into the public domain… The data has already been handed over to a multitude of research organizations and is reportedly the best trove of official government data on the COVID scandal released so far… Also, catch up on this ongoing saga with the following videos: Why Global Governments are Targeting COVID Whistleblowers for Arrest – Desperate Deep State Begins The Arrest Of Covid-19 Government Whistleblowers – Meet The Real HeroesHunter Biden Sent ‘Direct Monthly Payments’ To Joe Via Account Paid From ‘China And Other Shady Corners Of The World’ – by Tyler Durden – https://dailynewsfromaolf.substack.com/p/hunter-biden-sent-direct-monthly – Hunter Biden sent monthly payments to his father out of a bank account he used to receive money from Chinese business associates, according to newly released bank records revealed by House Oversight Committee Chairman James Comer, who shared a Monday video on X detailing redacted bank transfers to Joe Biden from Hunter’s Owasco P.C. bank account… “Today, the House Oversight Committee is releasing subpoenaed bank records that show Hunter Biden’s business entity, Owasco PC, made direct monthly payments to Joe Biden. This wasn’t a payment from Hunter Biden’s personal account but an account for his corporation that received payments from China and other shady corners of the world,” Comer says in the video, adding that the payments began in September 2018 – six months before Biden announced his candidacy in the 2020 election… “Payments from Hunter’s business entity to Joe Biden are now part of a pattern revealing Joe Biden knew about, participated in and benefited from his family’s influence peddling schemes.” – “Payments to Joe Biden from Hunter’s Owasco PC corporate account are part of a pattern revealing Joe Biden knew about, participated in, and benefited from his family’s influence peddling schemes. As the Bidens received millions from foreign nationals and companies in China, Russia, Ukraine, Romania, and Kazakhstan, Joe Biden dined with his family’s foreign associates, spoke to them by speakerphone, had coffee, attended meetings, and ultimately received payments that were funded by his family’s business dealings,” reads an accompanying release from the Oversight Committee.”Billionaires Propose $50M Media Blitz to Portray Hamas as Terrorists and Enemy of US – by Fox News – https://dailynewsfromaolf.substack.com/p/billionaires-propose-50m-media-blitz – “Several weeks ago, Wall Street and Hollywood billionaires discussed a plan to spend as much as $50 million on a media campaign to “define Hamas to the American people as a terrorist organization.” The funds would be used for a media campaign aimed at portraying Hamas not only as an enemy of Israel but also as an enemy and threat to the United States. The action is organized by American billionaire Barry Sternlicht, who founded Starwood Capital Group… A media ‘influencer’, known as Really Graceful, who has over 400,000 Youtube subscribers, made a video showing that she was contacted by an Israeli advertising company to promote Israel in the wake of widespread criticism for its war in Gaza. Another influencer said that he was offered $5000 to promote Israel… Real-estate billionaire Barry Sternlicht is trying to organize support and spend as much as $50 million on a media campaign targeted at defining Hamas as a terrorist organization, according to a report… Sternlicht began the campaign just days after the Oct. 7 terrorist attack in Israel committed by Hamas, according to an email viewed by online news site Semafor. He initially sought $1 million in donations from a group of the business world’s richest individuals… The campaign would “define Hamas to the American people as a terrorist organization.” – In the email, Sternlicht wrote he had “a great conversation” with Warner Bros. Discovery CEO David Zaslav about the campaign, adding that Endeavor CEO and talent agent Ari Emanuel agreed to coordinate it. According to the report, however, spokespeople for both men said they are no longer involved… Sternlicht wrote in the email that the aim of the campaign would be to “distinguish between anti-Semites and the Palestinian situation.”Brazillian city enacts an ordinance that was written by ChatGPT – Legislation binding on humans written by Artificial Intelligence. What could go wrong? – by Diane Jeantet and Mauricio Savarese – https://apnews.com/article/brazil-artificial-intelligence-porto-alegre-5afd1240afe7b6ac202bb0bbc45e08d4 – “RIO DE JANEIRO (AP) — City lawmakers in Brazil have enacted what appears to be the nation’s first legislation written entirely by artificial intelligence — even if they didn’t know it at the time… The experimental ordinance was passed in October in the southern city of Porto Alegre and city councilman Ramiro Rosário revealed this week that it was written by a chatbot, sparking objections and raising questions about the role of artificial intelligence in public policy… Rosário told The Associated Press that he asked OpenAI’s chatbot ChatGPT to craft a proposal to prevent the city from charging taxpayers to replace water consumption meters if they are stolen. He then presented it to his 35 peers on the council without making a single change or even letting them know about its unprecedented origin… “If I had revealed it before, the proposal certainly wouldn’t even have been taken to a vote,” Rosário told the AP by phone on Thursday. The 36-member council approved it unanimously and the ordinance went into effect on Nov. 23… “It would be unfair to the population to run the risk of the project not being approved simply because it was written by artificial intelligence,” he added… The arrival of ChatGPT on the marketplace just a year ago has sparked a global debate on the impacts of potentially revolutionary AI-powered chatbots. While some see it as a promising tool, it has also caused concerns and anxiety about the unintended or undesired impacts of a machine handling tasks currently performed by humans… Porto Alegre, with a population of 1.3 million, is the second-largest city in Brazil’s south. The city’s council president, Hamilton Sossmeier, found out that Rosário had enlisted ChatGPT to write the proposal when the councilman bragged about the achievement on social media on Wednesday. Sossmeier initially told local media he thought it was a “dangerous precedent.” – The AI large language models that power chatbots like ChatGPT work by repeatedly trying to guess the next word in a sentence and are prone to making up false information, a phenomenon sometimes called hallucination… All chatbots sometimes introduce false information when summarizing a document, ranging from about 3% of the time for the most advanced GPT model to a rate of about 27% for one of Google’s models, according to recently published research by the tech company Vectara… In an article published on the website of Harvard Law School’s Center of Legal Profession earlier this year, Andrew Perlman, dean at Suffolk University Law School, wrote that ChatGPT “may portend an even more momentous shift than the advent of the internet,” but also warned of its potential shortcomings… “It may not always be able to account for the nuances and complexities of the law. Because ChatGPT is a machine learning system, it may not have the same level of understanding and judgment as a human lawyer when it comes to interpreting legal principles and precedent. This could lead to problems in situations where a more in-depth legal analysis is required,” Perlman wrote… Porto Alegre’s Rosário wasn’t the first lawmaker in the world to test ChatGPT’s abilities. Others have done so in a more limited capacity or with less successful outcomes… In Massachusetts, Democratic state Sen. Barry Finegold turned to ChatGPT to help write a bill aimed at regulating artificial intelligence models, including ChatGPT. Filed earlier this year, it has yet to be voted on… Finegold said by phone on Wednesday that ChatGPT can help with some of the more tedious elements of the lawmaking process, including correctly and quickly searching and citing laws already on the books. However, it is critical that everyone knows ChatGPT or a similar tool was used in the process, he added… “We want work that is ChatGPT generated to be watermarked,” he said, adding that the use of artificial intelligence to help draft new laws is inevitable. “I’m in favor of people using ChatGPT to write bills as long as it’s clear.” – There was no such transparency for Rosário’s proposal in Porto Alegre. Sossmeier said Rosário did not inform fellow council members that ChatGPT had written the proposal… Keeping the proposal’s origin secret was intentional. Rosário told the AP his objective was not just to resolve a local issue, but also to spark a debate. He said he entered a 49-word prompt into ChatGPT and it returned the full draft proposal within seconds, including justifications… “I am convinced that … humanity will experience a new technological revolution,” he said. “All the tools we have developed as a civilization can be used for evil and good. That’s why we have to show how it can be used for good.” – And the council president, who initially decried the method, already appears to have been swayed… “I changed my mind,” Sossmeier said. “I started to read more in depth and saw that, unfortunately or fortunately, this is going to be a trend.”What is smart dust and how is it used? – a valuable primer – from Nanotechnology 101 Explainers – https://www.nanowerk.com/smartdust.php – “Imagine a cloud of sensors, each the size of a grain of sand or even smaller, blown aloft by hurricane winds and relaying data on the storm to weather stations below. Picture an invisible sensor network embedded into a smart city’s roads to monitor traffic, road surface damage and identify available parking spaces – all in real time. Or billions of nanosensors distributed over forests and other areas with fire hazards to detect a fire at its very beginning. Or envision programmable smart dust that triggers an alarm signal when invisible microcracks are detected in a turbine blade… Smart dust refers to wireless networks of sub-millimeter-scale autonomous computing and sensing platforms not larger than a grain of sand. Smart dust senses and records data about its environment such as light, temperature, sound, presence of toxins or vibrations, and transmits that data wirelessly to larger computer systems… Smart dust is a vision of the networked future where intelligent networks of trillions of miniscule sensors continuously feel, taste, smell, see, and hear what is going on in their surrounding environment, communicate with each other and exchange information. Smart dust networks are the ultimate Internet-of-Things (IoT) devices… Smart dust is revolutionary because the sensors are small enough to be put anywhere, even in narrow and difficult areas. Another huge advantage is that these devices work without any human intervention as they are pre-programmed and, notwithstanding their tiny size, have their own power supply… This technology is expected to not only monitor building controls, pipelines, factory equipment and drug-making processes, but it will also lead to ubiquitous autonomous artificial intelligent computation near the end user, such as authentication, medical procedures and health care monitoring, sensing and tracking, industrial and supply chain monitoring, and defense applications… Although smart dust devices are not quite in dust-size territory, researchers hope to shrink these devices to the size of a speck of dust via nanotechnology… To be economically feasible, such single-use devices have to be cheap (we are talking pennies or even fractions of a penny), even cheaper than the radio-frequency identification tags currently used to track the inventory of warehouses, for example… How does smart dust work and what does it do? – Smart dust networks contain nodes (called ‘mote’) that combine sensing, computing, wireless communication capabilities and autonomous power supply in a tiny package with a volume of few cubic millimeters or even less… Smart dust is based on microelectromechanical systems, or MEMS. MEMS consist of any combination of mechanical (levers, springs, membranes, etc.) and electrical (resistors, capacitors, inductors, etc.) components to work as sensors or actuators. In the future, as fabrication technologies advance, this will shrink further down in size to NEMS – nanoelectromechanical systems… Motes are constructed using conventional silicon microfabrication techniques and can remain suspended in an environment similar to dust (hence the name)… Each mote can be left unattended to collect environmental data such as light, temperature, pressure, vibrations, the existence of toxins, etc., and transmit this data wirelessly to larger, remote computer systems – or, depending on the mote’s computing power, processes it directly at the point of data collection… For instance, in an industrial setting, smart dust sensors relay signals back to a command computer, which then compiles the data to give feedback to plant managers. Or the results could trigger an automatic response, such as turning down a building’s temperature or reducing the flow of water… Another example is DARPA’s SHIELD program that plans to use microscale chips to track and authenticate the supply chain of computer chips for defense applications. The goal is to eliminate counterfeit integrated circuits from the electronics supply chain by making counterfeiting too complex and time-consuming to be cost effective. SHIELD aims to combine NSA-level encryption, sensors, near-field power and communications into a tiny chip capable of being inserted into the packaging of an integrated circuit… Origin of the smart dust concept – ‘Smart Dust’ was first conceived in the 1990s by Dr. Kris Pister while a professor of electrical engineering at the University of California, Berkeley, as a simple way to deploy intelligent wireless sensors.
At the time, Pister imagined a world in which ubiquitous sensors could measure everything that could be measured. Immediately, he thought about environmental applications such as weather tracking (read his concept paper from 2000: Emerging challenges: Mobile networking for “Smart Dust”).
But it doesn’t come as a surprise that it was the military that gave the impetus, and financing, for developing smart dust. In 1992, DARPA funded Pister’s research in the Smart Dust project (you can read the original proposal here as PDF)… (Much more in the original article)”Biden Impeachment Inquiry Vote Will Come Next Week: Speaker Johnson – by Catherine Yang – https://www.theepochtimes.com/us/biden-impeachment-inquiry-vote-will-come-next-week-speaker-johnson-5541625 – “Note: this article is behind a paywall. To access it, click This Link, and put the URL above into the search bar… House Speaker Mike Johnson (R-La.) announced Tuesday that a vote to authorize an inquiry into the impeachment of President Joe Biden will happen next week, before the House breaks for the holidays… “The House has no choice if it’s going to follow its constitutional responsibility to formally adopt an impeachment inquiry on the floor so that when the subpoenas are challenged in court, it will be at the apex of our constitutional authority,” he said during a press conference… “This vote is not a vote to impeach President Biden. This is a vote to continue the inquiry of impeachment, and that’s a necessary constitutional step.” – House Republicans have been investigating allegations that the Biden family profited from foreign nationals through the use of Joe Biden’s office as Vice President of the United States and later a leading candidate for the president of the United States, as well as allegations that the Biden administration hampered efforts to investigate this claim… Top Republicans have said an impeachment inquiry will help further the investigation, granting subpoena power and access to additional materials. The White House has pushed back, stating it has been cooperative in turning over more than 35,000 pages of private financial records… The first impeachment inquiry hearing was held on Sept. 28, with experts testifying that there were signs of misconduct but more evidence was needed… On Monday, House Judiciary Committee Chairman Jim Jordan (R-Ohio) told reporters that an impeachment inquiry could proceed the way Republicans have already been conducting it, but a vote to cement its official nature was better… “According to the Constitution, you don’t need it, you can start an impeachment inquiry the way we’re doing it,” he said. The impeachment of President Donald Trump had also proceeded the same way, following the authorization of then-Speaker Nancy Pelosi (D-Calif.)… “[Former] Speaker of the House [Rep. Kevin McCarthy (R-Calif.)] said it three months ago, but we think it always helps if the full House of Representatives on the record, a majority of that body, has said this is an official impeachment inquiry,” Mr. Jordan said, adding he expected court challenges to the impeachment inquiry as well… House Republicans Double Down on Impeachment Inquiry Into Biden – Mr. McCarthy had on Sept. 12 authorized the impeachment inquiries to be conducted by the judiciary panel, as well as the House Oversight and Accountability Committee chaired by Rep. James Comer (R-Ky.) and the House Ways and Means Committee chaired by Rep. Jason Smith (R-Mo.)… Mr. Johnson has said that a vote is a “necessary step,” responding to White House allegations that the inquiry was “illegitimate” and politically motivated… On a Saturday appearance on “Fox & Friends Weekend,” he revealed discussions to bring a vote had already taken place with Rep. Elise Stefanik (R-N.Y.), chairwoman of the House Republican Conference. He pushed back on the claim that the inquiry was politically motivated, saying they would “follow the facts.” – He noted that Democrats had not done the same when impeaching President Trump.”Elise and I both served on the impeachment defense team of Donald Trump twice when the Democrats used it for brazen, partisan political purposes. We decried that use of it. This is very different. Remember, we are the rule-of-law team. We have to do it very methodically,” he said… Last week, Ms. Stefanik announced a new website tracking the impeachment inquiry and investigations from the House Oversight, Judiciary, and Ways and Means committees… Several witnesses have already been subpoenaed, including Hunter Biden, the president’s son, and James Biden, the president’s brother… Financial Dealings – According to House investigation records, Biden family members and associates earned millions from foreign nationals in countries such as China, Russia, and Ukraine during the time President Biden had been campaigning or serving as vice president… IRS whistleblowers had testified that subsequent attempts to investigate Biden family finances were purposefully delayed for political reasons… Hunter Biden has been the at center of such investigations. He has been recently been charged with illegal possession of a gun while he was a drug addict, after he revealed this fact in a memoir, but has not been charged for any financial crimes. He had been under investigation for tax related crimes since before 2020, and special counsel David Weiss has suggested he may pursue charges in California or Washington after dropping charges in Delaware.”Canada Reports 135% Spike in Deaths from ‘Unspecified Causes’ – by Frank Bergman – https://dailynewsfromaolf.substack.com/p/canada-reports-135-spike-in-deaths – “Statistics Canada, an agency of the Canadian government, has just published a new report revealing that the nation smashed records for deaths in 2022… Aside from soaring numbers of Canadians dying from “unspecified causes,” the nation recorded a record number of Covid deaths, despite high vaccination uptake and the pandemic being over… A report released by Statistics Canada last week admitted that deaths due to COVID-19 in Canada rose by 36% last year… According to the government, Covid caused 19,716 deaths in total… However, deaths due to “Other ill-defined and unspecified causes of mortality” rose by a shocking 135% from 2020 to 2022… Statistics Canada blames the increase in Covid deaths on the relaxing of the tyrannical mandates, masking, and lockdowns… The government agency also argues the “new highly transmissible COVID-19 variants” are causing deaths to spike… Additionally, the report reveals that Canadian life expectancy dropped for the third year in a row… The falling life expectancy trend coincidentally started in 2020… Maxime Bernier, the leader of the conservative-populist People’s Party of Canada (PPC),  took to Twitter/X to blow the whistle on this development.”Damning Analysis: Short-Selling Deluge Points to Foreknowledge of October 7 Attacks – by Ben Bartee – https://www.globalresearch.ca/damning-analysis-short-selling-deluge-points-foreknowledge-october-7-attacks/5842432 – “The results of a statistical analysis below, published in the Social Science Research Network, point quantitatively to prior knowledge among certain actors of the impending October 7 attack who, working on apparent inside knowledge, engaged in the short-selling of various stocks to a windfall of millions of dollars… (“Short selling,” for the uninitiated, is the act of “borrowing” a stock from a broker and selling it with the expectation that the price will drop and then buying and returning it at a lower price for profit. In simpler times, it had a simpler name: usury. Jesus tossed with extreme prejudice the “money-changers” out of the temple because he recognized them are degenerate scum who produce nothing of value to society but parasitically suck up its capital with their various sordid schemes. Were I coronated, these people would be the first on the wall, which is why they’d have me killed before I got close to power. Alas, this tangent is a story for another day.) – Via Social Science Research Network: “Recent scholarship shows that informed traders increasingly disguise trades in economically linked securities such as exchange-traded funds (ETFs). Linking that work to longstanding literature on financial markets’ reactions to military conflict, we document a significant spike in short selling in the principal Israeli-company ETF days before the October 7 Hamas attack. The short selling that day far exceeded the short selling that occurred during numerous other periods of crisis, including the recession following the financial crisis, the 2014 Israel-Gaza war, and the COVID-19 pandemic. Similarly, we identify increases in short selling before the attack in dozens of Israeli companies traded in Tel Aviv. For one Israeli company alone, 4.43 million new shares sold short over the September 14 to October 5 period yielded profits (or approximates avoided losses) of millions on that additional short selling for one out of hundreds of securities traded on the TASE… Our findings suggest that traders informed about the coming attacks profited from these tragic events, and consistent with prior literature we show that trading of this kind occurs in gaps in U.S. and international enforcement of legal prohibitions on informed trading. We contribute to the growing literature on trading related to geopolitical events and offer suggestions for policymakers concerned about profitable trading on the basis of information about coming military conflict.” – It should be noted that the authors of this study, Robert J. Jackson, Jr. and Joshua Mitts, are the Former Commissioner of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and a respected scholar at Columbia Law School — hardly what one might call your typical “right-wing domestic terrorist conspiracy theorist” or whatever… Given the damning implications, the narrative control coming out of Israel appears frenzied and contradictory… Via Reuters: “The Tel Aviv Stock Exchange said on Tuesday a report by U.S. researchers suggesting there were investors in Israel who may have profited from prior knowledge of Hamas’ Oct. 7 attack was inaccurate and its publication irresponsible.” – The Times of Israel, alternatively, suggests that all of the short-selling was conducted by Hamas-affiliated operatives: “A recent study found that the Hamas terror group may have tried to profit off its October 7 assault on Israel, using advance knowledge of the attack to short-sell Israeli companies in the days leading up to the massacre.” – Even if one accepts the narrative that Hamas and its allies let in on the plan were entirely responsible for the nearly unprecedented short-selling (surpassing that of various other crises in recent history, as explained by Jackson and Mitts) — even though there’s no evidence of that — one would expect that Israeli intelligence, were it vigilant, would have pricked its ears up in the many days of the short-selling bonanza starting as early as September 14… Instead, there are no reports of any investigations into the short-selling leading up to October 7, nor any official inquiry since…The totality of evidence, as it mounts, which I have diligently chronicled, continues to make mincemeat of the official story that the Israeli government — home of arguably the most vaunted national security apparatus on Earth, engaged in constant, near-total surveillance of the Gaza Strip — was caught unawares on October 7.”December Update on Corona Committee Lawyer, Reiner Fuellmich – by Patricia Harrity – https://expose-news.com/2023/12/06/december-update-on-corona-committee-lawyer-reiner-fuellmich/ – “Update – Distinguished lawyer Reiner Fuellmich is still in prison 6 weeks after being arrested. Dr Fuellmich, known for his involvement in high-profile legal cases is a key figure in the Corona Investigative Committee, which he has dedicated the last few years to due to his scrutinising of the corporate agenda surrounding the Covid plandemic… On October 13, 2023, Dr Fuellmich was apprehended at the German consulate in Tijuana, Mexico, where he was escorted to Germany and subsequently arrested. There is speculation, that Reiner Fuellmich was arrested in an attempt to deliberately silence him and put a stop to any Corona Committee legal proceedings, termed Nuremberg 2, and of course, this has succeeded… However, there are allegations centered on Fuellmich “misappropriating funds” as the managing director of the “Corona Committee Foundation,” which over the years has garnered significant donations from the global COVID “truther” movement… The Gottingen, public prosecutor’s office in Germany, has accused Fuellmich of diverting funds intended for the foundation’s mission and that disturbing evidence pointed to substantial transfers from the foundation’s accounts into the personal accounts of his wife Inka… Allegedly among these transactions was a series of 20 transactions with payments totaling €200,000 to Inka in November 2020 and another alleged transaction involving €500,000 reportedly occurred in May of the following year… These charges implicated Fuellmich in financial misconduct and have cast a shadow over his role as a global figure in the COVID investigation and quite clearly the arrest and legal proceedings will have been a pivotal moment in his legal career… The uncertainty surrounding the allegations has left his future in legal circles shrouded in ambiguity, with repercussions for both his reputation and professional standing, according to author Utsav Shrestha who cited German site Tagesspiegel for the above information… Many readers have shown concern for him and the Expose has attempted to keep everyone updated on his situation whenever there has been any news… November 27th – Still in Prison – Still Strong – Before the arrest of Reiner Fuellmich, Roger Bittel of Biettel Tv aired a one-hour summary from him. Now he does a “ThoughtSending for Reiner Fuellmich.” He keeps the time and space free for Reiner Fuellmich, and a few thousand people are there live every time” according to lawyer/friend Elsa Scheider… Roger Bittel shared the following update on the 27th of November… “He is doing well considering the circumstances… He has become more sensitive, but he is still strong! – He has now received a mechanical typewriter… He will comment on all the allegations… He is very happy to receive mail from people… He has noticed that a few people hold a vigil outside the prison every Thursday and Saturday at 11 a.m. with banners saying “Thank you, Reiner, for your work for the Corona Committee” and “Freedom for Reiner Fuellmich”. – It does him a lot of good to know that people are thinking of him and have not forgotten him. ” – Bittel said that he has an idea for his next sending. “By next week Dr. Reiner Fuellmich will have been a prisoner for 49 days!  He can’t get used to the idea – and many thousands of other people can’t get used to the idea either! On the one hand, it is enough to bring one to tears. On the other hand, he keeps telling himself over and over again: “It is all supposed to be so!  Who knows what it’s good for…” SourceDecember 3rd and Six Weeks in Prison – Yesterday there was a message published from Reiner, which was read by Roger Bittel on bittel.tv on Sunday night. In German: www.youtube.com/watch?v=I8asxqlFWl0 From 5:00 to 7:40.) – English translation of the Message From Reiner Fuellmich – Hello everyone, After six weeks of imprisonment, I would like to deeply thank all the people who write to me. There are thousands. I read everything. Everything in those letters from appreciation of the quality of the work done and above all the positive energy sent to me is a rescue boat that will bring me to freedom so we can continue to bring forward our joint work. Because it isn’t over… The corona pandemic was only the test run to find out what people will go along with when we put them into panic through psycho-terror. We must look behind the panic propaganda, so we can see the truth. Without justice there is no peace and no returning to a humane world… That also holds for my case… Today for the first time I want to address the charges against me that are meant to damage my international reputation as a lawyer but also me as a person. I will together with my legal team ensure that the full truth comes to light, and that those who have done this are brought to justice… I will go into the background of everything and show how the money from the sale of the house of myself and my wife were simply taken from us – that is, our entire financial existence was taken and that is how the entire Mexican plot was created which led to my arrest and much more… I thank all of you, Reiner Fuellmich”The “Globe Master” Brings Us Nuclear Bombs – Comment: Beyond Insanity and way into Advanced Psychpathology – by Manlio Dinucci – https://www.globalresearch.ca/globe-master-brings-us-nuclear-bombs/5803495 –The United States — as announced last month[1] — began to send new B61-12 nuclear bombs to Italy and other European countries. A U.S. Air Force Department official document confirms this… The document establishes “safety rules for C-17 airlift operations transporting B61-12 weapons in the U.S. European Command area of responsibility.” That area, in the Pentagon’s geography, includes not only Europe but the entire Russian Federation… The document specifies which nuclear weapons are carried on C -17 Globe-masters, the largest U.S. military transport aircraft.  The airplane carries the B61-12 nuclear bombs from the United States to Europe and from Europe to the United States the bombs replacing the B61-3, B61-4, and B61-7. In fact, a single B61-12 has four power options depending on the target to be hit. The C-17 Globemasters – the document again specifies – also carry other nuclear weapons: the B61-11, W78, W80-1, B83-1, and W87-0. – Under the Christmas Tree, the New US Nuclear Bomb B61-12 –The safety standards listed in the document confirm the dangerous nature of loading, transporting, and unloading nuclear weapons. There may be “the likelihood of fire from an aircraft with nuclear weapons on board” and a failure of the aircraft while in. flight that forces “an emergency landing” or the “release of nuclear weapons”… The deployment on our national territory of the new U.S. nuclear bombs – first-strike weapons with precision guidance and anti-bunker capabilities, with which F-35 fighter jets, in particular, will be equipped – exposes Italy to the front lines of the increasingly dangerous confrontation between NATO and Russia. In doing so, Italy violates the Treaty on the Non-Proliferation of Nuclear Weapons, ratified in 1975, which states, ‘Each of the militarily non-nuclear states undertakes not to receive from anyone nuclear weapons, directly or indirectly.’.. The episode closes with an interview with Vladimir Kozin, one of Russia’s leading experts on politico-military issues, and historian Franco Cardini on the silence of the Italian government and parliament and the historical phase we are living through.”
FDA approves two sickle cell therapies, including the first CRISPR medicine – Note: this article is behind a paywall. To access it, click This Link, and put the URL above into the search bar. – Comment: This article may basically be medical propaganda, indicated by the claims of CRISPR reliability, and medical use of “viruses” not proven to exist. The safety of patients for these procedures may be in question. – bCarolyn Y. Johnson – https://www.washingtonpost.com/science/2023/12/08/fda-approves-sickle-cell-gene-therapies-crispr/ – “In a major advance, the Food and Drug Administration on Friday approved two gene therapies that target sickle cell disease, one of which isthe first commercially available treatment in the United States brd on gene editing technology. The historic move offers hope for a long-overlooked genetic illness that can cause excruciating pain and cut decades off people’s lives. It also cracks the door open for a new era in medicine… One of the new treatments, named Casgevy, is brd on CRISPR, a gene-editing tool that moved lightning-fast from a scientific breakthrough in 2012 to a therapy that can alleviate suffering. In the wake of the FDA approval, experts anticipate that sickle cell disease will be the first of many medical applications for this technology. – Dec. 12 live chat: Ask a science reporter about CRISPR gene editing and its uses in medicine –The other treatment, developed by Bluebird Bio and calledLyfgenia,uses a harmless virus to inserta gene into a patients’ stem cells. The treatments are approved for patients 12 years and older. (Note: a “viral particle” that can insert a self-replicating genetic code into a cell has not been proven to exist.).. ‘I’ve been taking care of kids with sickle cell for over 30 years, and I’ve been waiting for something like this to happen for a long, long time,’ said Lewis Hsu, chief medical officer of the Sickle Cell Disease Association of America and a pediatric hematologist at the University of Illinois at Chicago… In clinical trials, both therapies freed the overwhelming majority of patients from severe pain crises. Several of the patients who received Casgevy, developed by Vertex Pharmaceuticals and CRISPR Therapeutics, testified before a federal advisory committee in late October, sharing emotional stories about how the therapy opened up their lives, giving them the ability to work or attend school, be present with their families and imagine a future… ‘Prior to therapy, I had focused on the short term. Life was in a state of touch and go,’ Jimi Olaghere, 38, who received the treatment three years ago, told the committee. ‘Long-term planning meant planning for a world without me being able to support my family. Now, those long term plans include me.’ – A new era for treating sickle cell disease could spark a health-care revolution –Victoria Gray, 38, a mother and wife who was the first patient to receive the experimental treatment, said at the meetingshe is finally free from pain crises that felt like being hit by a truck and struck by lightning at the same time, requiring frequent blood transfusions, lengthy hospital stays and three kinds of opioids… She predicted that the approval of the gene-editing treatment would have profound effects for many others.In the United States, an estimated 100,000 people, most with African ancestry, havesickle cell disease… ‘It’s going to change the lives positively of many people who are suffering from diseases and disorders who now feel hopeless,’ Gray said. ‘Once it comes, they can feel hope again, just like I did.’.. Replacing sickle cells with healthy ones –Sickle cell disease is caused by a mutation in a gene that contains the instructions for hemoglobin, an oxygen-carrying protein found inside red blood cells. The abnormal hemoglobin causes red blood cells, normally disc-shaped and pliable, to collapse into rigid, sickle-shaped crescents that clump together and die early. The disease varies in severity from person to person, but blockages caused by the clumped cells can trigger crippling pain and starve organs of oxygen… There are several therapies for sickle cell disease, but only one cure: a bone-marrow transplant, typically from a matched sibling. Bone marrow cells from a healthy donor produce normal hemoglobin, allowing transplant patients to live pain-free. But the procedure comes with risks, and only about a fifth of patients are able to find a match… Fredrianna Copeland-Webster, 19, of Jacksonville, Fla., is one of those patients without a bone-marrow match. She has battled two rare diseases: sickle cell and a cancer called neuroblastoma. Her doctors at Nemours Children’s Health cured her cancer before her first birthday, but even with a new sickle cell drug that has made her pain less intense, she experiences four pain episodes per year and, like many sickle cell patients whose pain is exacerbated by cold weather, she goes to sleep with chronic pain all through the winter… ‘I began to ask myself why I was able to be cured from cancer, but not sickle cell disease,’ said Copeland-Webster, whohopes to be a candidate for one of the new therapies… Gene-editing gets around the problem because it turns a person’s own cells into a treatment. Casgevy takes advantage of the fact that before birth the body produces a form of fetal hemoglobin, and red blood cells that carry it don’t sickle. Casgevy disables a genetic switch that represses the production of fetal hemoglobin after birth, flipping production back onso the body makes red blood cells that don’t sickle… Lyfgenia uses a harmless virus to modify patient’s cells so that they create a form of hemoglobin that doesn’t sickle… ‘Sickle cell disease is a rare, debilitating and life-threatening blood disorder with significant unmet need, and we are excited to advance the field especially for individuals whose lives have been severely disrupted by the disease by approving two cell-brd gene therapies today,’ Nicole Verdun, director of the Office of Therapeutic Products within the FDA’s Center for Biologics Evaluation and Research, said in a statement… The catch is that neither is a simple drug, but an intensive procedure that unfolds over months. Patients first have their bone marrow cells collected. Then, the cells are sent to a laboratory where CRISPR is used to edit the cells, or a virus is used to modify them. After cells are checked for quality, patients must receive chemotherapy to make room in their bone marrow. Only then can they receive an infusion of edited cells, which pump out fetal hemoglobin… James Taylor, director of the Center for Sickle Cell Disease at Howard University, said that the approval is an optimistic moment. But the new therapies raise a slew of concerns — ranging from scientific unknowns about long-term risks to logistical questions… ‘I’m excited about it, but it’s a double-edged sword,’ Taylor said, pointing out thatone of the biggest obstacles for sickle cell disease patients in the United States is inequities in the health-care system that block access to existing care and treatments. Three new drugs have been approved by regulators for sickle cell disease since 2017, for example, but about 2 percent of patients take them, according to a study in the journal Blood Advances. And in less well-resourced places where the disease is more common, such as sub-Saharan Africa, a gene-editing solution is impractical… Patients will have to spend significant time in a hospital that is authorized to perform the complex, multistep procedure. They receive chemotherapy, which has side effects, including infertility, and Hsu noted that support for fertility preservation is a patchwork that varies by state in programs under Medicaid, which covers about half of all people with sickle cell disease in the United States… The long-term safety and effectiveness of the therapies are still being tracked, as the first patient was treated in 2019.And there’s a big question about how insurers will respond: Vertex and Bluebird Bio did not immediately announce the prices for their therapies, but an analysis bythe Institute for Clinical and Economic Review, a nonprofit that evaluates the value of drugs, said $2 million per treatment would be cost-effective… ‘We are very gratified and celebrating, but at the same time we have to roll up our sleeves and figure out how to make it happen,’ Hsu said… The dawn of a new gene-editing era in medicine –Despite these hurdles, the approval for Casgevy sets a galvanizing precedent for scientists seeking to turn CRISPR from a laboratory tool into mainstream medicine. (emphasis added)… In nature, CRISPR is used by bacteria to disable viruses by cutting their DNA. Jennifer Doudna, a biochemist at the University of California at Berkeley who shared the Nobel Prize in chemistry for her work on CRISPR, recalled the moment more than a decade ago when she and postdoctoral researcher Martin Jinek pored over data suggesting that it could be turned into a pair of programmable genetic scissors, homing in on specific regions of the genome to make targeted cuts… ‘It’s quite extraordinary to go from that to an actual approved drug that is helping patients,” Doudna said. Since 2012, the hypercompetitive field of gene editing has led to improvements in CRISPR, as well as a next generation of even more precise gene editors, sometimes referred to as CRISPR 2.0 or CRISPR 3.0. Research teams have also started developing ways to deliver gene-editing therapies with a simple infusion. –This boy was born without an immune system. Gene therapy built one. –Scientists who are deploying the technologies against an array of diseases see this as the beginning of a new era in medicine… ‘Gene editing is going to be the biggest story of the century,’ said Kiran Musunuru, a cardiologist at the University of Pennsylvania’s Perelman School of Medicine and one of the founders of Verve Therapeutics, a company that is using a different gene editor to create a cholesterol lowering treatment that is a one-time infusion… TheVertex sickle cell treatment is also being reviewed by regulatorsfor a different rare blood disorder, beta thalassemia, that can also be treated with fetal hemoglobin; a decision is expected in March. Other gene editing therapies in human testing include a treatment aimed at a rare genetic illness caused by misfolded proteins, kidney cancer and leukemia… But for gene editing to become mainstream, significant problems still need to be solved. (emphasis added)… Scientists working on ways to deliver CRISPR with an infusion need tofigure out how to get it into the target cells and edit them inside the body. Other barriers includethe traditional drug development regulatory framework and the business model, argues Fyodor Urnov, director of technology and translation at the Innovative Genomics Institute… Urnov says that CRISPR has made engineering medicines for thousands of diseases into a straightforward task, instead of a major bottleneck. But getting bespoke medicines that could be life-changing for small numbers of patients tested and manufactured through the current regulatory landscape is a challenge… ‘Give me a mutation. Leave me alone for 10 minutes. And I will produce a CRISPR for that. Beautiful,’ Urnov said. ‘The cold light of reality is the majesty of CRISPR as a platform to build medicines is running into the way that medicines are discovered, developed and delivered … in the modern health care system that we have today.’.. Comment: In all likelyhood, claims such as this are major hyperbole… Many expertsare thinking about how to make such treatments easier to use, accessible and more affordable. But today, they are also taking a breath to celebrate a major step forward… ‘It’s an amazing moment,’ Doudna said. ‘I think it’s exciting for the field, and it’s a sign of what’s to come’.”NY Rep. Nicole Malliotakis: NYC Officials Are Trying to Register Migrants to Vote – by John Binder – https://www.breitbart.com/politics/2023/12/04/nicole-malliotakis-nyc-officials-trying-register-migrants-vote/ – “Rep. Nicole Malliotakis (R-NY) accused New York City officials of attempting to register to vote newly arrived border crossers and illegal aliens living in city-contracted shelters, during a press conference Sunday… Malliotakis said New York City officials required contractors, those tasked with running the city’s widespread migrant shelter system, to hand out voter registration pamphlets and help migrants register to vote… ‘We believe this is the smoking gun that proves what we’ve been saying all along — that the city intends to register non-citizens to vote,’ Malliotakis said… The accusation comes as Malliotakis received documents related to a Freedom of Information Law (FOIL) request that detailed a contract between New York City and Homes for the Homeless, just one of the many non-governmental organizations (NGOs) being paid to care for border crossers and illegal aliens… Malliotakis provided the documents she obtained from the FOIL request:

Document via Rep. Nicole Malliotakis – Other Republican officials joined Malliotakis in condemning the alleged voter fraud scheme carried out by New York City officials… ‘Noncitizen voting is not the law of the City of New York, and no one should be trying to register noncitizens to vote,’ City Councilman David Carr (R-Staten Island) said: Certainly, no one should be giving a contract to a not-for-profit, whether its a homeless or migrant shelter provider or anyone else, to try and register noncitizens. It’s absolutely illegal at this stage of the game and it shouldn’t be in the contract. [Emphasis added]… New York City Democrats had sought to give the right to vote in municipal elections to nearly a million foreign nationals living across the city in Dember 2021. That effort, though, was struck down in 2022 by the New York Supreme Court, citing that the ordinance violates the state’s constitution… John Binder is a reporter for Breitbart News. Email him at jbinder@breitbart.com. Follow him on Twitter here.ICAN Obtains Disturbing Information About AstraZeneca’s Covid-19 Vaccine from the UK Equivalent of the FDAhttps://icandecide.org/press-release/ican-obtains-disturbing-information-about-astrazenecas-covid-19-vaccine-from-the-uk-equivalent-of-the-fda/ – “AstraZeneca study finds vector DNA in the sciatic nerve, bone marrow, liver, lungs, and spleen of vaccinated mice… Because AstraZeneca’s COVID-19 vaccine is not licensed in the United States, all documents within the FDA’s possession concerning this vaccine are exempt from disclosure.  This means that anyone who received an AstraZeneca COVID-19 vaccine cannot – and might not ever be able to – access any of the data concerning the vaccine from the US government… Not satisfied by this complete lack of transparency, ICAN, through its attorneys, submitted an information request to the United Kingdom’s FDA equivalent – the Medicines and Healthcare Products Registry Agency (MHRA) — in April 2022 seeking information relating to its authorization of the AstraZeneca COVID-19 vaccine, as well as that relating to its authorization of the Janssen, Moderna, and Pfizer COVID-19 vaccines… MHRA’s initial response was to threaten to deny ICAN’s request but, after ICAN pushed back and, in the case of the AstraZeneca vaccine, narrowed the scope of the request to seven specific items related to safety testing, MHRA dropped its objection.  MHRA recently provided 166 pages of records containing the studies MHRA relied on to authorize AstraZeneca’s COVID-19 vaccine… One of these studies investigated biodistribution of the AstraZeneca vaccine, meaning where it goes in the body after injection, in mice.  This study revealed that the viral vector DNA did not remain localized in the injection site but instead migrated to other organs.  Disturbingly, the study found vector DNA in the sciatic nerves, bone marrow, livers, lungs, and spleens of the mice following vaccination… The study documents further revealed that, in early 2021, AstraZeneca was forced to amend its data sheet for the vaccine after concluding that there may have been a causal association between the vaccine and serious hypersensitivity including anaphylaxis… Another perhaps unsurprising revelation was the inclusion of disclaimer that a number of vulnerable populations, such as pregnant and lactating women and immunocompromised persons, were excluded from pre-market human safety studies.  In its Marketing Authorization Application, AstraZeneca stated that because these populations were excluded from the studies, the safety of the vaccine in these groups was unknown.  This also led the UK’s Joint Committee on Vaccination and Immunization (JCVI) to recommend against the AstraZeneca vaccine for pregnant women – a sentiment that was echoed in the UK’s vaccination schedule guide, commonly referred to as the “Green Book.”.. A final shocking revelation in the documents was the heavily redacted discussion of two individuals who developed serious immune-mediated neurological demyelinating conditions following vaccination.  Although it states there was “no evidence suggesting a causal relationship” between the vaccine and these events, the UK’s clinical overview conceded that “vaccinations could be associated with immune-mediated neurological conditions” and therefore these adverse events were included as an important potential risk in the vaccine’s risk management plan… In the coming weeks, MHRA is expected to produce additional documents regarding its authorization of the other COVID-19 vaccines… In the meantime, you can read about other related work ICAN has done concerning COVID-19 vaccine safety data:

Posted in Uncategorized | Leave a comment